The URL can be used to link to this page

20040038 "; ~„ ~~~ ~e~t~~~~9 ~ 917-134~Sceet SW _ _ _ - Suite A-1 - Everett, WA 98204 ph 425.742.9360 _ ~ fax 425.745.1737 MTE NO: T4089 PROJECT: LASCO BUILDING Tacoma Office 1oo29s.Tacomaway Address: 801 Rail Road, Yelm, WA ~~ SuiteE-2 PERMIT NO: BLD-04-0038-YC & M-04-0150-YL ~" ""'. . Tacoma, wA 9s4ss ph 253 584 3720 ~ F~ '' ,~ . . fax 253.584.3707 Page 2 ~~1 ~' :~' Portland Office o0s 7911 NE 33rd Drive Owner: Lasco Bathware, InC. Suite 190 Portland, OR 97211 Architect: Anderson & Boone Architects ph 503.281.7515 Engineer: fax 503.281.7579 Contractor: Christensen Inc. Date: 1-23--^v5 Weather: Overcast Inspection: Structural Steel Samples: N/A MTE inspector arrived on site for bolt tensioning verification for the beam-to-column and beam-to- beam connections using A325N bolts. The bolts were tightened using the turn-of-the-nut method, and tensioning was confirmed at the end of the day. The bolts were installed and tensioned properly. The area inspected was the Lasco Resin Tank Addition. To the best of our knowledge, items inspected are in accordance with approved plans and specifications. INSPECTOR: Craig Kuntz Reviewed by: Dennis Sanborn, Branch Manager cc: Scott Anderson, Anderson & Boone Architects Gary Carlson, City of Yelm Bldg Dept T~,~ City of Yelm -Building Department ~. ~~ C® CTI®N 1`l~®TICE I have this day inspected this structure and these premises and have found the following violations of the City of Yelm pEItNIIT NO. ~`Z ~ ~~ -~ ~ and/or State laws governing same: _. You are hereby notifaed that no more work shall be covered upon these p ises until th above violations are corrected. When corrections have been made, call for re-ins ecti n at 458 8407 D® N®T I~ElVI®VE TIIIS T'AG ~A~E t 3 ~ ~ INSPECTOR FOR BUILDING DEPARTMENT ~~ /- i 3 S 7 November 8, 2004 Scott this form can also be found at www.yelm.ci.wa.us. I can live without an exit sign being electrically illuminated. You should have self illuminating signs at both doors. Emergency power is not required. Gary *************** -COMM. JOURNAL- ******************* DATE JUL-14-20Q>~ ***** TIME 02:31 ******** MODE = MEMORY TRANSMISSION START=JUL-14 02:30 END=JUL-14 02:31 FILE No.=526 STN COMM. KEY NAME STATION NAME/EMAIL ADDRESS/TELEPHONE NO. PAGES DURATION No. 001 OK s 93607090220 001/001 00:00:29 -Yelm CDD - ***** DP-3520 ********************** -Yelm CDD - ***** - 360 458 3144- ********* ~oQ TNe„~ City of Yelm Permit No: BLD-04-0038-YL Community Development Department Issue Date: 04/09/2004 a, (Work must be Started within 160 days) Building Division Phone: (380) 458-8407 Receipt No: 31217 Fax: (360)458.3144 Applieanti NamO: Anderbon Boone Architects Phone; 868-0205 Address: 525 Columbia St NW City' Olympia State: WA Zip 98512 Property;lnformation: .. _. ; Site Address: 901 Railroad Assesser Parcel No. 843000800100 Subdivision: NIA Lot: NIA Contraetor Information: ~ ., . , Name: Christensen Conlaq: Phone: 360.708.0330 Address: J285 Ferguson City: Tumwater State: WA Zip: Conlreclor Llcensa No: CHRISIG068LB Expires: 08!01104153 Business Lieense: Prrijeat.lnformatlon: ,, Project Lasco Resin Storege Tank Addltlon 005cdptlon of Work: 1742 sftTenk Storage AddLLlon Sq. Ft. per floor: (1st) 1742 (2nd) 0 (3rd) 0 Garage 0 Basement 0 Heat Type (Electric, Gas, Other): OTHER Fees; ~ ,.. `, .I- Item Item Fee Base Aml Unit Fee Unit Rate No. Uni[s Un8 Desc Building Permit 100-500k 1,329.75 993.75 336.00 5.6000 60.0000 57,000 Building Plen Review 664.33 0.00 0,00 0.0000 0.0000 Slats building Fee 4,50 4.50 0.00 0.0000 0.0000 TOTAL FEES: 52,168.58 AppllcanCS'Afiadayit: ,% .. :,:~.= .': :.:., ' ,. :,,..::~ ~ 0 FICI,AL;U$C~ONLY ` I certify Iha[ I have read and examined the information contained wllhln the application end know lha Same ~ " , ~.,r:,~, , ~.~,'~.;`•~'_ to be /rue antl GOfretl. I also cenlry that the proposed siruqure le In conformityvrith ell applicable city of #~Seis df~piinte: Y6Im regulations Including chase governing ioning antl /antl subdivision, antl in addluon, all covenants, - easemanls and restrictions of record. If applying as a contractor, I futher eertlfy that I am currency ~" ~~ registered In the State of Washington. ~ ~Rlnahlnapaapon:::~: ~- .Dale'r r-. Date DO ' Signature ~ 4'~ ~y+ ~ ti Firm ~ D. 2./.Ei~-SF~`-'-~_ rG , (', n, r~ . 1~ . 2. 30, 0.04. . Christensen, Inc_ .. 3285. Ferguson St. SW; Suite 1.0.1 ~ .: ~ . .:~ .'1'umwater; WA 9$512- . - .. FAX 360-709-0220 . ATT1V: .Bill Jones ~ - ~ . RE: Lasco Resin Tank Storage Addition ' . ~ ~ • . Dear Bili:. • ~ . " : . • - ~ . ~ - ,Per. my fax with your office on 421-04,1VIr. Pe of Lasco Batttwaze has. verbally approved .. ~. - your Proposal No. 04 dated 4-Z9=04. The.esseoce.ofthispropos~d change.is the removal of additional area.of existing corierete.slab, and some asphalt:pavicig, and the subsequent ~. ~. • . . replacement with~a nevv eonecete slab with wire.mesh reinforcing. Tbi:s was necessary due to the extrerriely uneven existing'slab ixl'the Mixing Area..' ~ . • ~ . • With Mr..Pe's verbal approval, you are authorized to proceed with tl~e referenced slab ~' removal and replacement. The•scope.of thhe ~i7Vork described in Proposal No. 04 willbe included in the next.Charlge Orden to officially make it a part of the contract: ~ -. • .Please call should you have .any questions. ~ ~. . . Sincerely; - ~ Andexsan & Boone Architects AIA, PS : . - . . ott ..Anderson ~ ~ ~ .. .. . ~ 525 caumb;Q~sr ~vw spire zol- ' . ' • . Olympia. +/VA 48501 . ~ (3d0) 754=7746 ' "Fax.C36Q) 754-1357 Z • °~ OZ~060L • au I uasua~,s t.~u0 etrtr : LO tr0 tr0 ~eW '~F THEA~~ City of Yelm .~9~~ Community Development Department d ~ Building Division Phone: (360) 458-8407 g-~I,~ Fax: (360) 458-3144 Permit No: BL®-04-0038-YL Issue Date: 04/09/2004 (Work must be started within 180 days) Receipt No: 31217 _._ . , . ~_~_. _ a~ __. ._ _ _ Applicant Name: Anderson Boone Architects Address: 525 Columbia St. NW City: Olympia Property Iriformation:_ Site Address: 801 Railroad Assessor Parcel No. 643000800100 Subdivision: N/A Contractor Information: Phone: 866-0205 State: WA Zip 98512 Lot: N/A Name: Christensen Contact: Phone: 360.709.0330 Address: 3285 Ferguson City: Tumwater State: WA Zip: Contractor License No: CHRISIG066LB Expires: 06/01104153 Business License: J Project Information: Project: Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition Description of Work: 1742 sft.Tank Storage Addition Sq. Ft. per floor: (1st) 1742 (2nd) 0 (3rd) 0 Garage 0 Basement 0 Heat Type (Electric, Gas, Other): OTHER Fees Item Item Fee Base Amt Unit Fee Unit Rate No. Units Unit Desc Building Permit 100-500k 1,329.75 993.75 336.00 5.6000 60.0000 $1,000 Building Plan Review 864.33 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.0000 State Building Fee 4.50 4.50 0.00 0.0000 0.0000 TOTAL FEES: $2,198.58 _.., _ e - - ~: _ ApplicantsAffadavit: ~ ~~ 'OFFICIAL USE;ONLY~~ I certify that I have read and examined the information contained within the application and know the same ' to be true and correct. I also certify that the proposed structure is in conformity with all applicable City of ' #Sets of'Prints: Yelm regulations including those governing zoning and land subdivision, and in addition, all covenants, easements and restrictions of record. If applying as a contractor, I futher certify that I am currently registered in the State of Washington. .Final Inspection;r Signature, K (~/~. Date~~~,,/ ~~~~ Date: _ ~ ~~ Firm /~/n Q~ '~,~~'S~~`-. ---~~ ~C, _ (~, / ' _ ~~F THEA~ City of Yelrn Permit No: BLD-04-0038-YL V 1, _ 9~ Community Development Department Issue Date: 04/09/2004 ~ ~ Building Division (Work must be started within 180 days) Phone: (360) 458-8407 Receipt No: 31217 Y1ELA4i Fax: (360) 458-3144 _. _. __ _ ~ __.~ __.. _ m _ .. i4pplicant: Name: Anderson Boone Architects Phone: 866-0205 Address: 525 Columbia St. NW City: Olympia State: WA Zip 98512 Property_ Information:,. Site Address: 801 Railroad Assessor Parcel No. 643000800100 Subdivision: NIA Lot: N/A Contractor Information: Name: Christensen Contact: Phone: 360.709.0330 Address: 3285 Ferguson City: Tumwater State: WA Zip: Contractor License No: CHRISIG066LB Expires: 06/01104153 Business License: .. __.~. _ .-. _. _ _ _ u_-_ Project Information _ ._ Project: Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition Description of Work: 1742 sft.Tank Storage Addition Sq. Ft. per floor: (1st) 1742 (2nd) 0 (3rd) 0 Garage 0 Heat Type (Electric, Gas, Other): OTHER Fees:. Item Item Fee Base Amt Unit Fee ----------- Unit Rate ----------- --------------------------- Building Permit 100-500k ----------- 1,329.75 ----------- 993.75 336.00 5.6000 Building Plan Review 864.33 0.00 0.00 0.0000 State Building Fee 4.50 4.50 0.00 0.0000 TOTAL FEES: $2,198.58 Basement 0 No. Units Unit Desc ----------- ------------- 60.0000 $1,000 0.0000 0.0000 ~~~ ~~9~9 __- . _ Applicant's Affadavit: _ _ __ __~ . _ ~ . _.._ __ ~ __ . _ _ - ~ ~~` ~ ~ OFFICIAL USEONLY - I certify that I have read and examined the information contained within the application and know the same to be true and correct. I also certify that the proposed structure is in conformity with all applicable City of # Sets of Prints: Yelm regulations including those governing zoning and land subdivision, and in addition, all covenants, easements and restrictions of record. If applying as a contractor, I futher certify that I am currently registered in the State of Washington. Final Inspection:' Date: Signature Date ,By: Firm n 0 ~F ~HEP~~ City of Yelm 4 - ~ 9~' Community Development Department Building Division Phone: (360) 458-8407 YELM Fax: (360) 458-3144 Applicant: Name: Anderson Boone Architects Address: 525 Columbia St. NW City: ~, Permit Fees Schedule Permit No: BLD-04-0038-YL APR ~ ~ zoos - - -- _ __ -_ _ . _. _ _....w e. _ ... _ .~ _ .._ _ Project Information: Project: Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition Description of Work: 1742 sft.Tank Storage Addition Site Address: 801 Railroad Assessor Parcel No. 643000800100 Fees: Item Acct Code Item Fee Base Amt Unit Fee Building Permit 100-500k 032 1,329.75 993.75 336.00 001-322-10-00 Building Plan Review 864.33 0.00 0.00 100 State Building Fee 001-345-83-00 4.50 4.50 0.00 160 001-386-00-00 TOTAL FEES: $2,198.58 ~7~n ~ Unit Rate No. Units Unit Desc ----------- 5.6000 ----------- ------------- 60.0000 $1,000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 ._ v. ..~,~. r ~__, .~,-,--~---~ ~ . - - ~ ~ in~-;~~,U ~ ~=~ ~'i_I!~H ~ jr o i s o o" o r r c Q ii ~ t -- __ _, llj~~"t neen'j'y~I ~~ ~~~.''.A. ~~/~~~.€1.i /~~ ~ P.O. k~ox 479 ~ .._. _. YFn,,; wA sa597 ~ ~~~~~~~' ~^~~. ~ ~.. ~ ~. ~r~n a~a src)-4513-B4o3 r=iECI71V[.D A. *'"''`arTE IiUNDRED DOLLARS F a0 GENTS RECI=INFO 1=HUM DATE FiEL. NU. AMUUN"T R1=(= NU. FITLLIANI JOr1ES V)4/OEi%t~4, 3J.217 1~~J.t~~ C:IiIsC_:K 1r~5 92.33 AT.,I~tC)TdD GT SE YELM WA 98597 ST.TE 8.01 RAILRaAD P4:LSGT/:L~:LANEa[JS T.?EGEIPT JArIINla ----- c~)4-X4138-YL I'ERri_C'T 1~D. ~~ I'AI-tTI11L aN _1329.75 --x- ~ _.. ,-~- ,-~_ - - -- - - ~ < '~~~. ,ssa' ~ _r"%~t~~i',~ ~, r L,~..~rr "tit ~rl eaYJ+t~-~A1,: ,,M ~ ~~ ._~ __ __.._ .. __:._._.Y.__.. :f .. C~{q ~p7~ ~{ _ _.. _. ._.... __. .. __._. _. _.:_ __: ~r~~ F?U. (3ox 479 '") *~ ~~. Yeim, V!~A 98597 ~~~i`m°;~~~+"~ I~~yp ~,1 ,J„ A` .~ 4? =Yr ~;si.:t~?t 360-4~8-8403 r~~c~IVr~D * y ;~ *~ct~ra 7'IiOUSAND T1~NL;TY ElUIiT DaT,.LtARS & 58 GEr1TS RF_CL=JVED ARUM ~AT[= REC. NU. AMUUNT REF=. NU. GiiT~zSTENSLN !~~/08/0~i 3:I218 2,4~9~3.58 GIiEGI: 2.155 3~?u5 F'ER~USaN S`.t' SVt S~!'T 1C~1 TUi~iWATER t^J.A 98512=6199 ST`.T'li B~:I RA:CT.,RP,aD r4TSGELl:,ANEatIa RIiaCEIPT ;TANINI:; PERIiT7.' ~c14-~C~38~-YL 1229.75 I'AI~TIA7., OI,T 1329.7 ,, P:I:.~ArT 86.33 £3C ~! . 5~ TAATI~ STaRAGE ADDTTTON Page 1 of 1 Gary Carlson From: Scott Anderson [scott@anderson-boone.com] Sent: Monday, March 29, 2004 12:19 PM To: garyc@ci.yelm.wa.us Subject: Lasco Resin Tank Storage Addition Gary During the development of our design for the Lasco project, we looked at the existing collection box/ catch basin in the area of the old railroad bed and loading dock. While it has a steel grating on it, when considering the topography, its function appears to be more of a junction/collection box than a catch basin. All of the water entering this collection box is coming from impervious surfaces and generally heading easterly to the parking lot's drainage system. The existing compacted gravel railroad bed is also impervious so, similarly, rain that falls on the existing railroad bed may find its way into the collection box, but most likely flows to the parking lot's existing drainage system. In any case, all storm water in this area drains easterly away from the site of this project and enclosing the existing collection box does not impact any of the existing drainage system. The new storage building for the resin storage tanks is located over the existing impervious area of the railroad bed and that of the concrete loading dock. No new impervious surface area is added as a result of this project. In fact, only about 1200 sf of impervious surface area is being disturbed and/or redeveloped by the work of this project. Since this amount is less than the 5000 sf threshold allowed in the Thurston County and DOE drainage criteria, we understood that this project was exempt from a drainage plan. Therefore, a Civil Engineer was not employed nor were Civil Engineering documents developed. The issue of erosion control during construction may be of greater concern. In that regard, perhaps to mitigate any impact, you could include a condition on the permit that states "Best Management Practices" shall be utilized during construction to prevent migration of sediments off-site. We trust this will clarify the City's concern regarding the existing `catch basin' and drainage system. Should you need additional information, please contact me. Thanks for your assistance. Scott E. Anderson Anderson & Boone Architects AIA, PS 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201 Olympia, WA 98501 Phone: 360-754-7766 Fax: 360-754-1357 3/30/04 - - I `-' - ~~ 'r~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~_ W u u ~i, ~I ~' Ltl - i r. I_ ~ -' ri i W ~ WI W i i ifj 'G~ i - _ - - - u L:J W W r-~J W I-- W -- ~ rn }- W ~ u W .~ W , ~ ~ r ~~ `~ , ~ ~ I- p ' n C~ 2 ~ J u ~ W W ~ _ ~ -t ~ f ~ e '`~ ~ ~ ~ ' C .cr Y _ r n t V ~•- Rr,' .. ~' k;..~_ ~. z'. it ''i, 1'y ~r~ ~t ~is_ ;J - ~ ~~,u; ~~ _~ ~ r I ~li ~~~ t~7 ~~'~ ~- ~ ~~'~ ~ ~ , t ~`'"t, ,~= rr~ a ~, ;r ~ ir,° ~~~ ~' a I,I ~ ~. - ~~ '~ L < ~,~, ~ , y ~~ ~ ~~ v- ~~ t ,~. ~<~: xr. "ir; _ '- ~~' _ E,. ray ~~. ~ .~~w... _ _ _ _ ~;~: wt. :`1;0/'29/2003 10:30 3609563117 a` DOOPS COPY TECH Anderson c~ Boone frchitects ALA., PS 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201 Olyni.pia, WA 9850I 3G0-754-7706 l~a.x 360-754-1357 Project Documents for. .Casco Resin Storage Taatk Addition Ab)mENII~UM No. 1 October 24, 2002 This addendum is issued. for the purpose rrf clarr.frcatio» and/or revision of the Project Documents. PART 1 -SPECIFICATIONS I. l SL-CTION 00030 -- INVITATION TO BID A. NOTE: THE B)LD DATE BfAS BEEN CHANGED PAGE 01 $ Paragraph I.I.B: Change first sentence to read.: "Scaled Bids will be received vy the Owner at the office Anderson & $oone Architects ALA., PS, 525 Col.u.m.hi.n Street NW, Suite 20'1, Olympia, WA 98501, unti..l 3:00 P.M, Pae6t~c StRndard Tlme, nn TUIESbAX', NOVEM)QEI~ 4, 2043." I.2 SECTION OI I00 -SUMMARY A. Paragraph l , l .L~.1.c: Ch.at~ge to read: "Minor demolition including removal of existing pain ed steel guard rail at loadi»g dock.." B. Paragraph 1.1.D. i .l. Change to read.: "Ove~•h.ead sectional and. coiling doors." C. Paragraph i.1.D.l.q. Cl.tange to read: "Electr.+cal, work, including fire aaarm system. expansion utilizing Fire Protections, Inc. as a mandatory subcontracto~~." D, Paragraph 1.4: Add new paragraph 1.4.E, regarding work Not In Contxact, to read: "The abandonment and. removal of tl.1e existing .resin. storage tanks, (.made obsolete by this construction project) will be provided by the Owner's own forces o.r ot.hers under separate contract with. Ow~.~er." I.3 SECTION 02230 -SITE CL.CARiNG A. Part I - General: Add new Paragraph 1.3, to read: •`` 1.3 -CALL BEFORE YOU I~L.G Provide utiiity location services (Call Before You Dig, I-800-424-5555) prior to beginning site clearing and earthwork. (The Owner has indicated. that their primary electrical service feed .nms underground i.n tl~e proposed construction area. )" 'LASCO RESdN STORAGE TANK AAIDITION 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 02 t .4 N.F,W SECTION 03360 -CONCRETE FINISHES A. New Section 03360 -Concrete Finishes is attached hereto and made a part oi' this addendum.. 1.5 SECTION 05500 -METAL FA.I3RICATIONS A. Add new paragraph. 2,4.G as follows: 1. Lnterio.r P.re-manufactured Steel Stair: Comply with, ANSI. A 1.4.3, uule~s otherwise indi.catcd. Manufacturer: Provide sii.~i.tl.ar to American Stair. Corporation's "Poured-in-Place Treads and Landings" style. 5tri:ngers: Manu.faeturer's standard. channel stringer. Provide landing and. miscellaneous supports as .requi.red. for, job condi.ti.ons. Provide cotac.rete as speci.f ed. i,n, Secti.o.-.~ 03300. .G NEW SECTION 08331 -OVERHEAD COiLTNG DOORS A.. New Sectio» 08331 -Overhead Coiling Doors, is attached hereto and made a part of this addendum. PART 2 -DRAWINGS 2.I ARCf-Ii.TECTU.RAi~ DRAWT.NG A1.l.a -SITE PLAN SUPPLEMENT A, New supplemental drawing Al.la is E~ereta attached anal made a part o:fthis Addendum.. It contains infonnati.on which supplements the information shown oa Architectural Drawing A I . l . 2.2 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING A2.1 A. On the Floor Plan, in lieu o~F "-4'-0" '",change the finish floor elevation of th.e Matcrial Storage area to read. "-4'-4" ". B. On the Floor Plan, add the following note on the new concrete platform. outside of the .northeast end of the new bui.l.ding: "The w.id.th of the new concrete platform is I2'-0". C, On tl~e Floor Plata, the new steel grate cover noted over th.e exi.st.ing catch. basin shall bE expanded metal type designed to support a concentrated load of 350 Lbs. Form concrete surtow.id. walls with notch for grate cover support. Provide stcc.l ang.Ie .in :notch of'size required by grate manufacturer. D. On the Floor Plan, the new steel grate cover at the concrete txench shall be welded. type desig»ed to su.ppart concentrated. vehicle axle load o.f up to 27, 000 lbs. .Fo~rn. concrete trcnelZ walls with notch, for grate cover support. Provide steel angle in notch. of size required by grate m.at~ttfacturer. 2.3 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING A6.1. [.ASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADD.iTION 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 03 A. On Building Section A, add th.c following ~.iote o.n th.e .new concrete block wall: "Tlle new CMU wal1.is 16'-0" tall." B. On Building Section A, change fhe 13'-0" .reference elevation to the top of beam, and th.e :1.3'-0"' dimension to read: "13'-0" -i-/-, verify, based o~.~. I6 ft. h.ei;ght of CMU wall. and 1:'12 roof slope." PART 3 - MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ADDENDA 3.l MECHANICAL ADDENDUM. A. Mechan~.cal. A.ddet~dum #l., dated October 24, 2003, consi.sti.ng of one page, is hereto attached and made a part o.f tll.is addendum. 3.z ELrCTRI.CAL A.DD.ENDUM. A. Electrical Addendum ~~1, dated October 24, 2003, consisttng of two pages, is hereto attached and made a part of this a,ddcndum.. PART 4 -APPROVED SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS 4.1 Sttbjcct to compliance with. specified .regt~ircments, products by the following manufaehrrers are pre-approved for bidding on this project: A. SECTION 07411 - METAL ROOI; AND 'WALL PANELS 1, Varco-P.ru.d.e~.l 13. SECTI0IV 08620 -UNIT SKYLIGHTS 1. Crystali.te, Inc. GENERAL CONT.R~CTORS SHALL NOTIFY SUB-BIDDERS OF CFiANGFS AFFECTING TI~I'CIR WORK. END OF /\DDENDUM No.l LASCO RESi.N STORAGE TANK AADITION 10/29/2003 ~~ ~~ ~ I `~, ~~~ X '~L 1 ~~~ ~~~ 1 ~x OfoTr 3 ?~~ f~ ' '~--"°~ 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH +- -- r .~. --~"r ~~ ~ v ~~ `~ ~~ ~~ ~` ~Z ~~ PAGE 04 ~~ IO I~ ~ \ ~` ~O ~~ ,^ I~ lu ~~ .~ ~~ I ~ ~O ~[ ~~I~"\ ~~ a ~ ~ ~~ ~. ~~ i~~ z i ~ 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 05 S.ECTTON 033G0 - CO.NCRIFTE FINISI-IES PART1-GrNERnL L. [ RELATED .DOCUMENTS A, SCCi.1.on 03300 - Cast~i.n-Place Concrete t.2 SU.MMARY A. This Section :includes the following: 1. Coating / scaler for concrete floor, staix anal. (both new and existing) co.ncrcte walls i.n. tank eo.ntai~.irne.nt area. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product 17ata: For. the fol)owi.ng: 1. 1-Tigh. pcrforinance epoxy floor coating and scaling system. 2. Product data. shall i~.~.clude: a. Mater..ials list of items p.ropc~sed fo.r use under this Section. b. Manu.fach-rcr's speci~f~icat.ioris and other data to indicate cot»plian.ce with the spcc,ficd rcqu.irem.ents. c. Marni.facturcr's reconlntendcd. installation rroccdures. 1.4 QUAI_TTY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate n.u.mbers of skilled workers w.ho are thoroughly trained and. experienced in the app]icat:i.on. of this type of system and arc com.rl.etcly familiar with the spcc.ified requirements and the mcth.ods needed for proper pe.rfo.n~tance of the wo.rl< o.f th.is Section.. 1.5 DELIVERY, sTO.RAGr-_, ANO HANbL1NG A. See Division. 1, P.rodutt Regi~ircments 1..6 PROJI/CT CONDIT[ONS A. Apply to concr.etc areas speei:fied only aRer building ~s enclosed. and slab is protected from weather. B. Do not apply wl.~.eia slab sur:facc .ts below 50 degrees F unless otherwise approved by manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A.• Ge.neral:.i~.i.gh pcrfon.~ancc floor coating syslcm composed of .l 00% solids epoxy B. Available P.rod:ucts: Subject to con.~pliauce with requ.i.rcmCiits, products that nta.y be incorpora~cd .into the Wor..k include, but are .not l.imitcd io, the following: 1, "Mastertop 1100'" by Master $iiilders TECh.nologics. C. Color: Manu:faclurcr's standard gray. LASCO R,F,,S.iN STOItAGC TANK A>nDITION 033G0 - 1 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 06 D. Finish: Sm.ooth.. )J. Coverage; 204 SF ,per gal.lan @ 8 mi.l. thickness. T'. A.ppl.ieation: Each coat requires applieat:iota. of 8 mils wet film tl.~.ickness. Apply two coats for a. total minimum tl~ickness of 1.F m.i.ls. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3..1 L-XAM.INATION A. Examine co~.lcrete with Applicator present for eom.pl.iance with n~a~.iu.facttu:er's recommended requirements for condition of subst~ratc, a.nd. other conditions a.ffccting performance of wo.r.k. 1. Begin coating aprlication on.l.y a.:El,c.r u..nsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. anal surfaces arc dry. 2. A:ppl.i.eation of coating i.n.di.eates acceptance o.f sur.faees anal eo»d.i.l.ions. 3. {.I'rocced with .ii.istallat.ion only after unsatisfactory co»d.i.ti.o.ns have been corrected. ~ 3.2 P.R.L.PARATiON A. Con.erctc surfaces must be .fully cured, ctry and free from. hydxosta.tie pressure, contanunants, curing compounds, oils, molds, dint, ox ot.hcr materials that will prevent adh.csio~.~. of coating io substrate. B. Gritb.last o.r scari..fy to remove laitancc and suxfacc contami.nan.ts when reco.m~.i.~endcd by -nanufachtrer. 3.3 A.P.PJ.,IC~,TION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's r.ccomm.cnd.ations for application by biaas.h or ro]ler. F3. A.pply evenly and un.ifon».ly across the surface at the specif.ed eoccra.ge rate. 3.4 CL)/AN.LNG AND PR.OTFCTION A. Protect areas of appl.ica.tioi.~ in~ti.l fully cured and dry i.» accordance wi.tl.i .manttfactin•e.r's recommcndati.o.n.s. $. Repair or recoat areas where appl.icali.on is uneven, unsightly or oth.erwisE unacceptable, C Clean up a»d .remove res.idual splatter or drips from surfaces not scheduaed to receive coating. ENll O.F SECT.ION LASCO .RESIN STO1tAGE TANK ADDTTTON 033G0 - 2 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 07 SECTT.ON 08331- OVEItHEA® CO.TLINC DOORS P.A.RT 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A,. T.h.is Section i.nclu.des the .following types o:F chai.n ].a.oist opcra.tcd overhead coiling doors: 1.. Service doors. $. See Division 5 5ectio.n "M.etal I'abr,ications'' .fo.r miscellaneous Steel supports. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coi_li.n.g door a,nd accessory. B. Shop .Draw.i.n.gs: In.c.lude plans, eleva,tio.ns, sections, detai..ls, and attachment to other work. 1.3 QUALTTY A.SSURANCr A. Installer Qualificatio~ls: Manufacturer's authorized rep.rescn.tativc w.ho is trained and approved for both instal..lation and .maintenance of units required for this Pro~eet. PART2-.PRODUCTS 2.1 'MANUFACTUR.LRS A. F3asis-o'f'-Design Product: The d.csi}~n for overhead. coiling door .is based. on Uverhead Door Corporation, Model 610. Subject to com.pliancc with requirem.cnts, prov.i.dc the na.i.ned product or a co.mparable .product by one of the following: 1. Alp.i.nc Overh.cad Doom, Inc.. 2. Cooi<son. Company 3. Wa.ync-Dalton Corp. 4. McKeon Rolling Steel Door Co., inc. 5. Pacific .Rolling Door Co. 2.2 DOOR CURTAIN, .MATERIALS, nND CONSTRUCTION A. Interlocking roll-formed slats with end.locks attached to each en.d of altcrr±.atc slats to prevent latcra] .mavcmcnt. $. Curved pro.fi.lc slats, Type C-187, fabri.catcd of 22 ga. galvanized steel. C. T3otloin Bar: Extruded, aluminu~.n. D. Cu.rta.i.n Ja~.~.tb Gu.i.des: Galvanized steel roll-:fomicd s.hapcs. E. Brackets: Hot rolled galvanized steel plate to support the counter balance, cturtai.n anal hood. F. Countccbal.ancc: Adjustable helical torsion springy housed i.n. s steel tube or pipe ban~eE, supporting the curtaitl with a deflection ].im.ited to .03" .per foot of span (wi.dth). :Designed .for 20,OOQ cycles. Countcrbalaucc shall be adjustable by means of an. adjusting I'cnson wheel. G. Hood: Minimum 24 ga. galvani~cd sl'cc.l. Intermediate supports shall. be .furnished to surport the hood as required to prcvcnt saggi.n.g. L.ASCO TZESIN STO[tACE TANK A[)DTTT.ON 0$331. - 1 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 08 H. Operation: Manual cl.tai..tt hoist operation. I. Locking: Chain keeper locks suitable for padlocking. (Pad.locks'by others) 2.3 FINISHES A. Galvanized St:ecl: Slats and hood shall be galya.nized per A5TM ACi53 anal shall receive a rust inh.ibit.ive, roll. coating process, iu.cludi.n.g bo.nderizi.ng, 0.02 mils thick. baked on prime paint and 0.6 mils thick baked on polyester {powder coated) top coal. l.. Color: White/whi.te {in.te:rior/exterior). PART 3 - EXECUTI'0~1 3,1 iNSTA.LLA.TION - A. General: Lnstall coiling doors and operating equipment complete with .necessary hardware, jamb and head molding strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports all in accordance with manu:facturer's instructions and standards. B. Lubricate bea.ri.ngs and. sl.id.i.ng parts; adjust doors to operate cas.ily, free of wa.-p, twist, or distortion, and with tight tit around e~.itire perimeter. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. L,ngage a .factory-aut.hor:ized service reprc~entative to train Own.er's maintena.n.ce person~.~el to adjust, opc.ratc, and..maiatain doo.rs..Rc:fcr to pivisi.on 1. Scctio.n "Cl.oscout Procedures " .END OF Sl/CTION 08331 LASCO .RES.IN STORAGE TANK AT)DiTi.ON 08331. - 2 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 09 Anderson & soone ARCHITECTS 525 Columbia St. NW. Suite 201 Olympia, Wn 98501 Phone: 360-754-7766 October 24, 2003 LASCO STORAGE TANK ADDITION LASCO 13ATHWARE ADDENDUM NO. 1 l.ASCO SYOI~AG1= TANK ADDITION LASCO 13ATWWARE Yelm, WA. ADDENDUM NO. 1 I:LECTRICAI, Notice is hereby given to all PLnNHOLDERS OF RECORD an this date chat the following ADDENDUM NO.I shall supplement and supersede (if in conflict} all portions of the above mentioned project Contract Documents. I. GENERAL INFORMATION Approved Manufacturer's; 16500 - RIG-A-LITE II. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISE Section 16160, 2.01, A: Revise to read as follows: A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with busbars of copper. Panels shall be 3-phase, 4-wire, 100% neutral, unless noted otherwise. Where aluminum is utilized, all I~gs shall be of an approved compression type. Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or'"feed through'' ore shown on the Drawings. DELETE Section 16500, 2.06 D1=LE:TE Section 16720, 3.11 II, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ADD E2.1 -General note #1. '`ALL WIRING TO BE SIZED PER NEC TO MATCH ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT BREAKER SHOWN ON PANEL 'R"' REVISE E2.1 ~ Revise construction note #8 to read as follows; "TIE NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES INTO EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, EC 70 PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUIT SYSTEM. FIRE PROTECTION INC OF SEATTLE TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WIRING AND DEVICES." Addendum No. 1 - Electrical Page 1 of 2 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 10 Anderson ~ Boone ARCHITECTS 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201 Olympia, WA 9$501 Phoney 360-754-7766 October 24, 2003 LASCO STORAGE TANK ADDITION LASCO BATMWARE ADDENDUM NO, 1 ADD E2.1 -Add the following note to the starterldisconnecttor MAU-1: "STARTER/DISCONNECT TO BE NEMA 3R" ADD E2.1 -Add the following note to the slarterldisGOnnect for the roof mounted exhaust fan: "STARTERlOISCONNECT TO BE NEMA 3R AND CLASS 1 DIVISION 1 RATED. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION WITH OWNER" ADD E2.1 -Add the following general note' "THE ELECTRICAL PORTION OF THtS PROJECT WILL NEED TO BE PHASED AND THIS PHASING WILL NEED TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. TWE ROOF WELL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE TANKS ARE IN PLACE. THE MIXERS AND CONTROLLERS ARE EXISTING AND THE OWNER WILL NEED TO SHUT DOWN PRODUCTION TO MOVE THIS EQUIPMENT. THIS SHUT DOWN WILL OCCUR ON A FRIDAY AND THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO HAVE THE EQUIPMENT UP AND RUNNING BY MONDAY MORNING. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY THE CONFIGURATION OF THE EXISTING CONTROLS ON SITE AND ASK ANY RELATED QUESTIONS A WEEK PRIOR TO ThIE EQUIPMENT BEING MOVED." END OF ADDI=NDUM NO. 1 ELECTRICAL (2 page} Addendum No. 1 -Electrical Page 2 of 2 10/29/2003 10:30 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 11 Anderson 8 6oone ARCHITECTS 525 Columbia St. NW. Suite 201 Olympia; WA 98501 Phone: 360-754-7766 ocrober 2a, 2003 I.ASCO STORAGE TANK ADDITION LASCO BATHIAfARE ADDENDUM NO. 1 lASCO STORAGE TAPVK ADDITION lASCO ~ATH~AOARE Yelm. WA. ADDENDUM NO. 1 MECHANICAL Notice is hereby given to ofl PLANHOLDERS OF RECORD on this date that the following ADDENDUM NO.1 shall supplement and supersede {if in conflict) all portions of the above mentioned projecl Contract Documents. I. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISE Section 15487. 2.01, A: Revise to read as follows A. B-ack Pipe: Welded forged steel fittings of ASTM A234-87, "Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought .Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures." REVISE Section 15613, 2.01, B: Revise to read as follows: B. Units shipped in sections will be field assembled by this contractor. All necessary gasketing and hardware is provided for weatherproof reassembly in the field by this contractor. . END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 MECHANICAL (1 page) Addendum No. 1 - Mechanical Page 1 of 1 10/30/2003 16':25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 01/07 Anderson & $oori"e`~A;rc.hi,tects ALA., PS 525 Columbia St,1~W, Suite 201 O:lym.pia, WA 98501. 360-754-7766 Fax 360-754-1357 Project Documents for Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition AADi~NDUM No. 2 October 30, 2002 This addendum. is issued. for the purpose o~f clarification and/or revision of th.e Project Documents. PART 1 -SPECIFICATIONS l . l SECTION 09912 -PAINTING A. Paragraph 3.4.D: Change th.e .fi.rst line to read: "Exposed structural members: Steel. columns, beams, ara.d con.n.ectors. (No Paintrrig .required on roof purlins.}" 1.2 NEW SECTION 07841. - M.CM.BRA.N.E 8c. THROUGH-PENETRATION FLRESTOP SYST)/lVtS A, New Section 0784.1 -.Membrane & Through-Pcnctrati.on Fi.restop Systems is hereto attached anal. made a part of this addendum. .PART 2 -DRAWINGS 2.1 ARCHITECTURAL DRAW[NG A2.1 a -FLOOR PLAN SUPPLEMENT A. New supp.lementa.l Drawing A2.la is hereto attached. ari.d r.nade a hart of this Ad.dend.um.. It cor~ta.i.ns additional. m.formation to clarify the extent and. design of new guardr:ai.l to tl.~e northeast of the new building additio.n.. It alsa clar:i~cs t.hc design. of the handrail o:n the exterior stair. Detail 1, "Partiaa Guardrail. El.evati.oti" ors Drawing A2. l a su.perced.es and. replaces the .h.andra.il. shown ozt the exteri.ar stair on Building Section B orr Thawing A6. l . 2.2 STRUCT'UIZAL' DRAWING Sz.3 A. Ora Detaia 30: 1. Add a clarifying note to read: Rail sbal..l be of mate.r.ial. and constnrct.ion spcc.ificd. in. Section 05500. Ii. On Dctaif 3l: 1. Delete the reference to "I-ISS 2x2x3116" rail". 2. Add. a n.otc to read: "Provide guardrail of material and constnrction specified in Section. 05500. i,ASCO RESi1V STORAGE Tn1VK A.ADIT.ION 10/30/2003 16:25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 02/07 C. On Detail 32: 1.. h.l lieu of angle 3x3x1/2" noted at the top of the CMU wall, provide a.n angle 3x3x1/4"x 15'-0"max. D. On petail 33: 1 Iii .iieu of angle 3x3x1/2" noted at tb.e top of the CMU wall, provide a~, angle 3x3x1J4"x 15',0" zriax. PART 3 -ELECTRICAL ADIJEN.DA. 3.1 Ll~l/CT. RT.CAL ADD.ENDU.M No 2 A. Electrical. Addendum #2, dated October 30, 2003, consisti.»g of one page, is hereto attached and made a part of this addend.u.rn. GEN.CRAL CONTRACTORS SHALL NOT.iFY SUB-BIDDERS OF CHANGES AFFECTING THEIR WORK. END OF ADDENDUM No.2 i,ASCa RFSiIV STORAGE 'TANK AnpiTiON 10/30/2003 16:25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 03/07 SECTIQN 1)7841 - M.EMl3.RANF & THROUGH-PFNFT.RATION FL.RESTOP SYSTEMS PART 1. -GENERAL t l SUMMARY A. Appl.icati.on o.f fi.restop systems include: ;I . Pcnctratians for passage of duct, cable, cable iray, cond:u.it, piping, electrical busways and raceways through :fire .rated nnembranc and/or vc.tticaf barriers (walls and partitions). 2. Two 1?.oux Txe xaii.ng. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.. T'-Ratings: Prov.i.de :firestop systems with. F-ratings equaling or exceeding .fire-.resistance .rat.i.n.g of co.nstnictio.ns penetrated as dcter.mi.ned per ASTM. E 8:1.4. B. T-Ratings; Prov.id.c firestop systenns wiih T-ratings required, as well as F'-.rati.ngs, dete~.Tnined per ASTM..F 814, w.laere systc.ins p.rotcct penetrating iten.ts with pote~.itia.l to contact adjacent matcri.a.ls i.n. occupi.a.b.le :floo.r areas .i.nclud.i.ng, but not l.ii.~lited, to tl.~.c .followi.ng: 1., Pcnelrati.ons located outside wa.lE cavities. 2. Penetrations aocatcd outside f re-resistive shaft enclosures. 3. Pe.netra.tions aocatcd i.n constiuction containing .fi.rc-protection-rated open.tngs. C. For fi.r.estop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that a..fter curi.i.~g do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both. during and a:fler const~uct.io.n. 1. For piping penetrations .for plumbing and wcl-pi.pe spr.i.tt.kler systems, provide moisturc- resi.stant .fir.estop systems. 2. Por penclrati.ons i.nvolv.i.n.g insulated piping, provid.c firestop systems not requiring rcm.ova.l of i.n.su.la.tlon.. 17. For tluough-penetration .firestop systems exposed. to view, provide products w.itlt fla,trtc-spread indices of Icss than. 25 anal. snto.ke-d.evelopeca indices of less than 450, w.hcn tested per. ASTM E 84. E. Prov.idc firestop cystcros wlti.ch have been .manufacfured and installed to maintain per.for.~nan.cc criteria stated. by tlac manu:faclurer without defects, damage, or failure. 1,3 SUBMITTALS A. Matcria.l list of items propoQCd to be provided. under this Se~t.ion. B. Product Data: .Man.ufacturer's speci.ficat.ions and other data to s.h.ow com.pl:iancc with the th.c spcci:ficd rcqu.ircments. 1.4 QUALITY AS5U.RANC.E A. .Fire-Test-Response Ch.araeteristics: 'f'rovi.de .rated systcm~ ~dc:nti.cai to those tested per ASTM E 814. B. Coordinate siz.i.ng of sleeves, opanings, core-drilled .holes, or cut opcni.ngs to accommodate 'fi.restop systems. PART 2 -PRODUCTS LA~SCO ]fZE3[N STORAGE TANK A.DDi'6'[ON 4)7841 - 1 10/30/2003 16:25 3609563117 DOQPS COPY TECH PAGE 04/07 2.l MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to co.m.pliance with rcquircm.ents, products that may be incorporated into the Wo.rlc includ.c, but a.re not limited. to, those indicated: I . Al.D Fire P.rotectiot.~ Systems Inc. 2. T~A.P Tnc. 3. T'i.restop Systcros.lnc. 4. I-Lilt'i Construction Chemicals, Inc. 5, Instant Firestop Mfg. Tnc. fi. hltc.raiatio.na.l Protective Coatings Corp. 7. Ts~latck Lnternatioual. $. Nelson Firestop Products. 9. NUCO Tndustries. l0. Rccto.r.Scal Corporation (The}. l I. Spcci("ccd Tcchnol.ogi.c,a Tnc. 12. 3M Eire Protection P.rod.ucls. 13. Tremco. 14. United States Gypsum Company. I S. Other products /systems listed in the'UL Fire Rcsistartcc Di.rcctoxy. 2.2 FIRESTOP SYST>/MS A. Co.m.patibility: Provide firestop systems th:1t are co.mpatiblc with the substrates fo.rm..i_ng openings, and with the items, if an.y, penetr.ati.ng fi.restop systen.~s, u.ndcr condi i.o.ns of service an.tl app.licati.o.n, as de.monstraled by manufacturer based on testing anal .field exper.iencc. B. Accessories: Provide accessories required to install ftll materials that comply with requirements of tested assemblies, are approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency tlaal pc.rforrncd testing, aiid arc spccifi.cd by m.an.ufacturcr oi'testcd asscmhlics. Accessories .include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Permanent formi.ngldamt.ninglbacla.ng t.naterials. a. Slag-I.rock-wool-fiber i.ns>.tlatio.n. h. Sealants used i.n comb.i.nation. with other fonning/da.rruning/backing; tnal:crials to prcvc.n.t leakage of fill matc.r.ials i.n l.i.qui.d state. c. .Fire-rated form board. d.. Fill.crs fo.r scalatlts. 2. Temporary fo.m~ing .ma.tcrials. 3. Substrate p.rin.zcrs. 4. Collars 5. Stccl sleeves. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 TNSTA.LLA.T.TO.N A. Gcnc.ral.: Install. lirestop systems to con~.pl.y with "Performa.nce Rcqui.rc.mcnts" A.rticlc and fi.restop systen.l manufachtrer's written installati.otl instructions and published dra.win.gs for products and appli.cat.io.ns indicated. B. Clean openings immediately before installing firestop systems. L. Rc.n~.ove forci.gn .matc.rial.s that could i.oter.fcrc wt.l.~, adh.CSion of firest~~p systcm~. 2. Retn.ovc lai.tancc and. fo.nn-r.eleasc agents from. con.crctc, LASCO RESIN STORAGE TA1~lIC ADDI710N 07841 - z 10/30%2003 16:25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 05/07 3. Produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with 'firestop systems. Remove Loose particles rc.m..aining from cleaning operation. C. Priming: Prime substrates when r.ecom.mendcd in writing by firestop system tnanufa.eturer using that manu:facturcr's rccon~mcndcd products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not spill priancrs or allow the.tn to m.igtatc onto adjoin;.ng surfaces. D. Masling Tape: Use mashing ta.lic where required. to prevent contact of :firestorping with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or da.m.agcd by such contact or by clcan.i.ng methods required to remove fi.restoppi.ng smears. Remove tape i.t.~antcd.ia.tcly aver installation w~.thout disturbing firestopping seal. L. Accessories: Install accessories of types required to support fill .ma.terials d.urtng their appl,eation and ~n the position necessary to produce cross-secti.oi.~al shapes and depths .requi.red to achicvc fire ratings indicated. 1. A'fi'e.r i.nstall.in.g fill nialcrials, remove co.mbustiblc form.i.ng .matcri.als a.nd oth.cr. accessoriics tha.1 arc .not permanent components of firestop systems. F. .install .fill matcr.ials for firestop systems by proven techniques. 1. Fill voids and cavities foamed by openings, .forming ~.nater.ials, accessories, .and. penetrating items as required to achicvc :fi.re-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill n.~aterials that will rema.i.n exposed. after completing Worlt, fi.nisla to produce smooth, uniform sur..faces that are flush. witl.~. adjoi.n.ing finishes. G. Clean excess fill maaerials adjacent to openings as insta.ll.at.ioa progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approvcd..in writing by n.~a.nufactu.re.rs an.<I t'bat d.o n.ot da,ma.ge materials .i.i.l which openi.~tgs occur. 3 2 FiFLD QUALJTY CONTROL A. Do not cover up firestop system installations tltal will become coa.ccal.ed bcl.7ind other construction until bui..lding .inspector, if required by authorities ha.vii.~.g jurisd.ictio~.l, has cxam~.ned cacti, installation, B. Enclosing firestop systems with other consti~.ctian only after inspection reports a.rc issued. C. W.h.cre d.c.f+.c;cn..cics arc Found, rcpai.r. o.r rcpl.ace firestop sysl.c.ms to comply with require:mcnts. END OF SECTION 07841 f.,ASCO R>ESTav STOTtAGE TANK AT)DTTTON 07841 - 3 10/30/2003 16:25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 06/07 I I!2" STL PIPE CsUARDRAIL. SCALE: 114".I' -~" ~~~tl~ ~u~~l~ ~LEY~4TION AE2EA OF ENLAf~xEMEN7~-~ ~~ ._J ~ ~ sca~~; t"-gym'-m'' N ~ 5'-b" 2'.m" 23'-1° 7 w 2.1 DN. - 1 1/2" 5t1,. PIPE GUARDRAIL. I .1 p ~~;;yy `` C9 ,~*~ NORTW I ~I~~I ~~Q~~ 1-~f~l~l SCALE: 1l4"~1'-D•' 525 Columbia sr. N.w. DaT~:1®/3m/2003 ~~~ ~~ ~~(~ID~I~1I5y0N ~ry-BGO /O~ N/E~ s~~te ao, PROJ. No.: Q~Zm~2.®m ~ ~ 1 HR~RI I ~~ I J H~~-F (360~i754Q 77b801 REV. NO.; ~J ®I ~~~ d~ ~~ - e ~~ 6T,~11" / lRg6 7/S" 10/30/2003 16:25 3609563117 DOOPS COPY TECH PAGE 07/07 Anderson ~ Boone ARCHITECT5 525 Columbio St. NW, Sui-e 201 Olympia, WA 98501 Phone: 360-75d-7766 October 30, 2003 LASCO STORAGE TANK ADDITION LASCO BATNWARE ADDENDUM NO. 2 LASCO ST®RAGE TANK ADDITION LASCO BATHIA/ARE Yelm, WA. ADDENDUM NO.2 ELECTRICAL Notice is hereby given to all PLAN~OLD~RS OF RI=CORD on this dote thot the following ADDENDUM N0.2 shall supplement and supersede (if in Conflict) all portions of the above mentioned project Contract Documents. I. GENERAL INFORMATION Clarification of Project Coordinption~ A. The Owner will install all four of the new resin storage tanks in the new building addition prior to the roof instollation. [These tanks will not be tilled nor used in pfani~ production operation until project Substontiol Completion.) B. Sometime later, when the majority of the construction work is complete, the Owner will relocate one of his two mixers and related controller into the new building addi~tian. At this point, 'the electrical contractor will make his connections and the owner will be working on piping for the system. This mixer machine will not be used in plant production operation until project Substontiol Completion. C. Plant production will continue in the interim utilizing only the ocher existing mixer in i'I's existing location. D. Approaching Substantial Completion, the Owner wilt shut down plant production on a Friday and move the other remoining mixer and controller to the new construction area, and complei~e the final piping. During the weekend, the electrical contractor shall make all finol connections to the equipment such that the equipment in the new building addition can be operational for plant production on Monday morning. E. This building addition will not be considered classified / t,azordous until it is operational, which would not occur until the Monday after the second mixer is moved. All electrical work shall be completed prior to the referenced Monday. F. This a working industrial manufacturing facility and the contractor should be aware o~f the conditions. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 ELECTRICAL (~ Pa9el Addendum ido. 2 - Etectrtcal Page 1 of 1 CITY OF YELM COMMERCIAL B L IN PE 1T APPLlCATlOiV FORM Project Address: D~ ~ Parcel #:~~' ~~~~ ~~~aO Zoning; ~ Current Use:~/~~l~~~f~Z Proposed Use:~S~',~i~ ^ New Construction ~Re-Model / Re-Roof /Tenant Improvement ^ Plumbing ^ Mechanical ^ Fire Prevent/Suppress/Alarm ^ Other Project Descripti Scope of Work:~~~ ~~~ %~ ~~~®~ ~ ~'`C~ Value: ~ O ~~~ ~r~iect Building Area (sq. ft) Parking Garage 1~` Floor ~2"d Floor 3`d Floor Building Height 1~! Are there any environmentally sensitive areas located on the parcel? /~~ If yes, a completed environmental checklist must accompany permit application. ADDI CITY, DWG OWNER/TE STAT PHONE 2 ~~Z J # gRCHITECT ENGINEER' '" "~° ' ADDRESS~~COGV ~ CITYDIi~ STATE ZIP, TELEPHON GENERAL CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP FAX CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # EXP DATE CITY LICENSE # PLUMBING.CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE _. ADDRESS CITY STATE Z1P FAX CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # EXP DATE CITY LICENSE # MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP FAX CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # EXP DATE CITY LICENSE # Copy of City Mitigation documentation (rFC). I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulations of the State of Washington and the City of Yelm. /~~y~~0 Applican 's 5ignatur Date Owner /Contractor Owner's Agent Contractor's Agent /Tenant (Please circle one.) All permits are non-trans era a and will expire if work authorized by such permit is not begun within 180 days of issuance, or if work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days C:ACommunity Dcvclnpmcru\I~urrns £i Prucalurc~:Aliuildin[; PermitsOConun[31c1~~1'cnnitApp.tloc I',i~;c 2 0( d LICENSE DETAIL INFORMATION Form Page 1 of 2 STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Specialty Compliance Services Division P. O. Box 44000 Olympia, WA 98504-4000 THE RESULT OF YOUR INQUIRY FOR LICENSE NUMBER SELECTED IS: LI E ETAIL INF®RMATI®IV Current Filter: None Registration# or License CHRISIG066LB Name CHRISTENSEN INC GENERAL CONTR Address 3285 FERGUSON ST SW SUITE101 Address City TUMWATER State WA Zip 98512 Phone Number 3607090330 Effective Date 6/2/1994 Expiration Date 6/1/2004 Registration Status ACTIVE Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR Entity CORPORATION Specialty Code GENERAL Other Specialties UNUSED UBI Number 601546765 * * *VIEW CROSS REFERENCE FILE FOR THIS LICENSE* * ~ *VIEW PRINCIPAL OWNER(S) FOR THIS LICENSE* * * *VIEW CONTRACTOR BOND/SAVINGS INFORMATION * * *CHECK INQUIRY FOR SUMMONS AND COMPLAINTS* * * *VIEW CONTRACTOR INSURANCE INFORMATION New inquiry by CITY , NAME , PRINCIPAL OWNER NAME , LICENSE , UBI NUMBER ,check the L&I Contractor Industrial Insurance Premium. Status or return to the L&I Construction Compliance Home Page https://wws2.wa.gov/lni/bbip/TF2Form.asp?License=CHRISIG066LB 4/2/2004 Gary Carlson From: Scott Anderson [scoff@anderson-boone.com] Sent: Thursday, October 30, 2003 11:45 AM To: 'Gary Carlson' Subject: RE: Lasco Resin Tank Storage Addition Gary: Thanks for your initial review comments on the Lasco submittal. As I prepare a response to your comments, I have a question: I'm not sure what you're looking for in your question: "What preparation is made for rated wall penetrations?" The man-door shown is the only penetration and it is called out with it's appropriate fire rating. Please elaborate so I can respond satisfactorily. Thanks, again. Scott E. Anderson Anderson & Boone Architects AIA 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201 Olympia, WA 98501 -----Original Message----- From: Gary Carlson [mailto:gcarlson@ywave.com] Sent: Tuesday, October 28, 2003 11:50 AM To: scoff@anderson-boone.com Subject: Lasco Scott, Initial review of the plans have these comments; Assuming the MSDS is Class 1 C, HMIS 2 and reactivity of 1 Existing catch basin is now inside the building. Civil drawings required showing stormwater control on the site. Assuming the tanks are diked, what is the spill recovery plan and does it allow for secondary containment? Sprinkler and fire alarm connections to be reviewed separately. What preparation is made for rated wall penetrations? Gary Carlson Building Official __ - ~ ~ ~ u~ -. ~ u u w LLl U i rn ir7 ~u - u7 ~~~ I- ~ n ~ ~ W ` 'J ~_, -_ ~ i1 Lll W L`J W I i ~ a W Li I_ J ~ ~ ~ ~ C• L~ LL i~ i~ :~ ~ n jW iL ''W ~ C ~; w w 'w ~ CC ~,-; ~ .~ ~ = a. 1, ~~ - ~ I = ~ i r _ ~i ~ u_ ~ R IL IL _ J J ~W C) _. _i~ cd~ ~__, ~ J L _~ _~ _~ ~ t ~ 'J 1 S u J ~ ~ ~ Li ~ L~ r ,? ~ i ~~ 1 m. ~~ ~ ~ ~ ^ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ^ ~ ~ ~ U iii ~ ~ ~ , ~ r ~ f~~~ _K a ~.. i . ~.r. -. ~__ F~1 ~ ~>. c 2 i; r; - '~r~ ®_..~ ~ ,; ';, ~''~ ~ ,_ i ~ ~o ~.. - .. SIZyµ ~~'~ ~' ~T ~;~- r µ ~.~ ~n . _ ~ ter ' ~~ -- - - - '~~ ,'~ ~ ~k d~'~ _-_ u~" u ~ °'~ ~ ~'~ I ~;~_ C i ; n ~; u ,~~ ~~ " h .> , a ~ s -r.:` ~ ` °y ~. , ~~ la ~'~" ~: ,, . t ~~ ~' a. ~ ~, ,, +i ' ~~ ~~~~ ~~x~ ~ ~ ~ ~:~ ~' ~, ~i , ..~, I ~~ ~ A w ~ry pP sg•'~~d . ~t_s ,-. ar.,,ti. ~~y ; ~ 4+. t~ ~~ _ ~.„ .~yc ~`~ ", `?, osn`n ~;~: Gea~q ~`a ~y ..,~_ ra.~_~ f» _ ~'~ _sx~a:.. °_~ ~ a, "t'-~ _ .~ ~f .~ y .~ ~~ b. € ~.' ~ .P1 i P ^`A_ {_ ~* .F~ ~; :P ~. m4 ~ `J ' 8'~ ~02~ ~ ~, Y ,, fib. ~,e :. .. ,.,_, .. c~,~ $. .::h ~_~ f'S. n ~ ~~' ~., i,V n ,`a k x w, o- . H ~~ `9 a .. i~ ~.• ~~~k b~ M ~~ ~'!s ~~ ; ~~ c~ c~. ~~ S% 3y M ~: ;~` ,7 ~~'-~ ~ ,~ • 5, R- ~~'r: s ~fl „~ Y~ ~~ ~'k.. e •ltte ~, O O O O STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR LASCO RESIN TANK ADDITION FOR ANDERSON & BOONE, AIA PROJECT N0.23240.00 AUGUST 21, 2003 O O O O O PREPARED AND STAMPED BY CHARLES C. RUTH, P.E. . , ~ , -- - ~ ~ ~ = s MC SQUARED, INC. 1235 EAST 4TH AVENUE, SUITE 101 OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506-4287 (360) 754-9339 • FAX (360) 352-2044 O O O LASCO RESIN TANK ADDITION Project #23240 DESIGN BY CHUCK RUTH 0 Design Criteria: ~ Design Code: 1997 UBC Dead Load Roof: Actual Concrete/Masonry: 150PCF August 21, 2003 ~ Live Load Roof: 25PSF (Snow Load), 15% overstress allowed Hand Railing 200# applied anywhere on rail O 25"PSF on rail elements Seismic, Snow and Wind Seismic: Zone 3 (Note: Seismic forces have been reduced by a factor of 1.4 for service load or working stress analysis, with a.15% increase in allowable stresses). Snow Load: 25PSF ~ Wind Load: 80MPH; Exposure B (15PSF Assumed) Concrete Concrete Strength: f c=2500psi @28 days Reinf. Steel: ASTM A-615-Grade 60 O Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C-90 Mortar: f' c = 1800 psi @ 28 days Grout: f'c = 2500 psi @ 28 days Reinf. Steel: ASTM A-615-Grade 60 SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED ~ Soil 1500PSF Allowable Bearing Pressure assumed 1-03 O EXPIRES n 5 -0 3- 0 4 O O O d O O O O O 0 -~- ~ : ~ ~ ~ MC SQUARED, INC. lob: ~-~.5~, R~S~ ~ -t'~ ~ ~~~: ~"+o~• OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 Date: S ` l S - d 3 gy. ~ . ~~.~ FAX (360) 352-2044 Sheet: Page Z of •~'~e { ~ ~~ .._ 4____ __ .. , _~_ _. __ ,_ _.` _ _. . _ _.__~ q 4 __. ~ MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 FAX (360) 352-2044 O O O O O O O O Job: l.A~ ~d S ,v. ~G..,..~- /~' O ~ "1-i pvt Date: 5 l ~ ~I D 3 By: ~' ~.c,~-~'--~ Sheet: Page ~_of ~~, ~ - ---.~.,o..._g~a~iua 7J.1[ iii-Jw- ~ ..r..fy HC _-.._... _-i-- ~; _~ -}-'F ~ ~~ ~ ~. ~ d~ ~ I I I (~ I ~~ y ~'~ Z ° I I~ 3 I (~~ lr ~ I 3x~ / I 3 ~ I I cC13 r--- - --, . I ~ I I 3 -I ~ I I ~ I I m ~ ~ ~ I p I I I ,~.:- I S' r,,~ - ~ - I ~M c ~~° ~ ~ap ,n 3 $£ ~ I ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ v ~ a ~ ~ z I I 3 ~ ~~-~ . i ~ Jr P- 'U ~ ~ ~ v I I °,° ;~ I I ~, --- v a ~ v - ------ --- I t J ~~ I ~ ~a ~~ I I ~ ~ ~ ---- - -- ~ CP I I y., 'I ~. ~ I < I , ~ ~ I I I I I f ~''~~' 5~s ~--- --- --- - j n~~~~ Z ono. o W ~ ~ j oA3 s~~a N ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ I I _._ _ _ _ __ .-__ I ~ ~ O O O I I I I ~~ ~~ i -- ~ - -- I i ~ ~ ~. ~ X I I I I I I , I I ~~ -d .4 I ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ i I 0 1 I I I ~rc '~ ~ X~ w N ~ I I I I I ~ F r- ---- ---, 3 ~ ~ ~ • S ~~ .v I I ,~~ ~ I I I I ~r P I I I I ~ ~. I I ~ ; ~ V `~ L---- - -J ,y + Uv I X I i ~ a _ ~3 - P ? ~: ~ " ~ '- ~ 5 ~ ° 3 ~' Nv ~ -~_ ~ I / ~0-,If 3 ~ ~ ~ I a ~ A~ D 7 ~ ~ ~ Q F ~ ~ A I _ g ~~ ~ ~~ x b~g~~ # Il ~° i~ a x ?4 ~_ MC SQUARED, INC. Job: La5-~o ~¢S ~ -~~ ~- ~~r~:.a-~ >~.. 2~ ~ OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 7549339 Date: ~' ` l S - D 3 By. e, ~ ~,~. ~'L+ FAX (360) 352-2044 Page ~ orL~_ Sheet: z ~~ ~ O _ ..._.._.. t,_.~.._._ . ..i._ __~..__. _~ O G O O O O ~ i i ~ ~ ~ MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 FAX (360) 352-2044 O O a 0 0 0 0 Job: ,--C~S~? ~ ¢S ~~., --~-W.~G ~+ a ~ : ~~ o-y. ~~j~ Date: ~` `S ' O 3 By: ~ , ~~. Sheet: Page ~of ~_ -~- _~ I _' __ .~ ~ ~~~~ ~~ . p~ S~ cw,. Loo (G ,s~ =.. 1~~'"® O i ~ ~ o MC SQUARED, INC. lab: L~-51Go ~as ~ ~, ~G'',1~ a' ~ b : ~'~, vvt G''Z~~ OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 Date: 5 -- ~ S ~- b 3 By: ~ . FAX (360) 352-2044 / Sheet: Page ~ of O O O O O - O O O o MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 FAX (360) 352-2044 O 0 Job: 5, ~ ~, Date:. ~ .' 1 S. D 3 By: ~ , ~.Lt. Sheet: Page ~of i __„.__ ..__ i __ R~..._ _~.. O 1 I 1 1 ~ ~ o MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 7549339 FAX (360) 352-2044 0 0 0 0 0 0 Job: `~-~S~,o ~5~~~.. \ G~,,,,,~ lk~t~'~';i?k 7~3?~.D Date: 5 - ~ s_ 03 BY: G . (~.~ Sheet: Page ~~ of.~_ i v .'__' _.,_.___ .~_._. ~__. _......r _____ ~~_.,. ~._. _ . ___ _ . ._a ~ f _. 1 3 ~ ' j ~ ~ i I ~ ! ~ ~ i ~ ~ ' ~ ` E f ,~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , a MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 7549339 FAX (360) 352-2044 O O O O O O 0 lob: ~GLS~o ~.aS.~t `~C....k. ~~'~-';~ 232 Date: ~ - `(o - b 3 gy: C ~ ~~ Sheet: Page ~~= of~_ ~ i i ~ o MC SQUARED, INC. OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 7549339 FAX (360) 352-2044 O O O O O O O O Job: --L~ 5~p [~Q. S ,~ ~G'vr~, ~G. ~ D d "~' - O1n. [~3~1~/~ Date: 5 - ~ 5 - ~ 3 By: ~ . C~4~'~- Sheet: pie ~Z o f `Fo T. :W 3'XZ' INSULATED rL. DOOR O I ~ '' .9 ' W ~~~ d ~ ~, --~ t~ p~; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ O ~~--vv i 1.~~ I ~~ J 0 ~ .V. :~ -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. o, i 0 e vD"o~ ~~ 0 v Naz~l 0 7 ~ , ~; ~ 1 `~ `~ ~ 3 l I I~ I~ ~1 EXI3TIN 237~D 1~3 ~ `co ~..2. ~ ~ .e.. 3 .,, - 0 ~~ S r- I ~-----, ~ ~ ~ Y; ~ ~ .~ I i i ~; I I I ~ ~ ~~ = I I I ~ 3 I ,rLl~rs I I rYP I ~, -- ~n ~ 3 ~ . , I I I i I I ~, ~~ ~~~~ I I I ,~c~-t~ s ~ I I ~- -'' C ~~_^'1 ~ d ~- _. rn --t~t~~ ~ GRdc. k. , , '~-'f'ROL ~ a. G . bl ~ S ~. ZD -~~ ~-c ~E? ~ - ~ DN ~5`_d~~ ~- ~~. ,`v ~ ~$ ~ h~ S 1-ti K~ -- ~ i (s _. IS' O~ --------- _~ ~-s-o3 ;GESS NArCN ~GL) r~ T.t~iv ~... ~ MC SQUARED, INC. lob: ~-a-S~-a Z~2~~ OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 Date:~~ -l~l - ~~ gy; ~. FAX (360) 352-2044 4 g, ~- Sheet: Page of O O O O O O O Q O ~~ ti G~/ MC SQUARED, INC. ~ OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98506 (360) 754-9339 FAX (360) 352-2044 Q d d ~~ - O - Q ~. O Job: ~.G..S~ D .~~_ Date: ~ - ~1 d 3 gy; ~~ Sheet: pie ~ ~ o{ ~~ 0 0 Title Dsgnr: Description Scope Job # t ~1~~ Date: 8:29AM, 7 AUG 03 l1tlV. .70V I VV User. KW-0805122, Ver5.8.,, 25-oa.zooz Masonry Wall Design Page 1 (c)1983-2002 ENERCALC Engineering Software Description Lasco Resin Tank Addition -Project #23240 General Information Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements Wall Height 18.OOft Seismic Factor 0.3300 f'm 1,500.0 psi Parapet Height 2.50 ft Calc of Em = f'm ' 750.00 Fs 24,000.0 psi Duration Factor 1.330 Special Inspection Thickness 8.0 in Wall Wt Mult. 1.000 Grout ~ Rebar Only Rebar Size 6 Normal Weight Block Rebar Spacing 48 in Equivalent Depth to Rebar 3.810 in ~ Center Solid Thickness 4.600 in Loads Uniform Load Concentric Axial Load Wind Load 0.000 psf Dead Load 0.000 #/ft Dead Load 0.000 #/ft Live Load 0.000 #/ft Live Load 0.000 #/ft Load Eccentricity 0.000 in Roof Load Roof Load Design Values E 1,125,000psi Rebar Area 0.110in2 np 0.06202 j 0.90147 n : Es / Em 25.778 Radius of Gyration 2.535 in k 0.29559 2 / kj 7.50561 Wall Weight 55.000 psf Moment of Inertia 354.810 in4 Max Allow Axial Stress = 0.25 f'm (1-(h/140r)^2) 'Splnsp 236.12 psi Allow Masonry Bending Stress = 0.33 f'm *Splnsp = 495.00 psi Allow Steel Bending Stress = 24,000.00 psi Load Combination & Stress Details Summarv Axial Bending Stresses axial Maximum: Moment Load Steel Masonry Compression fb/Fb + fa/Fa Top of Wall in-# Ibs psi psi psi fs9~s O DL + LL 0.0 137.5 0.0 0.0 2.49 0.0105 DL + LL + Wind 0.0 137.5 0.0 0.0 2.49 0.0105 DL + LL + Seismic 680.6 137.5 1,801.5 29.3 2.49 0.0751 Between Base & Top of Wall DL + LL 0.0 632.5 0.0 0.0 11.46 0.0485 DL + LL + Wind 0.0 632.5 0.0 0.0 11.46 0.0485 DL + LL + Seismic 8,483.6 632.5 22,454.8 365.5 11.46 0.9356 O Summary Wa ll Design OK 18.OOft high wall with 2.50ft parapet, Normal Bl ock w/ 8.OOin wall w/ #6 bars at 48.OOino.c. at center Governing Load Combination is.... Dead + Live + Seismic Between Top & Bottom Masonry Bending Stress 365.54 psi Steel Bending Stress 22,454.81 psis Masonry Axial Stress 11.46 psi O Combined Stress Ratio 0.9356 < 1.3300 (allowable) Final Loads & Moments Wall Weight moment ~ Mid Ht 632.50 Ibs Wind Moment ~ Mid Ht 0.00 in-# Seismic Moment ~ Mid Ht 8,483.87 in-# Dead Load Moment ~ Top of Wall 0.00 in-# Dead Load Moment ~ Mid Ht 0.00 in-# Total Dead Load Total Live Load O Live Load Moment ~ Top of Wall 0.00 in-# LiveLoad Moment ~ Mid Ht 0.00 in-# Maximum Allow Moment for Applied Axial Load = Maximum Allow Axial Load for Applied Moment = 9,067.34 in-# 13,034.07 Ibs 0.00 Ibs 0.00 Ibs ~ G ~ ~ ;~ 2003 PROJECT MANUAL RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION FOR LASCO BATHWARE YELM, WA OCTOBER 2003 Architect's Project No. 02032.00 ANDERSON & BOONE ARCHITECTS AIA, PS 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201 Olympia, WA 98501 360-754-7766 i, LASCO RESIN TANK STORAGE ADDITION Table of Contents Division Section Title ......... .: .:...........::..::.:.... :.....:....:............:::........::.....:..:, .....::.....Pa Tes SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS 00030 INVITATION TO BID ................................................................................................ 2 00300 FORM OF PROPOSAL ....................................................:.......................................... 2 00320 GEOTECHNICAL DATA ........................................................................................... 19 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................... 1 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS .......................................................................... 4 DNISION I -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................. 3 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES ........................................................................................ 3 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION .................................... .2 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ................................... .2 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 3 01400 QUALITY CONTROL ................................................................................................ 2 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ....................................................... 5 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 5 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 4 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING ...................................................................................... 2 01732 SELECTNE DEMOLITION ....................................................................................... 5 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 5 DIVISION 2 -SITE CONSTRUCTION 02230 SITE CLEARING ........................................................................................................ 1 02300 EARTHWORK ...........................................................................................:................ 4 DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE .................................................................................. 5 DNISION 4 -MASONRY 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES .............................................................................. 4 DIVISION 5 -METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL .......:..............:........................................................................ 4 05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ....................................................................... 3 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS .......................................................................................... 3 DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 .BUILDING INSULATION .......................................................................................... 3 07411 METAL ROOF AND WALL PANELS ...................................................................... 5 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ................................................................. 4 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES..........: ..................................................................................... 3 1 U ,~ 1J v n ~i ~' LJ 07920 JOINT SEALANTS ..................................................................................................... 3 DNISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES ................................................................................. 3 08361 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS .......................................................................... 3 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS .........................:........................................................................... 3 08711 DOOR HARDWARE ................................................................................................... 4 DIVISION 9 -.FINISHES 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ............................................................................. 3 09912 PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) .................................................. 5 DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES ...........:.............................................................. 2 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT APPLICABLE DNISION 15 -MECHANICAL SEE DIVISION 15 FOR TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL SEE DIVISION 16 FOR TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK SECTION 00030 -INVITATION TO BID PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General Contractor bidders are those invited by the Owner, Lasco Bathware, to submit sealed bids for the General Contract, including. mechanical and electrical work, for the construction of ~ the Lasco Resin Tank Storage Addition at the production facility in Yelm, WA. B. Sealed Bids will be received by the Owner at the office Anderson & Boone Architects AIA, PS, 525 Columbia Street NW, Suite 201, Olympia, WA 98501, until 3:00 PM, Pacific Standard Time, on Thursday, October 30, 2003. Bid Proposals received after the day and hour stated above will not receive consideration unless other bidders are shown not to be prejudiced thereby. C. All copies of the Bid, and other Documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed, opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to Lasco Bathware. The envelope shall be clearly marked "BID" and identified with the Project Name and Bidders Name and Address. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the name of the project and the notation "Sealed Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof. 1.2 BIDDING DOCUMENTS ~ A. Bidding Documents for the Work are those prepared by Anderson & Boone Architects AIA, PS, 525 Columbia St. NW, Suite 201, Olympia, WA 98501; Telephone (360) 754-7766, Fax (360)754-1357. B. Invited General Contractor Bidders may obtain two (2) sets maximum of the Bidding Documents for the Work, including Drawings and Specifications, from Doo'ps Copy Tech, 705 ~1 4"' Avenue East, Olympia, WA 98506, (Tel. 360-956-1020), upon payment of $100.00 deposit per set payable to Lasco Bathware. Deposit is completely refundable if sets are returned to Doo'ps Copy Tech, in good condition, within ten (10) calendar days after the Bid Opening. jam, Additional copies of the Bidding Documents may be secured from Doo'ps Copy Tech by ~~ paying the cost of reproduction. C. Proposed Contract Documents maybe viewed at the following locations: Olympia Plan Service, 123 Fir St NE, Olympia, WA 98506 (360) 943-3960 McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center, 800 South Michigan St., Seattle, WA 98108 (206) 223-0320 ~J Associated Subcontractors, 3312 South Union, Tacoma, WA 98409 (253) 383-4591 ~J McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center, 4803 Pacific Highway East, #3, Tacoma, WA 98424 (253) 922-7172 ~, McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center, 13010 Northup Way Bldg. C-3, #1, Bellevue, WA ~-1' 98005 (425) 881-5071 Valley Plan Center, 1819 South Central Avenue, #84, Kent, WA 98032 (253) 852-1090 Reed Construction Data, 10504 NE 37`i' Circle, Bldg. 7, Kirkland, WA 98033 (425) 827-9313 Reed Construction Data, 500 SW 7`" St. #C, Renton, WA 98055 (425) 277-4645 1.3 SELECTED BIDDERS '~ A. The following General Contractors have been selected by the Owner as approved contractors ~} for bidding the above named project: LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00030 -1 • 1.4 1. Bailey Berg General Contractors 8270 28`h Ct. NE #201 Lacey, WA 98516 Contact: Greg Bailey (360)704-4486 Office (360)704-4491 Fax 2. Christensen Inc. 3285 Ferguson Street SW Tumwater, WA 98152 Contact: Kevin Christensen (360)709-0330 Office (360)709-0220 Fax 3. Kaufman Brothers Construction, Inc. 7711 Martin Way East Olympia, WA 98516 Contact: John Kaufman (360)491-5230 Office (360)491-5296 Fax 4. Scott Wall Construction Inc. PO Box 2789 Olympia, WA 98507 Contact: Scott Wall (360)459-1051 Office (360)459-1005 Fax CONSIDERATION OF BIDS A. Lasco Bathware reserves the right to reject any or all Bids and to waive any informalities or irregularities in the Bids received. B. No Bidder may withdraw his Bid after the hour set for receiving them unless the Award of the Contract is delayed for a period exceeding sixty (60) days. END OF SECTION 00030 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00030 - 2 U SECTION 00300-FORM OF PROPOSAL s-~ PART 1 -GENERAL Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition Yelm, Washington ' Lasco Bathware 8101 East Kaiser Boulevard Anaheim, CA 92808 ATTN: Isidro Pe, Facilities Engineering Manager Having carefully examined the Project Manual entitled, "Lasco Resin Storage Tank Addition", and the Drawings similarly entitled, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the Work, along with the addenda, the Undersigned states he (she) has the labor force and means to complete the work under a single general contract, including Mechanical and Electrical systems, and proposes to furnish all labor and materials and to perform all work required by, and in strict J accordance with, the above named documents for the following sums: 1.1 BASE BID "~ A. For the Base Bid, the total sum of: DOLLARS (~ 1.2 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. The above Base Bid shall be considered to include full compensation for the cost of labor, rl materials, equipment, overhead, profit, and any additional costs associated with the bid. 1.3 SALES TAX ~. A. The above bid price does not include State, County or Municipal Sales Tax. ~4 1.4 TIME OF COMPLETION A. The Undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract, to complete the work in a accordance with the Contract Documents, within the following time period: j 1. Achieve Substantial Completion, ready for Owner's beneficial occupancy, within 150 'U calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner. ,.., 2. Final completion shall be achieved within thirty (30) days thereafter. 1.5 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Refer to Supplementary Conditions. 1.6 BONDS r-r A. Refer to Supplementary Conditions. ' 1.7 CONTRACT n U A. If the Undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this bid within 30 days after the time set for opening bids, he agrees to execute a contract for the above work, for the compensation r U LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00300 -1 ~' stipulated in the above sums. Said contract to be delivered within ten (10) days after notice of award of contract to the Owner. 1.8 BID SECURITY ~.J A. A bid security is not required. 1.9 BID EVALUATIION AND CONTRACT AWARD A. The Owner will evaluate bids to determine the lowest and best responsible bidder. The Owner's intention is to enter into a contract with the lowest and best responsible bidder provided the bid l_.1 amount(s) fall within the funds available for this project. The Owner reserves the right, but without obligation, to waive informalities in connection with the bid. The Owner further reserves the right to reject any portion of the bid and/or to reject all bids if it is determined that the bids are excessive, unreasonable, or otherwise not in the best interest of the Owner. 1.10 ADDENDA A. Receipt of the following Addenda to the Contract Documents is acknowledged: Addendum No. Date Addendum No. -Date , J Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date "`~~~"' Respectfully Submitted: Name of Firm, Partnership, Corporation Signature of Authorized Official Title: Business Address Te ep one Fax State of Washington Contractor's License No. Contractor's UBI Number Note: If bidder is a corporation, write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all partners below: PART 2 -NOT USED PART 3 -NOT USED END OF SECTION i~ ~i r~ LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00300 - 2 SECTION 00320 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Soils information 1. The soils investigation report titled Report: Geotechnical Engineering Services, Proposed ~ Resin -Tank Foundation, Lasco Bathware Facility, Yelm, WA, as prepared by J ~, GeoEngineers, is included immediately following this document for Contractor's l.,J reference. It consists of nineteen (19) pages in all, including an 8 page report, Title Page, Vicinity Map, Site Plan, Soil Classification System sheet, 2 page test pit logs, and Attachment A (4 pages). L~ 2. The soils information in this document is offered in good faith and included herein solely for the purpose of placing the Contractor in ,receipt of soils information available with regard to building and site work. Investigation of subsurface conditions on the site have been made for design purposes, however, all recommendations of this report shall be included as contract requirements and followed by the Contractor, as supplemented, D except where specifically indicated or specified otherwise in these Contract Documents. There is no guarantee, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the site, or that unforeseen developments may not occur. 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any interpretations of the information or extrapolations beyond the location of each individual boring or test pit and acknowledges n that he is not relying upon such data as accurately describing the subsurface conditions ~ which maybe found to exist. ~-' END OF SECTION 00320 ~,l (-? u ri LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00320 -1 Report Geotechnical Engineering Services Proposed Resin Tank Foundation Lasco Bathware Facility Yelm, Washington September 25, 2003 For Lasco Bathware U September 25, 2003 Lasso Bathwaze 8101 East Kaiser Boulevard Anaheim, California 92808 Attention: Isidro B. Pe, 7r. Facilities Engineering Manager Report Geotechnical Engineering Services Proposed Resin Tank Foundation Lasso Bathware Facility Yehn, Washington File No. 1(?956-001-00 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our geotechnical engineering services in support of design and construction of four resin storage tanks at the Lasso Bathware facility. The project site is located at 801 Northern Pacific Road in Yelm, Washington, approximately as shown. on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. Our understanding of the project is based on discussions with you, Scott Anderson of Anderson & Boone Architects, and Ron Lawson, the site Facility Engineer. We understand four resin storage tanks will be added at the site. Each tank will have a diameter of about 10 feet and height of about 12 feet. Dock-high retaining walls are anticipated along one side of the new resin tank construction area. We understand the tanks will be supported on spread footing foundations. Far our analysis, we assumed the maximum dead load of each tank will not exceed 100 kips. SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of our services is to explore subsurface conditions as a basis for developing recommendations for support of the proposed resin storage tanks. Specifically, our services include: 1. Exploring subsurface conditions around the tank area by excavating two backhoe test pits. ~~I ~1 Lasco Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 2 2. Providing recommendations for site preparation and earthwork. This includes evaluating the suitability of site soil for use as fill and providing gradation criteria for imported fill. We also provide fill placement and compaction criteria for structural fill in the proposed tank construction area. 3. Providing recommendations for allowable soil bearing pressure to be used in the design of foundations to support the resin tanks. We also include recommendations for the minimum width and embedment depth and our estimate of foundation settlement. 4. Providing recommendations for lateral load resistance, including coefficient of base friction and passive soil pressure. 5. Providing recommendations for lateral earth pressure and drainage criteria for design of dock-high retaining walls. SURFACE CONDITIONS SITE CONDITIONS The project site is located at the Lasco Bathware Facility in Yelm, Washington. The tanks will be situated near an existing storage building and railroad spur. Specifically, we understand the tanks will be located in an approximately 1,700 square-foot area that is enclosed on three sides by loading docks for the existing building. The loading dock walls are approximately 3 feet high and bound the site to the northwest, southwest and southeast. Dock walls and the adjacent area are observed to be generally in good condition with minor cracks and no differential settlement or gaps between joints. We understand a storm drain extends along the northwest side of the existing loading dock and an underground power line extends along the southeast side of the existing loading dock. The railroad spur extends into the planned tank construction area and will be removed. The area around the railroad spur is relatively level and covered with grass. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS Soil and groundwater conditions at the site were explored by excavating two test pits on September 5, 2003 at the approximate locations indicated on the Site Plan, Figure 2. The test pits were excavated to approximately 654 and 9 feet below existing grade using arubber-tired backhce. Backhce and operator services were provided by Homestead Excavation under subcontract to GeoEngineers. The explorations were located at the site by taping from existing site features. Test pit locati~nS should be considered approximate. Our representative collected representative bulk samples of the soil encountered, observed groundwater conditions and maintained a detailed log of the explorations. The relative densities noted on the logs are based on the difficulty of excavation and our experience and judgement. Recovered samples were visually classified in the field in general accordance with the system described in Figure 3. Summary test pit logs are presented in Figures 4 and 5. G e o E n g i n e e r s File No. 10956-001-00 {-~~i ~~ ~1 S '~~1 Lasso Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the two test pit explorations generally consisted of gravel fill and native gravel. We encountered grave[ fill in both test pit explorations from the ground surface to a depth of 1'/z to 2 feet below ground surface (bgs). Gravel fill is described as fine to coarse gravel with sand, silt, and an organic rich layer located in the upper 1'Fi to 2'/z inches. We encountered the gravel fill in a dense and moist condition. Underlying the gravel fill, we encountered undisturbed fine to coarse gravel with sand, varying amounts of cobbles, and occasional boulders. We observed the undisturbed gravel in a dense and moist condition. Test pits 1 and 2 terminated in native gravel at approximately 6~/z and 9 feet bgs, respectively. We did not encounter groundwater during test pit exploration. Based on our understanding of the general geologic and hydrogeologic conditions in the site vicinity, we expect that the regional groundwater table is well below anticipated excavation depth for the proposed resin tanks. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ~~~I V t ~~~ ~~~ ~~ 1 l~ ~~ n U GENERAL In our opinion, the site is suitable for the proposed improvements as described to us. We understand relatively minor cutting and #illing will be required to achieve proposed grades. The proposed resin tanks may be supported on spread footings bearing in undisturbed native gravel or in gravel fit[ that has been prepared as described in the following sections of this report. In our opinion, on-site gravel may be reused as structural fill provided all organic material can be separated and disposed of prior to use. The disturbed gravel soil contains a moderate percentage of fines (silt- and clay-sized particles passing the U.S. No. 200 Sieve} that may become moisture sensitive during wet-weather construction. We recommend that site grading, fill placement and building construction be performed during periods of extended dry weather. Specific recommendations regarding site work, design and construction of foundations for the proposed resin tanks are presented in the following sections. SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK We expect that the majority of the site preparation and earthwork can be accomplished with conventional earthmoving equipment. We anticipate site preparation will consist of clearing the existing railroad spur and railroad ties, removing existing utilities along with grubbing to remove near surface vegetation and organic material. Based on our explorations, we estimate that stripping on the order of 2 to 3 inches will be necessary to remove surficial organic rich soil. We recommend the upper 2 to 3 inches of stripped material be removed from the site. Excavations resulting from the removal of railroad ties and other excavation-related voids should be backfilIed with structural fill. Following clearing and grubbing operations, we recommend the upper 12 inches of subgrade be scarified and compacted to 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD) determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557 test methods. Any loose, soft or other areas that cannot be G e o E n g i o e c r s Filc No. 10956-001-00 Lasco Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 4 i compacted to 95 percent of the NIDD should be overexcavated and replaced with compacted structural fill, as described in the "Structural Fill" section of this report. if earthwork activities take place during wet weather, we recommend careful planning and execution of operations to limit exposure of the site soil to the elements and construction traffic. Even when properly compacted, near-surface soil containing a high fines .content can be easily disturbed and will loosen or soften when exposed to moisture and traffic. Exposed surfaces should be graded to drain and thoroughly compacted to seal the surface. We recommend that prepared subgrades be restricted from travel by construction equipment and protected prior to wet weather, to the degree possible. STRUCTURAL FILL General All fill material placed beneath structures should be placed as structural fill. Structural fill should be free of debris, organic contaminants and other deleterious matter. Granular material should not include particle sizes larger than 6 inches. Particle sizes larger than 3 inches should be excluded from the top 1 foot of fill. The workability of material for use as structural fill will depend on the gradation and moisture content of the soil. As the amount of fines increases, soil becomes increasingly more sensitive to small changes in moisture content and adequate compaction becomes more difficult, if not impossible, to achieve. Structural fill should be moisture conditioned to near-optimum moisture content prior to compaction. In our opinion, non-organic on-site soil may be considered for use as structural fill, provided it can be compacted as recommended. ]f imported fill is required at the site, we recommend ii consist of well-graded sand, sand and gravel, or crushed rock with a maximum particle size of 3 inches and less than. 5 percent passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve. Organic matter, debris, or other deleterious material should not be present. Granular fill used during periods of prolonged dry weather may have up to 10 percent fines. Surficial duff and sod are not suitable for use as structural fill and should not be reused or mixed with fill soil. Compaction All fill should be uniformly compacted in horizontal Lifts to at least 95 percent of the MDD determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557 where structural elements are to be located. The lift thickness used during placement and compaction will depend on the moisture and gradation characteristics of the soil and the type of equipment being used. if necessary, the material should be moisture conditioned to near-optimum moisture content prior to compaction. During fill and backfil[ placement, sufficient testing of in-place density should be conducted to verify that adequate compaction is being achieved. G e e E a g i a e e r s File No. 10956-001.00 Lasso Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 5 FOUNDATION SUPPORT General In our opinion, the structure may be supported on shallow spread footings bearing on structural fill overlying gravel fill or undisturbed gravel. Structural fill should conform to the recommendations in the "Structural Fill" section of this report. Subgrades should be prepared_ and evaluated as recommended in the "Subgrade Preparation" section of this report, We recommend footings be sized. a minimum of 18 inches wide for continuous footings and' 24 inches for isolated column footings. All footing elements should be embedded a minimum of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent finished grade. New footings that will be placed adjacent to existing footings should be placed at existing foundation grade. Footings designed and constructed as described above may be designed using an allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf) for combined dead and long-term live loads, exclusive of the weight of the footing and overlying backfill. This value may be increased by one-third when seismic, wind or other transient loads are considered. Settlement ' We estimate that settlement of footings designed and; constructed as recommended will be less than '/x inch, with differential settlements between comparably loaded footing of i/a inch or less. The majority of the estimated settlement should occur essentially as the toads are applied. Soft or Ioose soil remaining below the footings or disturbance of the foundation subgrade during construction could result in larger settlements than predicted Since the live load condition for tanks is highly vsriabhe, we recomtta~nd proof-loading the tank in staged fashion at the completion of construction and monitoring the foundation for settlement around the perimeter, using optical surveying equipment. We recommend establishing peripheral elevation points on the foundation; at four equally spaced points around the tank, prior to initial tank filling. The elevations of these points should be measured during initial filling and at periodic intervals thereafter. We recommend that initial filling be accomplished in two or three (50 percent to 33 percent of full volume) stages, with aone-day hold period between stages, to facilitate settlement monitoring. This information will be helpful in deciding if piping connections may require inspection and possible adjustment. Lateral Resistance (~ ~ The ability of the soil to resist lateral loads is a function of the frictional resistance which can develop on the base of the footings and slabs, and the passive resistance which can develop on the ~~) face of below-grade elements of the structure as these elements move into the soil. For footings ~/ I and floor slabs founded in accordance with the recommendatioris presented above, the allowable frictional resistance may be computed using a coefficient of friction of 0.35 applied to vertical dead-load forces. The allowable passive resistance on the face of footings may be computed using an equivalent fluid density of 350 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) for undisturbed on-site soil or GeoEngineers Fi1eNo.10956-0O1.0f3 l:.asco Bathwaze September 25, 2003 Page 6 structural fill extending out from the face of the foundation element a distance of at Least equal to 2~2 times the depth of the element. The lateral resistance and friction coefficient values include a factor of safety of approximately 1.5. RETAINING STRUCTURES Footings for retaining structures should be designed in accordance with the "Foundation Support" section of this report. Retaining structures that are free to rotate slightly azound the base (cantilever) should be designed for active earth pressures using an equivalent fluid unit weight of 30 pcf. This value is based on the following assumptions: • The wall will not be restrained aga'-nst rotation when the backfill is placed. • The backfill is level. • The backfill behind the wall consists of free-draining granular material for a distance of at least 18 inches. • Hydrostatic pressures will be controlled by a back drain. If the retaining structure is restrained against rotarion during backfilling, it should be designed for an at-rest equivalent fluid unit weight of 50 pcf. Surcharge loads applied closer than one-half the wall•height should be considered as uniformly distributed horizontal pressures equal to one-third of the distributed vertical surcharge pressure. The recommended equivalent fluid densities assume afree-draining condition behind the wall. Free raining granular material behind the wall should consist of sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines passing the 3/a-inch sieve. Weep holes at about 4foot center at the base of the wall should be sufficient to drain water. from exterior walls. Alternatively, a perforated drainpipe could be embedded in the free-draining sand and gravel zone along the base of the retaining structure to remove water that collects in this zone. The drainpipe should be dghtlined to the storm drainage system. Wall backfi(I should be placed and compacted as recommended in the "Structural Fill" section of this report. Measures should be taken to prevent overcompaction of the backfill behind the wall. This can be done by placing the zone of backfill located within 2 feet of the waU in lifts not exceeding 6 inches in loose thickness and compacting this zone with hand-operated equipment such as a vibrating plate or jumping jack. SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS. We recommend tiiatsLi,~mic design be performed using the equivalent static force procedure outlined in the 1997 Uniform Building Code (UBC). The design earthquake event corresponds to a probability of exceedence for an earthquake with a Richter magnitude of 7.5 with a peak horizontal ground acceleration of 0.3g. GeoEagiaeers File No.10956~001-00 Lasco Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 7 As defined in the UBC, the project site is located in Seismic Zone 3 with a Z factor of 0.30. In our opinion, the site soil classifies as Soil Profile Type S~. For this soil type, we recommend using Seismic Ceofficients of 0.33 and 0.45 for Ca and C,., respectively. LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report. for use by lasco Bathware, Anderson & Boone Architects and other members of the design and conshvction team for a portion of the design and construction of new resin tanks at the Lasco Bathware Facility in Yehv, Washington. The data and report should be used to evaluate structural design, but our report, conclusions, and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices in this area at the time this report was prepared. No warranty or other conditions, express or implied, should be understood. Please refer to Attachment A titled "Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use" for additional information pertaining to use of this report. ~~- G e o E u g i n e e r s File No. 10956-001-00 Lasco Bathware September 25, 2003 Page 8 We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. Ptease call if you have questions concerning this report or if we can be of additional services. t~ Respectfully submitted, GeoEngineers, Inc. ~~.. ~ Teresa A. Dugger, P.E. Geotechnical Engineer ., Garry H. Squires, P.E., L.G., L.E.G Associate TAD:GFGS:tr TAC`.d1I011 D956001+p01F1na1s11095600I00R.doc CC: SCOtt Anderson Anderson & Boone Architects 525 Columbia Street NW, Suite 201 Olympia, Washington 98501 Chuck Ruth MC Squared, Inc. 1235 East 4's Avenue, Suite 101 Olympia, WA 98506-4211 Attachments: Figure 1-Vicinity Map Figure 2 -Site Plan Figure 3 -Soil Classification System Figures 4 and 5 -Log of Test Pits Attachment A -Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Iliselaimer: Aay electronic form. facsimile ar hard wpy of the original document (email, tent, table, aadlor figure), if provided, and any attachments aze only a copy of the original document. The original document is stored by GeoEagineers, Inc. aad will serve as the official document of record. ' G e o E n g i n e e r s File No. 10956-001-00 I ~I ~. i7.. is ~ -__ . . - 'J= ~ ~. ir...-~__`~ ~`~ - " ~'+ .. _ . ., . ,~ . .• n l i . ~.. ,, .. `~4ma ~ - - ~{ ~ a r _ I' o~° . it , - - i '~•- ~ ~ I F.~x.~~ ( ~ r' ~il~~T ~~. . j- ~ ~ ~~ _ _ ~ - _ - 1 ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ ~ /'~ ~~ r:' . i • ~r ~ 1yo: r :; t ~ ` ~~ i~ i .d -_ 1G .~•~ {i ~J I 1- r4 l n '1 F' ~ L. _ .1. 1 v -- ~/`~ ~~ ~ t u .. ~,, - ' ~ ~ ~ ' ~ rT • • •„~ • -`~'hfAnS• Jell ~ •I • <• ~ ~_, ~ ~ r ~ ~ • Vii. _ ~ . ~ .\ ~ • ~~~~~ ' ~r 1. ..--._ • ~- :~ ~ { vii Dato Source: Topography from Sure!Maps at scale of 1:24k. rn d O All locations are approximate. 0 2000 4000 U ~ N ~ Lambert Conformal Conic SCALE IN FEET o Washington Skate Plane South ~ North American Datum 1983 0 0 ~ Note: This drawing is for information purpose. It is intended to assist o in showing features discussed in on attached document. j _; i, r~r =:<~ul to copy or reproduce all or any part thereof, whether for personal use or resale, without permission. a ~ ~ ~~~ ~ VICINITY MAP o ~~~~ ~ ~;~~~ ~~~~~•~~ Q ~+a~°' ~`~ FIGURE 1 ~ ~: t ~ ~ ~ I p Z \f`C\ ~ Z O N ~il Q ~ Rtf W O ~ ~ ~~ 1 I za ~ I I C~ D Z N ~ I z ao ~ W I I o ~~ d o_ `- I I ~ r a "' c~ 5 o y :~ t++a :~-n :a-t~ tw :ra W r d I I I - i I I ~ § I __-- 2 4 IC ~ iii ~ I IP .~ ,,, III w ti I ,~ ~ "! I I I I I C7 L - _ - J L J b I I m I C m O t t d .+ .+ r 1 f -l o } I ( I I pZ , oay N m u w 0 L--- J L J Q rn r- _` ~ ~ E I o 0 o in o ° mac I .o :~ m _L E` o O I w".~"~ r 1 ~~ ~ C Y V J ~ ti ~ ~ p O « ~ o ~ v ~.', I c'EoE U _ _ O L O . I I I I vo - imago L__~J L J = o mEE m C w c°OUO$ I~ T „~ ° Cj V '~ m N E~5 - z o°''am~m~ ~ E Ecg'mm -~~ 1 .o~ ~ ~- m~ a.p m OL }~ X ~m;~aico O O O~ T O O '': c ap moo' ~ m m L 6 C V L m O N V M y C mcEwoma°~ d ~ U ~ ~oomc-rna o Ev m oic c _ a r ~ o m Q ~ m T -_ C ~ o p~ ~ o vrn~r o° °a °' oomv~ C C ooD~ouNn u rn~ m ~ m c -°"~u '3 ~~nu~$po LL.a-~ 000 Hrvmvu ai cv u c !. 4 d :"' K CO/4Z/60 - .IOS~OVl ~^+P'Z-OLi"`001009S60t~OV'J\00\~0095fi(ll~Ol~~d\011 n SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR QIVISIONS GROUP GROUP NAME SYMBOL GW WELL-GRADED GRAVEL, FINE TO COARSE GRAVEL GRAVEL CLEAN GRAVEL COARSE GP POORLY-GRADED GRAVEL GRAINED More Than 5096 SOILS of Coarse Fraction GRAVEL GM SILTY GRAVEL Rebined yy~f FlNES on No. 4 Sieve GC CLAYEY GRAVEL 3W WELL-GRADED SAND, FINE TO COARSE SAND SAND CLEAN SAND More Than 50°~ SP POORLY-GRADED SAND Retained an 200 Slave No More Than 50°,6 SM SILTY SAND . of Coarse Fraction SAND Passes W[TH FlNES SC CLAYEY SAND No. 4 Slave ML SILT FINE SILT AND CLAY INORGANIC GRAINED CL CLAY SOILS Llquld Limit ORGANIC OL ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAY Leas Than 50 fiAH SILT OF HIGH PLASTICITY, ELASTIC SILT More Than 5096 SILT AND CLAY INORGANIC paste CH CLAY OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAY No. 200 Sleva Llquld Limit ORGANIC OH ORGANIC CLAY, ORGANIC SILT 50 or Mare HIGHLY DRGANIC SOILS PT PEAT NOTES: SOIL MOISTURE MODIFlERS: 1. Field classification is based on visual examination pry. Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch of sot! In general accordance with ASTM D2488~83. Moist - Damp, but no visible water 2 Sail classit[catlon using laboratory test Is In general accardance with ASTM D2487~98. Wet - Visible free water or aaturated, usually soil is abbined hom 3. Descriptions of soil density or conslatency are below water table based on Interpretation of blow count data, visual appearance of solfs, andJor fast data. ~~ SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Geo Engineers i=1GURE 3 Date Excavated: 4/5/03 Logged by: GRL Equipment: CASE Rubber-Tired Backhoe Surface Elevation (ft)' ~ ~ ~ OTHER TESTS m m ~ MATERIAL DESCRIPTION . ~ AND NOTES ~ C ~ oma E ~ ~ ~~ ~e =m o ~ us 3 ca $ ern ~v o3 ° Brown fine to coarse grave with sand, silt and trace organic ° matter (dense, moist) (fill) o GP Brown me to worse gravy ° ° ° (dense, moist) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ° 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 o GP Brown tine to worse grave ° ° ° boulders (dense, moist) 0 0 0 0 0 0 `" aoo a oo° 0 Test pit wmpteted at 6.5 feet'on 9/5/03. No groundwater seepage observed. Minor caving observed between 2 and 6.5 feet Note: See Figure 3 for explanation of symbols The depths of the test pit Iogs are based on an average of measurements across the test pit and should be considered accurate to 0.5 foot LOG OF TEST PIT TP-1 Project:. Last;,o Bathware Facility ~Q ~`~~~1~leerS Protect Location: Lacey, Washington Figure: 4 Project Number: 10956-001-00 sneer ~ or1 u ~t1 J ~~7 '~1 U Date Excavated: 915/03 Equipment: CASE Rubber-Tired Backhoe Logged by: GRL Surface Elevation (ft}• ^.vvvr ~r.v~ r~~ er-r. ~~~i '~. Project: Lasco Bathware Facility Washington Project Location: Lacey Ge~~,Engineers , Figure: 5 Project Number. 1095&001-00 sr,Be~ t or 1 Li ~-~, Li ~s ~~i 1 ~~~ ~.II~ 1, ~l ~1 ~~ ~i ~~i I;' ~} V ATTACHMENT A REPORT LIMITATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR USE' This attachment provides information to help you manage your risks with respect to the use of this report. GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES ARE PERFORMED FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES PERSONS AND PROJECTS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Lasco Bathware, Anderson & Boone Architects and their authorized agents. This report is not intended for use by others, and the information contained herein is not applicable to other sites. GeoEngineers structures our services to meet the specific needs of our clients. For example, a geotechnical or geologic study conducted for a civil engineer or architect may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer or architect that are. involved in the same project. Because each geotechnical or geologic study is unique, each geotechnical engineering or geologic report is unique, prepared solely for the specific client and project site. Our report is prepared for the exclusive use of our Client. No other party may rely on the product of our services unless we agree in advance to such reliance in writing. This is to provide our firm with reasonable protection against open-ended liability claims by third parties with whom there would -otherwise be no contractual limits to their actions. Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with our Agreement with the Client and generally accepted geotechnical practices in this area at the time this report was prepared. -This report should not be applied for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING OR GEOLOGIC REPORT IS BASED ON A UNIQUE SET OF PROJECT-SPECIFIC FACTORS This report has been prepared for the Lasco Barthwaze site in Yelm, Washington. GeoEngineers considered a number of unique, project-specific factors when establishing the scope of services for this project and report. Unless GeoEngineers specifically indicates otherwise, do not rely on this report if it was: • not prepared for you, • not prepared for your project, • not prepared for the specific site explored, or • ~ completed before important project changes were made. For example, changes that can affect the applicability of this report include those that affect: • the function of the proposed structure; • elevation, configuration, location, orientation or weight of the proposed structure; • composition of the design team; or • .project ownership. 'Developed based on material provided by ASFE, Professional Fimu Practicing in the t,reosciences; www.asfe.org . G e o E n g i o e e r s A-1 File No. 10956.001-00 If important changes are made after the date of this report, t;eoEngineers should be given the opportunity to review our interpretations and recommendations and provide written modifications or confu'mation, as appropriate. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS CAN CHANGE This geotechnical or geologic report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. The findings and conclusions of this report may be affected by the passage of time, by manmade events such as construction an or adjacent to the site, or by natural events such as floods, earthquakes, slope instability or ground water fluctuations. Always contact GeoEngineers before applying a report to determine if it remains applicable. MOST GEOTECHNICAL AND GEOLOGIC FINDINGS ARE PROFESSIONAL OPINIONS Our interpretations of subsurface conditions are based on field observations from widely spaced sampling locations at the site. Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. GeoEngineers reviewed field and Eaboratory data and then agplied our professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ, sometimes significantly, from those indicated in this report. Our report, conclusions and iiutc~~lz~~°~sE~~~~s should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS ARE NOT FINAL , Do not over-rely on the preliminary construction recommendations included in this report. These recommendations are not final, because they were developed principally from GeoEngineers' professional judgment and opinion. GeoEngineers' recommendations can be finalized only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. GeoEngineers cannot assume responsibility ar liability for this report's recommendations if we do not perform construction observation. Sufficient monitoring, testing and consultation by t ieoEngineers should be provided during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether or not earthwork activities are completed in accordance with our recommendations. Retaining GeoEngineers for construction observation for this project is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING OR GEOLOGIC REPORT COULD BE SUBl1=CT TO MISINTERPRETATION Misinterpretation of this report by other design team members can result in costly problems. You could lower that risk by having GeoEngineers confer with appropriate members of the G e o E n g i n. e c r s 11--2 File No. 10956-001-00 ~. } r~i L~ 1 ~~; U design team after submitting the report Also retain GeoEngineers to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering or geologic report. Reduce that risk by having GeoEngineers participate in pre-bid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. DO NOT REDRAW THE EXPLORATION LOGS t3eotechnical engineers and geologists prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent enrors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering or geologic report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. GIVE CONTRACTORS A COMPLETE REPORT AND GUIDANCE Some owners and design professionals believe they can make contractors liable .far unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotechnical engineering or geologic report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. ]n that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with t.reoEngineers and/or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A pre-hid conference can also be valuable. 13e sure contractors Gave sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might an owner be in a position to give contractors the best information available, while requiring them to at least share the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Further, a contingency for unanticipated conditions should be included in your project budget and schedule. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR SITE SAFETY ON THEIR OWN CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Our geotechnical recommendations are not intended to direct the contractor's procedures, methods, schedule or management of the work site. The contractor is solely responsible for job site safety and for managing construction operations to minimize risks to on-site personnel and to adjacent properties. ~--~ READ THESE PROVISIONS CLOSELY ,Some clients, design professionals and contractors may not recognize that the geoscience practices (geotechnical engineering or geology) are far less exact than other engineering and natural science disciplines. This lack of understanding can create unrealistic expectations that C1 could lead to disappointments, claims and disputes. GeoEngineers includes these explanatory "linutations" provisions in our reports to help reduce such risks. Please confer with GeoEngineers if you are unclear how these "Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use" apply to your project or site. i t3 e o E a g i n e e r s A-3 File No. 10956-001-00 1__} GEOTECHNIGAL, GEOLOGIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS SHOULD NOT BE INTERCHANGED The equipment, techniques and personnel used to perform an environmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical ar geologic study and vice versa. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering or geologic report does not usually relate any environmental findings, conclusions or recommendations; e.g.. about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Similarly, environmental reports are not used to address geotechnical or geologic concerns regarding a specific project. BIOLOGICAL POLLUTANTS GeoEngineers' Scope of Work specifically excludes the investigation, detection, prevention, or assessment of the presence of Biological Pollutants in or around any structure. Accordingly, this report includes no interpretations. recomlcendations, findings, or conclusions far the purpose of detecting, preventing, assessing, or abating Biological Pollutants. The term `Biological Pollutants" includes, but is not limited to, molds, fungi, spores, bacteria, and viruses, and/or any of their byproducts. G e o B n g i o e e r s A-4 File No. 10956.001-00 U n t' U r-~ I(~ U ~~ Li n, SECTION 00700 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIIE CONTRACT The Standard Form of the American Institute of Architects, No. A201, entitled "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 1.997 Edition, pages, l through 45 inclusive, including Articles One through Fourteen inclusive, as hereinafter listed and supplemented under Section 00800, hereinafter called the "General Conditions" shall be designated and hereby made the General Conditions of this Contract, as fully as if hereto attached or herein repeated verbatim. Articles of the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" are listed in detail in the Index of pages l thru 9 thereof and are outlined hereinafter as follows: 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. -OWNER 3. CONTRACTOR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT SUBCONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS CHANGES IN THE WORK TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Prior to submitting a proposal for the Work, each bidder and sub-bidder shall read the General Conditions and be governed thereby; the Contractor and his subcontractors and sub-subcontractors shall be governed by the General Conditions during the course of the Work. Where any Article of the General Conditions, or portion thereof, is supplemented or modified hereinafter, the original provisions of such Article shall remain in effect where all, or a portion, of the wording of the Article is .deleted and other wording substituted therefore. Where any such Article, or portion thereof, is modified, any remaining provisions of such Articles not so specifically modified shall remain in effect. All supplemental provisions of any Article shall be considered as added thereto. Copies of the General Conditions referenced hereinabove may be examined at the office of the Architect, or may be purchased directly from the American Institute of Architects, 502 South 1 lth Street, Tacoma, WA 98402; AIA Chapter offices in other cities, or from many stationery stores. END OF SECTION LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00700 -1 n SECTION 00800 -SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS f~1 1.1 The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997. Where a portion of the The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions ~y shall remain in effect. +~+ ~ ~1 ~' ~~ ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1.1 In the third line after the word "Conditions, insert the words "Invitation to Bid and the .contractor's executed Form of Proposal,". 1.2.2 Add to Subparagraph 1.2.2 the following: Numbering of trade divisions of the Specifications, and items of work included in each Division and Section, conforms to the CSI Manual of Practice, Masterformat, Document MP-2-l, as issued by the Construction Specifications Institute. Divisions and Sections included are listed in "Table of Contents", together with the number of pages in each Section. The Contractor shall check his copies of the Project Manual with the Table of Contents prior to bidding to be sure that they are complete. 1.2.3.1 In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following priorities: 1. The Agreement, including the Addendum thereto; 2. Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date; 3. The Supplementary Conditions; 4. General Conditions (AIA A-201); and 5. Drawings and Specifications. ARTICLE 2 -OWNER 2.2.2 Amend Subparagraph 2.2.2 to read as follows: "Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall arrange and pay for any plan checking required by Code or other regulatory agencies associated with the Building Permit, and shall secure and pay for the Building Permit. The Owner will also pay for easements, assessments, connection fees to City owned utilities and City charges required for the construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities." ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACTOR 3.6.1 Amend Subparagraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: "The Contract .Price, and any agreed variations thereof, shall include all taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective, except Washington State and Municipal or County Sales Tax. A proportionate amount for such sales taxes will be added to each certificate for payment." 3.7.1 At the beginning, add the following sentence: The Owner shall secure and pay for the Building Permit; sign permit, associated plan check fees, and City owned utility connection fees. Delete the phrase "the building permit and" from the original first sentence. ARTICLE 4 -ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00800 -1 4.2.7 Change the second to the last sentence to read as follows: "The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless specifically agreed to in writing, signed by the Architect, with specific reference to the submittal, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures." ARTICLE 5 -SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2.1.1 Add Subparagraph 5.2.1.1 as follows: Approval of a subcontractor does not imply approval of, or expressly approve, the materials or equipment proposed to be furnished by that subcontractor. All materials and equipment are subject to final approval of the Architect or Owner. ARTICLE 6 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No modifications. ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.6 Modify as follows: Delete 7.3.6.1 through 7.3.6.5 and substitute the following: Unless noted otherwise, the value of additions, deletions or revisions shall be determined by the actual cost of the additional direct labor, materials and subcontract work involved, plus an allowance for 10% overhead and 5% profit. Extras and credits shall be presented to the Architect for approval in a complete breakdown form showing the amount of materials and cost of same, hours of labor at hourly wage scale, subcontractor proposal statements, overhead, profit and taxes. Any and all bonds, insurance, small tools rentals or similar costs shall be considered to be an overhead expense. ARTICLE 8 -TIME No modifications. ARTICLE 9 -PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3.1 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 9.3.1: The form of Application for Payment shall be a notarized AIA Document G702, Application and Certification for .Payment, supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. The completed Application forms shall be submitted in triplicate. 9.3.1.3 Add the following new clause 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1: Until the work is 100-percent complete, the Owner shall pay 95-percent of the amounts due the Contractor on account of progress payments. At the time the Work is 100-percent complete and fully accepted by the Owner, the Owner will release the 5-percent retainage to the Contractor. 9.6.3 Delete this paragraph in its entirety. Delete all reference to Paragraph 9.6.3. 9.11_ Add the following Paragraph 9.11 to Article 9: 9.11 Liquidated Damages 9.11.1 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety, if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner the sums hereinafter stipulated as liquidated damages for each calendar day of delay until the Work is complete: Two hundred dollars ($200). IF THE SAID CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this contract to pay the Owner the amount specified in the contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00800 - 2 ~~ u damages for such breach of the contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this contract and of the specifications wherein a definite and certain length of time is fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of the work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this contract; PROVIDED, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner; PROVIDED FURTHER, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due: 1. To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government; 2. To unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a Contract with the Owner, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather; and 3. To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by~ any of the specified in subsections 1 and 2 or this paragraph. PROVIDED FURTHER, That the Contractor shall, within seven (7) days from the beginning of such delay, notify the Owner in writing of the causes of the delay, whereupon the Owner shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of its decision in the matter. ARTICLE 10 -PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1.2 Change the last two lines to read as follows: "accordance with the final determination of the Owner's hazardous materials consultant, whose decision shall be final." Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 10.1.2: "The Architect shall not be required to pass judgment on the presence of hazardous materials in any form, nor whether such materials have been rendered harmless." ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS Delete all of 11.1.2 and substitute the following: The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the limits shown or implied as follows: 1. Workers Compensation: a. State: Statutory b. Applicable Federal: Statutory c.. Employer's Liability: Statutory d. Benefits required by Union Labor contracts: As applicable 2. Comprehensive General Liability (including Premise and Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): a. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate, Product and Completed Operations b. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00800 - 3 c. Contractual Liability (Hold Harmless Coverage): 1.)Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 2.)Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate d. Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion Deleted: $1,000,000 Aggregate e. General aggregate stoploss coverage: $2,000,000 Aggregate 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired): a. Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident b. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 4. Stored Materials: a. Procure and maintain during the entire term of this project, insurance for all materials stored. Owner assumes no responsibility for materials stored, regardless of whether payment has been rendered. 5. Certificate of Insurance: a. Certificates of Insurance are required for all specified coverages before any work can commence. The following "Additional Insured" statement must also be included on the certificate: "It is agreed and understood that Lasco Bathware is also named as an additional insured." 11.4.1 Delete the last sentence and add the following to Subparagraph 11.4.1: The Owner shall furnish fire and extended coverage insurance to protect its property, but not the interest of the successful bidder. 11.5.1 Add the following new subparagraph 11.5.1.1: The premium cost for aPerformance /Labor and Materials Bond shall not be included in the Base Bid. However, the Contractor shall be bondable, as the Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor & Material Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the Contract price. If required by the Owner, Contractor shall provide said bonds in the amount indicated and the premium for these bonds shall be paid by the Owner, in addition to the contract sum. ARTICLE 12 -UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK No modifications. ARTICLE 13 -MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.4.3 Add new Paragraph 13.4.3 to read as follows: "The services to be performed by the Architect pursuant to the Architect's agreement with the Owner are intended solely for the benefit of the Owner, and no benefit is conferred thereby upon any person or entity not a party to that agreement. No such person or entity shall be entitled to rely on the Architect'ss performance of its services there under, and no right to assert claim against the Architect shall accrue to the Contractor or to any subcontractor, consultant, engineer, supplier, fabricator, manufacturer, lender, tenant, insurer; surety, or any third party as a result of that agreement or the performance or nonperformance of the Architect's services there under." ARTICLE 14 -TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT No modifications END OF SECTION 00800 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 00800 - 4 r u c SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS c c o n G c c c fI U o c o o o (1 u c n lJ A. PrOject IdentIficatIOn. Project conSIsts of constructIOn of a new resm storage tank buildmg addItIon to the eXIstmg Lasco Bathware facilIty m Yelm, W A. 1 Project LocatIOn. Lasco Bathware facilIty 801 Northern PaCIfic Road SE Yelm, WA 2. Owner' Lasco Bathware 8101 East KaIser Boulevard AnaheIm, CA 92808 3 Owner's RepresentatIve ISIdro B Pe, FacilItIes Engmeenng Manager 8101 East KaIser Boulevard AnaheIm, CA 92808 (714) 993-1220 ext 422, FAX (714) 998-1022 B ArchItect IdentIficatIon. The Contract Documents were prepared for the Project by Anderson & Boone ArchItects AIA, PS ,525 Columbia St. NW, SUIte 201, OlympIa, WA 98501 (360)754- 7766, Fax. (360)754-1357 C The Work conSIsts of constructIOn of a one story, steel frame buildmg addItIon WIth prefimshed metal sIdmg and roofing panels. One wall IS constructed of CMU The floor structure IS concrete slab on grade. It IS constructed m the area of an eXIstmg loadmg dock and rail spur A portIOn of the rail spur will be removed. The tanks themselves are proVIded and mstalled by the Owner and are not mcluded m this contract for constructIOn. D AbbreVIated Summary of Project 1 The Work generally mcludes, but is not lImIted to a. Removal of approxImately 140 feet of railroad track and tIes. b Cleanng, grubbmg and earthwork. c. Minor demolItion. d. New concrete foundatIOn, stem walls, and slab on grade e. Steel columns, beams, purlins, and connectIOns. f. Steel railings, ladder, and gratIng. g. Steel frarmng studs. h. InsulatIon. 1. Pre-fimshed metal sIdmg and roofing panels. J Skylights, roof access hatches, and explOSIOn vent. k. Hollow metal doors and frames. 1. Overhead door m. Door hardware. n. Gypsum wall board. o Pamtmg and fimshing. p MechanIcal work mcludmg fire spnnkler system extension. q Electrical work includmg fire alarm system extenSIOn. E. Project will be constructed under a smgle general constructIOn contract. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION c 01100 - 1 1.2 SCHEDULE OF THE WORK The Work shall commence on the date stIpulated m the Wntten NotIce to Proceed and shall be substantIally complete and ready for Owner's occupancy not later than 150 calendar days followmg the NotIce to Proceed. Fmal completIOn shall be achIeved wIthIn thIrty (30) calendar days followmg SubstantIal completIOn. 1.3 USE OF PREMISES A. General The Owner will carry on normal busmess at thIS productIOn facilIty throughout the constructIOn of the new Resm Tank Storage AddItIon. The Contractor's use of prermses IS lIrmted to the areas reqUIred for safe completIOn of thIs constructIOn contract. AddItIonal area on SIte will be available for contractor use for matenal storage, stagmg, and eqUIpment / vehIcle parkmg. SpecIfic locatIOns will be determined at the Pre-constructIOn conference Coordmate WIth Owner, when work IS reqUIred WIthin the existmg buildmg(s). B Minor restnctIOns 1 Access to, and egress from the eXIstIng Lasco facilIty dunng normal busmess hours shall not be blocked or mhibIted by the constructIOn work of thIS contract. 2 The constructIon Work on SIte shall be performed only between the hours perrmtted by the CIty ofYelm, WA. 14 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C) AND WORK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER (F.I.O) A. Mixmg tanks and eqUIpment. B Resm storage tanks and assocIated pIpmg for fillmg, drammg and/or ventmg. C All items noted on Drawings and/or described m the ProJect Manual as N.I.C. (Not m Contract) or F.I.O (FurnIshed and Installed by Owner) D Above Items will be performed by Owner's own forces or under other contracts operatmg concurrently WIth thIs contract and are not mcluded m thIS contract. General Contractor shall be responsible for schedulmg the work, stonng such eqUIpment, If requested, and coordmatmg related work m the contract WIth mstallatIOn of the NICIFIO eqUIpment. Provide all preparatory work necessary for proper mstallation, including electncaI and mechamcaI requIrements, rough- ms, hook-up, and finish work mvolvmg caulkmg, grouting, fumng, blocking, and painting adJacent surfaces as reqUIred for NICIFIO eqUIpment. 1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. SpecIficatIOn Format: The SpecIficatIons are orgamzed mto DIVIsions and SectIOns usmg the 16-dIvIsIOn format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbenng system. B SpecIficatIOn Content: The SpecIfications use certain conventIOns for the style of language and the mtended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used m partIcular situations. These conventIons are as follows: 1 AbbreVIated Language' Language used m the SpecificatIOns and other Contract Documents IS abbreVIated. Words and meanmgs shall be mterpreted as appropnate. Words implIed, but not stated, shall be mferred as the sense reqUIres. Smgular words shall be mterpreted as plural, and plural words shall be mterpreted as smgular where applIcable as the context of the Contract Documents mdIcates. 2. ImperatIve mood and streamlIned language are generally used m the SpeCIficatIOns. ReqUIrements expressed m the imperatIve mood are to be performed by Contractor LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01100 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o oo o o o o o n [ u [i u f' U c c n G c !' LJ c c n LJ c (' L n \, U (I u c c c f' LJ OccasIOnally, the mdIcatIve or subJunctIve mood may be used m the SectIon Text for clanty to describe responsibilItIes that must be fulfilled mdIrectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply wIth," dependmg on the context, are ImplIed where a colon ( ) IS used WIthIn a sentence or phrase. b The term "Product" mcludes matenals, systems and eqUIpment. c The term "SpecIficatIOns" IS the ProJect Manual, whIch mcludes the bIddmg reqUIrements, the CondItIons of the Contract, and the SpecIficatIOns, DIVISIOns 1 to 16 mclusIve, as applIcable, and as lIsted m the Table of Contents thereof. d. The term "As DIrected" means, "as dIrected by the ArchItect" or "as dIrected by Owner's deSIgnated representatIve" e. The term "ArchItect" means, "Anderson & Boone ArchItects AIA, PS or other Owner-desIgnated representatIve" f. The word "FurnIsh" as used herem, shall mean, "purchase, pay for, receIve and/or store the matenaI, Item or eqUIpment at the sIte ready for mstallatIOn or erectIOn" unless otherwIse speCIfically noted. g. The word "ProvIde" as used herem, shall mean "furnIsh and mstall, and pay for complete m place" h. Where the words "similar to" are used and followed by a manufacturer's name and product, model, or type number, such manufacturer, product, model or type number shall be conSIdered as the standard of qualIty for the Item or matenaI or work speCIfied, m general and techmcal sense, not meanmg "IdentIcal" PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01100 - 3 r u c c c c c c c c o o o o o r u c f' U f' U c SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon specIfies adrmmstratIve and procedural reqUIrements necessary to prepare and process ApplIcatIOns for Payment. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. CoordmatIOn. Coordmate preparatIOn of the Schedule of Values WIth preparatIOn of Contractor's ConstructIon Schedule. 1 Correlate lIne Items m the Schedule of Values WIth other reqUIred adrmmstratIve forms and schedules, mcludmg SubmIttals Schedule and ApplIcatIOn for Payment forms WIth ContmuatIOn Sheets. 2. Subrmt the Schedule of Values to Owner's representatIve at earlIest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for subrmttal of mItIal ApplIcatIOns for Payment. B Format and Content: Use the ProJect Manual table of contents as a guIde to establIsh lIne Items for the Schedule of Values. ProvIde at least one lIne Item for each SpeCIficatIon SectIOn. 1 IdentIficatIOn. Include the followmg ProJect IdentIficatIOn on the Schedule of Values a. ProJect name and locatIOn. b Contractor's name and address. c. Date of subrmtta1. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values m tabular form WIth separate columns to mdIcate the followmg for each Item lIsted. a. Related SpeCIficatIOn SectIOn or DIVISIOn. b DescnptIOn of the W oIk c Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. d. Dollar value. 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adJusted to total 100 percent. 3 Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate contmued evaluatIOn of ApplIcations for Payment and progress reports. Coordmate WIth the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several lIne Items for pnncIpal subcontract amounts, where appropnate. 4 Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5 PrOVIde a separate line item m the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where ApplIcations for Payment may mclude matenals or eqUIpment purchased or fabncated and stored, but not yet installed. 6 PrOVIde separate line Items m the Schedule of Values for mItIal cost of matenals, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total mstalled value of that part of the Work. 7 Each Item m the Schedule of Values and ApplIcatIOns for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportIonate share of general overhead and profit for each Item. a. Temporary facilItIes and other maJor cost items that are not drrect cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate lIne Items m the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's optIOn. 8 Schedule Updating: Update and resubrmt the Schedule of Values before the next ApplIcatIons for Payment when Change Orders or ConstructIOn Change DIrectIves result m a change m the Contract Sum. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01290 - 1 1 3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each ApplIcatIOn for Payment shall be consIstent WIth prevIOus applIcatIOns and payments as certIfied by ArchItect and paId for by Owner 1 InItIal ApplIcatIOn for Payment, ApplIcatIOn for Payment at tIme of SubstantIal CompletIOn, and final ApplicatIon for Payment mvolve addItIonal reqUIrements. B Payment ApplIcatIOn Times. The date for each progress payment IS mdIcated III the Agreement between Owner and Contractor The penod of constructIOn Work covered by each ApplIcatIOn for Payment IS the penod mdIcated m the Agreement. C Payment ApplIcatIOn Forms Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 ContmuatIOn Sheets as form for ApplIcatIOns for Payment. D ApplIcatIon PreparatIOn. Complete every entry on form. Notanze and execute by a person authonzed to SIgn legal documents on behalf of Contractor Incomplete applIcatIOns will be returned WIthout actIOn. 1 Entnes shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's ConstructIOn Schedule. Use updated schedules If reVISIons were made 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and ConstructIOn Change DIrectIves Issued before last day of constructIon penod covered by applIcatIon. E. Transrmtta1. Subrmt 3 sIgned and notanzed ongmal copIes of each ApplIcatIon for Payment to Owner's representatIve by a method ensunng receipt WIthIn 24 hours. One copy shall mclude WaIvers of lIen and SImilar attachments If reqUIred by Owner F InItIal ApplIcatIOn for Payment: AdrmmstratIve actIOns and submittals that must precede or comcIde WIth subrmttal of first ApplIcatIOn for Payment mclude the followmg: 1 LISt of subcontractors. 2 Schedule of Values. 3 Contractor's Construction Schedule (prelIrmnary If not final). 4 Subrmttals Schedule (prelIrmnary If not final) 5 CertIficates of msurance and msurance polICIes. 6 Performance and payment bonds. G ApplIcatIon for Payment at SubstantIal CompletIOn. After issuance of the CertIficate of Substantial Completion, subrmt an ApplIcatIOn for Payment showmg 100 percent completIOn for portIOn of the Work claImed as substantially complete. 1 Include documentatIOn supporting claIm that the Work IS substantially complete and a statement shOWIng an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of PartIal SubstantIal CompletIOn Issued preVIOusly for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. H. Fmal Payment ApplIcatIOn. Subrmt final ApplIcatIon for Payment WIth releases and supportmg documentation not previously subrmtted and accepted, mcludmg, but not lirmted, to the followmg: 1 EVIdence of completIOn of ProJect closeout reqUIrements. 2. Insurance certIficates for products and completed operatIOns where reqUIred and proof that taxes, fees, and sunilar oblIgatIOns were paId. 3 Updated final statement, accountmg for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4 AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's AffidaVIt of Release of Liens." 5 AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 6 EVIdence that claIms have been settled. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01290 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o r PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) U n PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) lJ END OF SECTION 01290 C r LJ C n G r u n I LJ \l LJ C ~ U n LJ r u C C n U C C LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01290 - 3 C c c c c c c c c n LJ c c o c c c c c c c SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon mcludes adrmmstratIve prOVISIons for coordmatmg constructIon operatIons on ProJ ect. 1.2 COORDINATION A. CoordmatIon. Coordmate constructIon operatIOns mcluded m vanous SectIons of the SpecIfications to ensure effiCIent and orderly installatIon of each part of the Work. Coordmate constructIOn operatIons, mcluded m dIfferent SectIOns, that depend on each other for proper mstallatIon, connectIOn, and operatIOn. 1 Schedule constructIOn operatIons m sequence reqUIred to obtam the best results where mstallatIOn of one part of the Work depends on mstallatIOn of other components, before or after ItS own mstallatIon. 2 Coordmate mstallatIOn of dIfferent components WIth other contractors to ensure maXImum accessibilIty for reqUIred mamtenance, servIce, and repaIr 3 Make adequate proVISIOns to accommodate Items scheduled for later mstallatIon. 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General. Schedule and conduct meetmgs and conferences at ProJect SIte unless otherwIse dIrected by Owner 1 Attendees: Inform partICIpants and others mvolved, and mdIvIduals whose presence IS reqUIred, of date and tIme of each meetmg. NotIfy Owner and ArchItect of scheduled meetmg dates and tImes. 2. Agenda. Prepare the meetmg agenda. DIstribute the agenda to all mVIted attendees. 3 Mmutes Record SIgnIficant dISCUSSIOns and agreements achIeved. DIstribute the meetmg rmnutes to everyone concerned, mcludmg Owner and Owner's representatIve, WIthIn four (4) days of the meetmg. B Pre-constructIOn Conference: Schedule a pre-constructIOn conference before startmg constructIon, at a tIme convement to Owner, but no later than fifteen (15) days after executIOn of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project SIte or another convement locatIOn. Conduct the meetmg to review responsibilItIes and personnel aSSIgnments. 1 Agenda. Discuss Items of SIgnIficance that could affect progress, mcludmg the followmg: a. TentatIve construction schedule. b Critical work sequencing. c Designation of responsible personnel. d. Procedures for processmg field deciSIOns and Change Orders. e. Procedures for processmg ApplIcatIOns for Payment. f. DIstributIon of the Contract Documents. g. SubrmttaI procedures. h. Preparation of Record Documents. 1. Use of the prermses by Owner and Contractor J ResponsibilIty for temporary facilItIes and controls. k. Parkmg availabilIty 1. Office, work, and storage areas. m. EqUIpment delIvenes and pnontIes. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01310 - 1 n. FIrst aId. o Secunty p Progress cleamng. q W orkmg hours. r Status of perrmts C Progress Meetmgs Conduct progress meetmgs at weekly mtervals for the first four (4) weeks, then as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor thereafter Coordmate dates of meetmgs WIth preparatIOn of payment requests 1 Agenda. ReVIew and correct or approve rmnutes of pn:vlOUS progress meetmg. ReVIew other Items of SIgnIficance that could affect progress. Include tOpICS for dIScussIon as appropnate to status of Project. 2 Reportmg: DIstribute rmnutes of the meetmg to each party present and to partIes who should have been present. Include a bnef summary, m narratIve form, of progress smce the prevIOUS meetmg and report. pART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01310 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c r u c c c c (I I G c c c c c c {I I ' LJ c c c SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes adrmmstratIve and procedural reqUIrements for documentmg the progress of constructIon dunng performance of the Work, mcludmg the followmg: 1 Contractor's ConstructIOn Schedule. 2 Subrmttals Schedule 3 FIeld condItIon reports. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's ConstructIon Schedule Subrmt two pnnted copIes of mItIal schedule, one a reproducible pnnt and one a blue- or black-lIne pnnt, large enough to show entIre schedule for entIre constructIOn penod. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame' Extend schedule from date establIshed for the NotIce to Proceed to date of SubstantIal CompletIOn. B ActIvItIes. Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered actIvIty for each pnncIpal element of the Work. Comply WIth the followmg: 1 ACtIVIty DuratIOn. Define actIvItIes so no actIvIty IS longer than 20 days, unless speCIfically allowed by ArchItect. 2 Procurement ActiVIties. Include procurement process actIvItIes for long lead Items and maJor Items, requmng a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate actIVItIes m schedule. Procurement cycle actiVIties mclude, but are not lImIted to, subrmttals, approvals, purchasmg, fabncatIon, and delIvery 3 Subrmttal ReVIew Time Include reVIew and re-submIttal tImes mdIcated m DIVISIOn 1 SectIOn "Subrmttal Procedures" m schedule. Coordmate submIttal reVIew tImes m Contractor's ConstructIOn Schedule WIth Subrmttals Schedule 4 Startup and Testmg Time: Include not less than 10 days for startup and testing. 5 SubstantIal CompletIOn. IndIcate completion m advance of date establIshed for SubstantIal CompletIOn, and allow tIme for Owner's adrmmstratIve procedures necessary for certIficatIOn of SubstantIal Completion. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Subrmt a comprehensIve, fully developed, honzontal bar ch~ type, Contractor's ConstructIon Schedule pnor to first applIcatIOn for payment. Base schedule ~ the PrelIrmnary ConstructIOn Schedule and whatever updatmg and feedback was received smce the start of ProJect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual constructIon progress and actIvItIes. Issue schedule at a regularly scheduled progress LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01320 - 1 meetmg, or If no meetmg IS held, delIver up-dated schedule to Owner's representatIve on same day of the week as the meetmgs are typIcally scheduled. B DIstributIOn. DIstribute COpIeS of approved schedule to Owner's representatIve, separate contractors, testmg and mspectmg agencIes, and other partIes IdentIfied by Contractor wIth a need-to-know schedule responsibilIty When reVISIOns are made, dIstribute updated schedules to the same partIes. END OF SECTION 01320 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01320 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c c c c c c c o [J c c c c c c c c SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn Includes adrmmstratIve and procedural reqUIrements for subrmttmg Shop Drawmgs, Product Data, Samples, and other rmscellaneous submIttals. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. ArchItect: Owner's desIgnated proJect representatIve. B ActIOn Subrmttals. Wntten and graphIc informatIon that reqUIres ArchItect's responSIve actIOn. C InformatIonal Subrmttals: Wntten mformatIOn that does not reqUIre ArchItect's approvaL Subrmttals may be reJected for not complymg WIth reqUIrements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. CoordmatIOn. CoordInate preparatIon and processmg of subrmttals WIth performance of constructIon actIVItIes. B Processmg TIme Allow enough tIme for subrmttal reVIew, mcludIng tIme for re-subrmttals. 1 InItIal ReVIew' Allow 15 days for mItIal reVIew of each submIttal 2 Allow 10 days for proceSSIng each re-subrmttal. 3 No extensIOn of the Contract Time will be authonzed because of failure to transmIt subrmttals enough m advance of the Work to perrmt processmg. C IdentIficatIOn. Place a permanent label or title block on each subrmttal for IdentIficatIOn. 1 IndIcate name of firm or entIty that prepared each subrmttal on label or tItle block. 2. Provide a space approxImately on label or beSIde tItle block to record Contractor's reVIew and approval markIngs and actIOn taken by ArchItect. D DeVIatIOns. HighlIght, encIrcle, or otherwIse IdentIfy deVIatIOns from the Contract Documents on subrmttals. E. AddItIonal CopIes: Unless addItIonal copIes are requIred for final subrmttal, and unless ArchItect observes noncomplIance WIth prOVIsIons of the Contract Documents, ImtIaI subrmttal may serve as final submittaL F Use for ConstructIon. Use only final subrmttals WIth mark mdIcatmg actIOn taken by ArchItect In connectIon WIth constructIOn. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General Prepare and subrmt ActIOn Submittals reqUIred by mdIvIdual SpeCIficatIOn SectIOns. 1 Number of CopIes Subrmt a rmmmum of three copIes of each subrmttal, unless otherWIse mdIcated. ArchItect will retam up to two copIes. Therefore, subrmt two more copIes than Contractor wants returned. Retam one returned copy as a ProJect Record Document. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01330 - 1 B o o o o o o Product Data. Collect mformatIon mto a smgle subrmttal for each element of constructIOn and type of product or eqUIpment. 1 Mark each copy of each subrmttaI to show whIch products and optIOns are applIcable 2. Include the followmg mformatIOn, as applIcable a. Manufacturer's wrItten recommendatIOns. b Manufacturer's product specIficatIons. c Manufacturer's mstallatIon mstructIOns. d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. e. Winng dIagrams showmg factory-mstalled wmng. f. Pnnted performance curves. g. OperatIonal range dIagrams. h. ComplIance WIth recognIzed trade aSSOCIatIon standards. 1. ComplIance WIth recognized testmg agency standards. C Shop Drawmgs Prepare ProJect-specIfic mformatIOn, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawmgs on reproductIons of the Contract Documents or standard pnnted data. 1 PreparatIOn. Include the follOWIng mformatIOn, as applIcable a. DImenSIOns. b IdentIficatIOn of products. c FabncatIOn and mstallatIOn drawings. d. Roughmg-m and setting dIagrams e. Winng dIagrams showmg field-mstalled wmng, mcludmg power, SIgnal, and control wmng. f. Shopwork manufacturIng mstructIOns. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. 1. NotatIOn of coordmatIOn reqUIrements. J NotatIOn of dImensIOns establIshed by field measurement. 2 Winng Diagrams. DIfferentiate between manufacturer-Installed and field-mstalled wmng. 3 Sheet SIze Except for templates, patterns, and sunilar full-SIze drawmgs, subrmt Shop Drawmgs on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 mches but no larger than 24 by 36 mches. o o o o o o o o o D Samples Prepare phYSIcal umts of matenals or products, mcluding the followmg: 1 Samples for InItIal SelectIon. Subrmt manufacturer's color charts consIstmg of umts or sections of units showmg the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Submit two full sets of available chOIces where color, pattern, texture, or SImilar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product lIne ArchItect will return submittal WIth optIons selected. 2 Samples for VenficatIOn. Submit full-SIze umts or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and phYSIcally identIcal WIth the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. a. Subrmt three sets of Samples. ArchItect will retaIn two Sample sets; remamder will be returned. 3 Prepare Samples to match ArchItect's sample where so IndIcated. E. Subcontract LISt: Prepare a wntten summary IdentIfymg mdIvIduals or firms proposed for each portIon of the Work, Includmg those who are to furmsh products or equipment fabricated to a specIal deSIgn. o o PART 3 - EXECUTION o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01330 - 2 o c 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW n ~ A. ReVIew each subrmttal and check for complIance wIth the Contract Documents Note correctIons and field dImensIOns. Mark WIth approval stamp before subrmttmg to ArchItect. n I l.J B Approval Stamp Stamp each subrmttal WIth a umform, approval stamp Include ProJect name and locatIon, submIttal number, SpecIficatIOn SectIOn tItle and number, name of reVIewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certIfymg that subrmttal has been reVIewed, checked, and approved for complIance WIth the Contract Documents. r u 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION n I U A. General ArchItect will not reVIew subrmttals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp or mdIcatIOn that Contractor has reVIewed the submIttal, and will return them WIthout actIOn. I' u B ActIon Subrmttals' ArchItect will reVIew each subrmttal, make marks to mdIcate correctIOns or modIficatIOns reqUIred, and return It. ArchItect will stamp each subrmttal WIth an actIon stamp and will mark stamp appropnately to mdIcate actIon taken. c [ C Subrmttals not reqUIred by the Contract Documents will not be reVIewed and may be dIscarded. END OF SECTION 01330 I' l.J c [ C C C r u r' ~ c c c LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01330 - 3 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION E. F 1.2 A. B C D 1.3 A. B C A. Momtor qualIty control over supplIers, manufacturers, products, servIces, sIte condItIons, and workmanshIp, to produce work of specIfied qualIty B Comply fully WIth manufacturers mstructIOns, Includmg each step m sequence. C Should manufacturer's mstructIOns conflIct WIth Contract Documents, request clanficatIon from Owner's representatIve before proceedmg. D Comply WIth specIfied standards as a rmnImum qualIty for the Work except when more stnngent tolerances, codes, or specIfied reqUIrements mdIcate hIgher standards or more preCIse workmanshIp Perform work by persons qualIfied to produce workmanshIp of specIfied qualIty Secure Products m place WIth pOSItIve anchorage deVIces desIgned and SIzed to WIthstand stresses, vibratIOn, physIcal distortIOn or dIsfigurement. REFERENCES Conform to reference standard by date of Issue current on date of ConstructIOn Agreement. Obtam copIes of standards when reqUIred by Contract Documents. Should specIfied reference standards conflIct WIth Contract Documents, request clanficatIon by Owner's representatIve before proceedIng. The contractual relatIonshIp of the partIes to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mentIon or mference otherwIse m any reference document. INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1'he Owner will appoint and pay for an independent firm to perform mspectIOn and testmg servIces. The mdependent fIrm will perform mspectIOns, tests, and other servIces specIfied, shown on DraWIngs and as reqUIred by the ArchItect or authonty havmg JurIsdIctIOn. Reports will be subrmtted by the mdependent fIrm to the ArchItect, m duplIcate, mdIcatIng observations and results of tests and indicatmg complIance or non-complIance WIth Contract Documents. D Cooperate WIth mdependent firm; furnIsh samples of matenals, deSIgn mIx, eqUIpment, tools, storage and aSSIstance as requested. 1 NotIfy ArchItect and mdependent firm 24-hours pnor to expected tIme for operatIOns requmng servIce. 2. Make arrangements WIth mdependent firm and pay for addItIonal samples and tests reqUIred for Contractor's use. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01400 -1 E. Re-testmg reqUIred because of non-conformance to specIfied reqUIrements shall be performed by the same Independent firm on mstructIOns by the ArchItect. Payment for re-testmg WIll be charged to the Contractor by deductmg InspectIon or testmg charges from the Contract Sum. 1 4 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS A. Perform other testmg as mdIcated on Structural Drawmgs. B Perform other testmg mdIcated m mdIvIdual SpecIficatIon SectIons to be performed by Owner- engaged mdependent testIng agency PART 2 - PRODUCTS- Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General. RepaIr and protectIon are Contractor's responsibIlItIes, regardless of the aSSIgnment of responsibilIty for qualIty control. B On completIOn of testmg, inspection, sample takmg, and SImilar servIces, repaIr damaged constructIOn and restore substrates and fimshes. C Protect constructIOn exposed by or for qualIty control servIces. END OF SECTION 01400 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01400 - 2 o o o o o o o o D D o o o o o o o o o n ~ SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS !1 PART 1 - GENERAL LJ 1 1 SUMMARY c [ 1.2 n ~ !1 I U 1.3 c c !1 G c c c 14 I' u 1.5 c [ C r LJ A. This SectIOn mcludes reqUIrements for temporary facilItIes and controls, mcludmg temporary utilItIes, support facilItIes, and secunty and protectIon facilItIes DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure As deterrmned by ArchItect, permanent or temporary roofing IS complete, msulated, and weathertIght; extenor walls are msulated and weathertIght; and all openmgs are closed wIth permanent constructIon or substantIal temporary closures. USE CHARGES A. General Cost or use charges for temporary facilItIes are not chargeable to Owner or ArchItect and shall be mcluded m the Contract Sum. Allow other entItIes to use temporary servIces and facIlItIes wIthout cost, mcludmg, but not lIrmted to, Owner and Owner's constructIOn forces ArchItect or Owner's representatIve, testmg and mspectmg agencIes and personnel of authontIes havmg JurisdIctIOn. B Water ServIce: Use water from Owner's eXIstmg water system wIthout metenng and wIthout payment of use charges. C Electncal ServIce: Use electncal power from Owner's eXIstmg facilIty wIthout metenng and wIthout payment of use charges. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply WIth ANSI AlO 6, NECA's "Temporary Electncal FacilItIes," and NFPA 241 1 Electnc ServIce: Comply WIth NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulatIOns for temporary electrIc servIce Install servIce to comply WIth NFP A 70 B Tests and InspectIOns: Arrange for authontIes havmg JunsdIctIOn to test and mspect each temporary utilIty before use. Obtain required certIficatIOns and permits. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary UtilItIes. At earlIest feasible tIme, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary servIce to use of permanent servIce 1 Temporary Use of Permanent FacilIties Installed m ThIS Contract: Installer of each permanent servIce shall assume responsibilIty for operatIon, maintenance, and protectIon of each permanent service dunng its use as a construction facilIty before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously aSSIgned responsibilItIes. B CondItIons of Use' The followmg condItions apply to use of temporary servIces and facilItIes by all parties engaged m the Work: 1 Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary servIces and facilItIes as reqUIred by progress of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS c LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01500 - 1 !l G LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01500 - 2 o o o o D o D D D o D D o o o o o o o 2.1 MATERIALS A. General. PrOVIde new matenals. Undamaged, prevIously used matenals m servIceable condItIon may be used if approved by ArchItect. ProvIde matenals sUItable for use mtended. B Water Potable. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. FIre ExtmguIshers: Hand camed, portable, UL rated. PrOVIde class and extmguIshmg agent as mdIcated or a combmatIOn of extmgUIshers of NFP A-recommended classes for exposures. 1 Comply WIth NFP A 10 and NFP A 241 for classIficatIOn, extmguIshIng agent, and SIze reqUIred by locatIOn and class of fire exposure B Self-Contamed Toilet Umts. Smgle-occupant umts of chermcal, aerated reCIrculatIOn, or combustIOn type; vented, fully enclosed WIth a glass-fiber-remforced polyester shell or sIrmlar nonabsorbent matenal. C DnnkIng-Water Fixtures. Containenzed, tap-dIspenser, bottled-water, dnnkIng-water umts, mcludmg paper cup supply D Heatmg EqUIpment: Provide vented, self-contamed, lIqUId-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters WIth mdIVIduaI space thermostatIc control. Coordmate WIth Owner pnor to use. 1 Use of gasolme-burnmg space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heatmg umts IS prohibIted. 2. Heatmg Umts LIsted and labeled, by a testmg agency acceptable to authontIes havmg JunsdIctIOn, and marked for mtended use for type of fuel bemg consumed. 3 Use of any portable and/or temporary heater wIthm the eXIstmg bUIldmg or new addItIon IS subiect to speCIfic approval by Owner. Consult Owner and obtaIn approval pnor to use of any such deVIces due to the flammable nature of the reSInS and other matenals utilIzed In the Owner's productIOn process. E. Electncal Outlets. Properly configured, NEMA-polanzed outlets to prevent msertIOn of 110- to 120-V plugs mto hIgher-voltage outlets, eqUIpped WIth ground-fault CIrCUIt mterrupters, reset button, and pilot lIght. F Power DIstribution System CIrcUIts: Where perrmtted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wmng CIrcUIts, not exceedmg 125-V ac, 20-A ratmg, and lIghtmg CIrcUIts may be nonmetallIc sheathed cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilIties where they will serve ProJect adequately and result m rmmmum mterference WIth performance of the Work. Relocate and modIfy facilItIes as reqUIred. B PrOVIde each facilIty ready for use when needed to aVOId delay Mamtain and modIfy as reqUIred. Do not remove until facilIties are no longer needed or are replaced by authonzed use of completed permanent facilItIes. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION r u c c n U n u c r'l l1 r u r u c D n u n LJ rl U o Ii u o D c A. General. Engage appropnate local utilIty company to mstall temporary servIce or connect to eXIstmg servIce Where utilIty company provIdes only part of the servIce, provIde the remamder WIth matchIng, compatible matenals and eqUIpment. Comply WIth utilIty company recommendatIOns. 1 Arrange WIth utilIty company, Owner, and eXIstmg users for tIme when servIce can be mterrupted, If necessary, to make connectIOns for temporary servIces 2. ProvIde adequate capacIty at each stage of constructIOn. Before temporary utilIty IS available, provIde trucked-m servIces. 3 Obtam easements to bnng temporary utilItIes to ProJect SIte where Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose. B Water ServIce: Use of Owner's eXIstmg water servIce facilitIes will be perrmtted, as long as facilItIes are cleaned and mamtamed m a condItIon acceptable to Owner At SubstanttaI CompletIon, restore these facilItIes to condItIon eXIstmg before mItIal use. 1 PrOVIde rubber hoses as necessary to serve ProJect SIte C. Samtary FacilItIes PrOVIde temporary toilets, wash facilItIes, and drInkIng-water fixtures Comply WIth regulatIons and health codes for type, number, locatIon, operatIOn, and mamtenance of fixtures and faCIlItIeS. 1 DIsposable SupplIes. ProVIde toilet tIssue, paper towels, paper cups, and SImilar dIsposable matenals for each facilIty Mamtam adequate supply PrOVIde covered waste contamers for dIsposal of used matenal. 2. Toilets. Install self-contamed toilet umts ShIeld toilets to ensure pnvacy 3 DnnkIng-Water FacilItIes PrOVIde bottled-water, dnnkIng-water umts. D Heatmg and Coolmg: PrOVIde temporary heatmg and coolmg required by constructIOn actIVItIes for cunng or drymg of completed mstallatIons or for protectmg mstalled constructIOn from adverse effects of low temperatures or hIgh humidIty Select eqUIpment from that speCIfied that will not have a harmful effect on completed mstallatIOns or elements bemg mstalled. E. VentilatIOn and HurmdIty Control. PrOVIde temporary ventIlatIOn reqUIred by constructIOn actIVItIes for curing or drymg of completed mstallatIons or for protectmg mstalled constructIOn from adverse effects of hIgh hurmdIty Select eqUIpment from that speCIfied that will not have a harmful effect on completed mstallatIOns or elements bemg mstalled. Coordmate ventilatIOn reqUIrements to produce ambIent condItIon reqUIred and rmmrmze energy consumptIOn. F Electric Power ServIce: Use of Owner's eXIstmg water servIce facilItIes will be perrmtted, as long as facilities are cleaned and mamtamed m a condItIon acceptable to Owner At SubstantIal CompletIOn, restore these facilItIes to condItIon eXIstIng before ImtIal use. At Contractor's optIon, secure and pay for temporary electrical power servIce from local utilIty ProVIde temporary servIce pole as reqUIred. G Electnc DistributIOn. ProVIde receptacle outlets adequate for connectIOn of power tools and eqUIpment. 1 Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electncal power cords if smgle lengths will not reach areas where construction actIVItIes are m progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratIo H. LIghtmg: PrOVIde temporary lightmg WIth local sWItchmg that proVIdes adequate illurmnatIon for constructIOn operatIOns and traffic condIttons. 1 Install and operate temporary lightmg that fulfills secunty and protectIOn reqUIrements without operating entire system. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01500 - 3 3.3 34 I. Telephone ServIce' ProvIde temporary telephone servIce throughout constructIOn penod for common-use facilItIes used by all personnel engaged m constructIOn actIVItIes. Install separate telephone lme for each field office and first-aId statIon. 1 Use of cell phones m lIeu of temporary telephone servIce for constructIOn personnel IS perrmtted If coverage is available and qualIty of commumcatIons IS acceptable to ArchItect and Owner D o D SUPPORT FACILITIES INST ALLA TION A. General Comply WIth the followmg: 1 Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanItary facilItIes, and other temporary constructIOn and support facilItIes for easy access. 2 Mamtam support facilItIes until near SubstantIal CompletIOn. 3 On soIl and/or gravel surfaces, proVIde dust-control treatment that IS nonpollutmg and nontrackmg. Reapply treatment as reqUIred to rmmrmze dust. o o B Waste DIsposal FacilItIes ProVIde waste-collectIOn contamers m SIzes adequate to handle waste from constructIon operatIOns. Contamenze and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsamtary waste matenals separately from other waste. 1 If reqUIred by authontIes havmg JurIsdIctIOn, prOVIde separate contamers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste matenaI to be depOSIted. D o SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION o D- " o A. EnVIronmental ProtectIon. PrOVIde protectIOn, operate temporary facilItIes, and conduct constructIon m ways and by methods that comply WIth envIronmental regulatIOns and that rmmrmze possible aIr, waterway, and subsoil contarmnatIOn or pollutIOn or other undeSIrable effects. Avoid usmg tools and eqUIpment that produce harmful nOIse Restnct use of nOIsemakmg tools and equipment to hours that will mImrmzecomplamts from persons or firms near ProJect SIte. B Stormwater ControL Provide earthen embankments and SImilar barrIers m and around excavatIOns and sub grade constructIon, suffiCIent to prevent floodmg by runoff of stormwater from heavy rams. [J o C Bamcades, Warnmg SIgnS, and LIghtS. Comply WIth standards and code reqUIrements for erecting structurally adequate barrIcades. Paint WIth appropnate colors, graphICS, and warning SIgnS to mform personnel and publIc of possible hazard. Where appropnate and needed, provide lIghtmg, mcludmg flashmg red or amber lights. f] D Temporary Enclosures. PrOVIde temporary enclosures for protectIOn of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operatIOns, and SImilar actIvitIes. PrOVIde temporary weathertIght enclosure for buildIng exterior 1 Where heatmg or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, proVIde msulati;:d temporary enclosures. Coordmate enclosure WIth ventilatmg and matenal drying or curing reqUIrements to avoid dangerous condItions and effects. o u o E. Temporary Fire Protection. Until fire-protection needs are supplIed by permanent facilitIes, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilItIes of types needed to protect agamst reasonably predictable and controllable fIre losses. Comply WIth NFP A 241 1 Develop and supervise an overall fIre-prevention and first-aid fire-protectIon program for personnel at ProJect SIte. Instruct personnelm methods and procedures. Post warnmgs and mformatIOn. o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01500 - 4 o o rr LJ r LJ c n U r u r LJ n ~ [' G c n I U o I LJ ~ 1) ["1 u c /1 LJ f1 U 11 LJ r\ LJ Ii U 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOV AL A. SupervISIOn. Enforce stnct dIscIplme In use of temporary facilItIes. To rmmrmze waste and abuse, lIrmt availabilIty of temporary facilItIes to essentIal and mtended uses. B Mamtenance' Mamtain facilItIes m good operatmg condition until removal Protect from damage caused by freezmg temperatures and sunilar elements. 1 Mamtain operatIon of temporary enclosures, heatmg, coolmg, hurmdIty control, ventilatIOn, and sImilar facilItIes on a 24-hour basIs where reqUIred to achIeve mdIcated results and to aVOId possibilIty of damage. 2 Prevent water-filled pIpIng from freezIng. MamtaIn markers for underground lInes. Protect from damage durmg excavatIon operatIons. 3 Matenals and facilItIes that constItute temporary facilItIeS are the property of Contractor 4 At SubstantIal CompletIOn, clean and renovate permanent facilItIes used dunng constructIOn penod. Comply wIth final cleanmg reqUIrements m DIVISIOn 1 SectIOn "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01500 - 5 c c fI ~ n U c o c n G n U C n LJ n u G c n L c n U n U [I LJ SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1.2 A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes admImstratIve and procedural reqUIrements for selectmg products for use m ProJect; product delIvery, storage, and handlmg; manufacturers' standard warrantIes on products, speCIal warrantIes; product substItutIons; and comparable products B See DIVIsIOns 2 through 16 SectIons for speCIfic reqUIrements for warrantIes on products and mstallatIons speCIfied to be warranted. DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for mcorporatmg mto the Work, whether purchased for ProJect or taken from prevIOusly purchased stock. The term "product" mcludes the terms "matenal," "eqUIpment," "system," and terms of sImilar mtent. 1 Named Products Items IdentIfied by manufacturer's product name, mcludmg make or model number or other desIgnatIOn, shown or lIsted m manufacturer's publIshed product lIterature, that IS current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2 New Products. Items that have not prevIously been Incorporated mto another proJect or facilIty, except that products consIstmg of recycled-content matenals are allowed, unless explICItly stated otherwIse. Products salvaged or recycled from other proJects are not conSIdered new products. 3 Comparable Product: Product that IS demonstrated and approved through subrmttal process, or where IndIcated as a product substItutIOn, to have the mdIcated qualItIes related to type, functIOn, dImension, m-servIce performance, phYSIcal propertIes, appearance, and other charactenstIcs that equal or exceed those of speCIfied product. B SubstItutIOns. Changes m products, matenals, eqUIpment, and methods of constructIOn from those reqUIred by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor C. BasIs-of-DesIgn Product SpeCIficatIOn. Where a specific manufacturer's product IS named and accompanied by the words "basis of desIgn," Includmg make or model number or other deSIgnatIon, to establIsh the SIgnIficant qualItIes related to type, functIon, dImenSIOn, m-servIce performance, phYSIcal propertIes, appearance, and other charactenstIcs for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. D Manufacturer's Warranty. Preprinted wntten warranty publIshed by mdIvidual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner E. Special Warranty. Wntten warranty reqUIred by or mcorporated mto the Contract Documents, eIther to extend tIme lIrmt prOVIded by manufacturer's warranty or to prOVIde more nghts for Owner 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Indoor AIr QualIty. To the best of the ArchItect's / EngIneer's knowledge, matenals and products speCIfied m the Contract Documents comply WIth indoor aIr qualIty requirements and standards. If the Contractor, Subcontractors, supplIers and/or Manufacturers know or belIeve the speCIfied matenals or products do not conform WIth mdoor aIr qualIty standards, they shall bring It to the attentIOn of the AlE in writIng. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01600 - 1 14 1.5 B Asbestos Contammg Products. To the best of the ArchItect's / Engmeer's knowledge, matenals and products specIfied m the Contract Documents contaIn no asbestos. If the Contractor, Subcontractors, supplIers and/or Manufacturers know or belIeve the specIfied matenals or products contam asbestos, they shall bnng It to the attentIon of the AlE In wntIng. 1 Contractor shall furnIsh letter to Owner at proJect completIOn attestmg that no asbestos contamIng matenals or products were utilIzed. C SubstItutIon Requests. Subrmt three copIes of each request for consIderatIOn. IdentIfy product or fabncatIOn or mstallatIon method to be replaced. Include SpecIficatIOn SectIOn number and tItle and DraWIng numbers and tItles. 1 SubstItutIon Request Form. Use CSI Form 13 lA, or sIrmlar form. 2. DocumentatIon. Show complIance WIth reqUIrements for substItutIOns and the followmg, as applIcable' a. Statement mdIcatmg why specIfied matenal or product cannot be proVIded. b CoordmatIOn Illformation, mcludIng a lIst of changes or modIficatIOns needed to other parts of the Work and to constructIOn performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed SubstItutIOn. c. Detailed companson of SIgnIficant qualItIes of proposed substItutIOn WIth those of the Work specIfied. SIgnIficant qualitIes may mclude attributes such as performance, weIght, SIze, durabilIty, VIsual effect, and speCIfic features and reqUIrements mdIcated. d. Product Data, mcludIng drawIngs and descnptIOns of products and fabncatIon and mstallatIOn procedures. e. Samples, where applIcable or requested. f. Research/evaluatIon reports eVIdencmg complIance WIth building code m effect for ProJect, from a model code orgamzatIon acceptable to authontIes havmg JunsdIctIon. g. Detailed companson of Contractor's Construction Schedule usmg proposed substItution WIth products speCIfied for the Work, includIng effect on the overall Contract Time ifthIS substItutIOn will have almpact on Contract Time h. Cost mformation, mcluding a proposal of change, If any, m the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor's certIficatIOn that proposed substItutIOn complIes WIth reqUIrements m the Contract Documents and IS appropnate for applIcatIOns mdIcated. J Contractor's waIver of nghts to addItIonal payment or tIme that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce mdicated results. 3 ArchItect's ActIOn. If necessary, ArchItect will request addItIonal mformation or documentatIOn for evaluation withm one week of receIpt of a request for substItutIOn. Architect will notIfy Contractor of acceptance or reJ ectIon of proposed substItutIOn WIthIn 15 days of receIpt of request, or 7 days of receIpt of addItIonal informatIOn or documentation, whichever IS later D BasIs-of-Design Product SpecificatIOn Submittal. Comply WIth requirements m DIVISIOn 1 SectIon "SubmIttal Procedures." Show complIance WIth reqUIrements. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CompatibilIty of OptIOns. If Contractor IS given optIOn of selectmg between two or more products for use on ProJect, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even If preVIOusly selected products were also optIons. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01600 - 2 o o o o u o o o o o o o o o o o o o D [ A. c n L; c c c \l L DelIver, store, and handle products usmg means and methods that will prevent damage, detenoratIon, and loss, mcludmg theft. Comply wIth manufacturer's wntten InstructIOns. 1 Schedule delIvery to rmmrmze long-term storage at ProJect SIte and to prevent overcrowdmg of constructIOn spaces. Coordmate delIvery wIth mstallatIOn tIme to ensure rmmmum holdmg tIme for Items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or senSItIve to detenoratIOn, theft, and other losses. DelIver products to ProJect SIte m an undamaged condItIon m manufacturer's ongmal sealed contamer or other packagmg system, complete WIth labels and mstructIOns for handlIng, stonng, unpackIng, protectmg, and mstallIng. Inspect products on delIvery to ensure complIance wIth the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. Store products to allow for mspectIOn and measurement of quantIty or countmg ofumts. Store matenals In a manner that will not endanger ProJect structure Store products that are subJect to damage by the elements, under cover m a weathertIght enclosure above ground, WIth ventilatIOn adequate to prevent condensatIOn. Comply wIth product manufacturer's wntten mstructIons for temperature, hurmdIty, ventilatIon, and weath~r-protectIOn reqUIrements for storage Protect stored products from damage. 2. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES c A. n LJ c B f} \J WarrantIes speCIfied m other SectIOns shall be m addItIon to, and run concurrent WIth, other warrantIes reqUIred by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's dIsclaImers and lIrmtatIons on product warrantIes do not relIeve Contractor of oblIgatIons under reqUIrements of the Contract Documents. SpeCIal WarrantIes. Prepare a wntten document that contams appropnate terms and IdentIficatIOn, ready for executIOn. 1 Manufacturer's Standard Form. ModIfied to include ProJect-specIfic informatIon and properly executed. 2 Refer to DIVISIOns 2 through 16 SectIOns for speCIfic content reqUIrements and partIcular reqUIrements for subrmttmg specIal warrantIes. c PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS n 1 . LJ A. r u n LJ c [I LJ n U General Product Requirements: PrOVIde products that comply WIth the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwIse mdIcated, that are new at tIme of InstallatIon. 1 Provide products complete WIth accessories, tnm, fimsh, fasteners, and other Items needed for a complete installation and IndIcated use and effect. Standard Products If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard optIOns are speCIfied, prOVIde standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully m SImilar SItuatIOns on other proJects. Owner reserves the right to lIrmt selection to products with warrantIes not m conflict with reqUIrements of the Contract Documents. Where products are accompamed by the term "as selected," Architect or Owner will make selectIon. Where products are accompamed by the term "match sample," sample to be matched IS ArchItect's or Owner's. DescnptIve, performance, and reference standard reqUIrements m the Specifications establIsh "salient characteristics" of products. 2. 3 4 5 6. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION r u 01600- 3 B Product SelectIon Procedures. Procedures for product selectIOn mclude the followmg: 1 Products. Where SpecIficatIon paragraphs or subparagraphs tItled "Products" mtroduce a lIst of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products lIsted that complIes wIth reqUIrements. a. SubstItutIons may be consIdered, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 2. Manufacturers Where SpeCIficatIon paragraphs or subparagraphs tItled "Manufacturers" mtroduce a lIst of manufacturers' names, provIde a product by one of the manufacturers lIsted that complIes wIth reqUIrements. a. SubstItutIOns may be consIdered, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 3 AVaIlable Products. Where SpecificatIOn paragraphs or subparagraphs tItled "Available Products" mtroduce a lIst of names of both products and manufacturers, proVIde one of the products lIsted or another product that complIes wIth reqUIrements. Comply wIth provIsIons In "Comparable Products" ArtIcle to obtaIn approval for use of an unnamed product. 4 Available Manufacturers. Where SpeCIficatIon paragraphs or subparagraphs tItled "Available Manufacturers" mtroduce a lIst of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers lIsted or another manufacturer that complIes WIth reqUIrements. Comply WIth prOVISIOns in "Comparable Products" ArtIcle to obtam approval for use of an unnamed product. 5 BasIs-of-DesIgn Products: Where SpeCIficatIOn paragraphs or subparagraphs tItled "Basis-of-DesIgn Product" are mcluded and also mtroduce or refer to a list of manufacturers' names, prOVIde eIther the speCIfied product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawmgs and SpeCIficatIOns mdIcate SIzes, profiles, dImenSIOns, and other charactenstIcs that are based on the product named. Comply WIth prOVISIOns m "Comparable Products" ArtIcle to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. SubstItutions may be conSIdered, unless otherwise mdIcated. 6 Visual Selection SpeCIficatIOn. Where SpeCIficatIons mclude the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a SImilar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complIes WIth other speCIfied reqUIrements. a. Standard Range Where SpeCIficatIOns mclude the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or SImilar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not mclude prermum Items. b Full Range: Where SpeCIficatIOns mclude the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. CondItIons: Architect will conSIder Contractor's request for substItutIon when the follOWIng conditions are satIsfied. If the following conditions are not satIsfied, ArchItect will return requests WIthout actIOn, except to record noncomplIance with these requirements. 1 Requested substItutIon offers Owner a substantIal advantage m cost, time, energy conservatIOn, or other conSIderatIons, after deducting addItIonal responsibilItIes Owner must assume. Owner's addItIOnal responsibilItIes may mclude compensatIon to ArchItect for redeSIgn and evaluation servIces, mcreased cost of other constructIOn by Owner, and SImilar conSIderatIOns. 2. Contractor WaIves claims for addItional costs or tIme extension WhICh may subsequently become apparent and will reImburse Owner for reVIew or re-design servIces associated with re-approval by authontIes. 3 Requested substitution does not require extensive reviSIOns to the Contract Documents. 4 Requested substItutIon IS conSIstent WIth the Contract Documents and will produce or exceed the mdIcated results. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01600 - 4 o o o o o o o o o o (l kJ o o o o u o o o c c c c c n U c c n LJ c r u o c n U D o o n u c 5 SubstItutIon request IS fully documented and properly subrmtted. 6 Requested substItutIOn will not adversely affect Contractor's ConstructIon Schedule. 7 Requested substItutIOn has received necessary approvals of authontIes havmg JunsdIctIon. 8 Requested substItutIOn IS compatible WIth other portIOns of the Work. 9 Requested substItutIOn has been coordmated WIth other portIOns of the Work. 10 Requested substItutIOn provIdes specIfied warranty B SubstItutIons will not be consIdered when they are mdIcated or ImplIed on Shop Drawmg or Product Data subrmttals, WIthout separate wntten request, or when acceptance will reqUIre reVISIon to the Contract Documents. C SubstItutIOn Subrmttal Procedure: 1 Subrmt three copIes of request for SubstItutIOn for consIderatIon. LImIt each request to one proposed SubstItutIon. 2. Subrmt Shop Drawmgs, Product Data, and CertIfied test results attestmg to the proposed product eqUIvalence. 3 The ArchItect will notIfy General Contractor, m wntmg, of deCISIOn to accept or reJect request. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Where products or manufacturers are specIfied by name, subrmt the followmg, m addItIon to other reqUIred subrmttals, to obtam approval of an unnamed product: 1 EVIdence that the proposed product does not reqUIre extenSIve reVIsIOns to the Contract Documents, that It IS consIstent WIth the Contract Documents and will produce the mdIcated results, and that It is compatible WIth other portIOns of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of SIgnIficant qualItIes of proposed product WIth those named m the SpeCIficatIons. SIgnIficant qualItIes mclude attributes such as performance, weIght, SIze, durabilIty, VIsual effect, and speCIfic features and reqUIrements mdIcated. 3 EVIdence that proposed product prOVIdes speCIfied warranty 4 LISt of SImilar mstallatIons for completed projects WIth proJect names and addresses and names and addresses of archItects and owners, If requested. 5 Samples, If requested. END OF SECTION 01600 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01600 - 5 n G SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS r PARTI-GENERAL lJ 1 1 SUMMARY /I L n I : LJ c n U 1.2 r l.J n I ' U A. ThIs SectIon mcludes general procedural reqUIrements governmg executIOn of the Work mcludmg, but not lIrmted to, the followmg: 1 ConstructIon layout. 2. FIeld engmeenng and surveymg. 3 General IllstallatIon of products. 4 Progress cleanmg. 5 Startmg and adJustmg. 6 ProtectIon of mstalled constructIon. 7 Correction of the Work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor QualificatIOns A professIOnal land surveyor who IS legally qualIfied to practIce m JurIsdIctIon where ProJect is located and who IS expenenced m proVIdIng land-surveymg servIces of the kmd mdIcated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) n ~ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION c c [' LJ fi LJ n U f' U 3.2 c n i , LJ o A. EXIstmg CondItIons: The eXIstence and locatIOn of site Improvements, utilItIes, and other constructIon mdIcated as eXIstmg are not guaranteed. Before begInning work, investIgate and verify the eXIstence and locatIon of mechamcal and electncal systems and other constructIon affectmg the Work. 1 Before constructIOn, coordInate WIth Owner's SIte work contractor regardmg the locatIOn and pomts of connectIon ofutihty servIces. B Acceptance of CondItIons: Examine substrates, areas, and condItIons, with Installer or Apphcator present where mdicated, for complIance WIth reqUIrements for installatIOn tolerances and other condItIons affectmg performance. Record observations. 1 Venfy compatibihty WIth and SUItability of substrates, includmg compatibilIty with eXIstmg fimshes or pnmers. 2. Exarmne roughmg-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connectIOns before eqUIpment and fixture mstallatIOn. 3 Proceed with installation only after unsatIsfactory condItIons have been corrected. Proceeding WIth the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and condItIons. PREPARATION A. Field Measurements. Take field measurements as reqUIred to fit the Work properly Recheck measurements before mstalling each product. Where portIOns of the Work are indIcated to fit to other construction, venfy dimensions of other constructIon by field measurements before fabncatIOn. CoordInate fabrication schedule WIth constructIon progress to aVOId delaymg the Work. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION I' u 01700 -1 3.3 34 3.5 B Space ReqUIrements Venfy space reqUIrements and dImensions of Items shown dIagrammatIcally on Drawmgs. D o o o o o o o o o o o o o o C ReVIew of Contract Documents and FIeld CondItIons. ImmedIately on dIscovery of the need for clanficatIOn of the Contract Documents, subrmt a request for mformatIOn to ArchItect or Owner's representatIve Include a detailed descnptIon of problem encountered, together WIth recommendatIOns for changmg the Contract Documents. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. VenficatIOn. Before proceedmg to layout the Work, venfy layout mformatIon shown on Drawmgs. If dIscrepancIes are dIscovered, notIfy ArchItect promptly B General Layout the Work usmg accepted constructIOn industry practIces. 1 Establish benchmarks and control pomts to set lInes and levels as needed to locate each element of ProJect. 2. EstablIsh dImensIOns WIthIn tolerances mdIcated. Do not scale DraWIngs to obtam reqUIred dImenSIOns. 3 Inform mstallers of lInes and levels to whIch they must comply 4 Check the locatIon, level and plumb, of every maJor element as the Work progresses. 5 NotIfy ArchItect when deVIatIons from requIred lInes and levels exceed allowable tolerances. C Buildmg Lmes and Levels: Locate and layout control lInes and levels for structures, buildmg foundations, column grIds, and floor levels, mcludmg those reqUIred for mechamcal and electrical work. Transfer survey markmgs and elevatIons for use WIth control lInes and levels. Level foundatIOns and pIers from two or more locatIons. D Record Log: MaIntam a log of layout control work. Record deVIatIons from reqUIred lInes and levels. Include begInnIng and endIng dates and tImes of surveys, weather condItIons, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of mstruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Owner FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Pomts. Locate eXIstmg permanent benchmarks, control pomts, and SImilar reference points before beginnmg the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control pomts dunng construction operatIons. INSTALLATION A. GeneraL Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, In correct alIgnment and elevation, as indicated. 1 Make vertIcal work plumb and make honzontal work level. 2. Where space IS lIrmted, mstall components to maxIrmze space available for mamtenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3 Conceal pIpes, ducts, and WInng in fimshed areas, unless otherwise indIcated. B Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products m applications indicated. o o o C Install products at the tIme and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Mamtam condItIons reqUIred for product performance until Substantial Completion. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01700 - 2 o c c c c c II U n U c c c o c n LJ c r u r; u r u o c 36 D Conduct constructIOn operatIOns so no part of the Work IS subJected to damagmg operatIOns or loadmg m excess of that expected during normal condItIons of occupancy E. Anchors and Fasteners: ProvIde anchors and fasteners as reqUIred to anchor each component securely m place, accurately located and alIgned wIth other portIOns of the Work. 1 MountIng HeIghts. Where mountIng heIghts are not mdIcated, mount components at heIghts dIrected by Owner 2 Allow for bUIldmg movement, Includmg thermal expanSIOn and contractIon. F Jomts: Make Jomts of umform wIdth. Where Jomt locatIOns m exposed work are not mdIcated, arrange Joints for the best vIsual effect. Fit exposed connectIOns together to form haIrlIne Jomts. G Hazardous Matenals: Use products, cleaners, and mstallatIOn matenals that are not conSIdered hazardous. PROGRESS CLEANING A. General. Clean ProJect SIte and work areas daily, mcludmg common areas. Coordmate progress cleanmg for Jomt-use areas where more than one mstaller has worked. Enforce reqUIrements StrICtly DIspose of matenals lawfully 1 Comply WIth reqUIrements m NFP A 241 for removal of combustible waste matenals and debns. 2. Do not hold matenals more than 7 days dunng normal weather or 3 days If the temperature IS expected to nse above 80 deg F, or as otherwIse recommended by manufacturer 3 Containenze hazardous and unsamtary waste matenals separately from other waste. Mark contaIners appropnately and dIspose of legally, accordmg to regulatIons. B SIte: Maintain ProJect SIte free of waste matenals and debns. C Work Areas: Clean areas where work IS m progress to the level of cleanlmess necessary for proper executIOn of the Work. 1 Remove lIqUId spills promptly 2. Where dust would impaIr proper executIOn of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entIre work area, as appropnate. D Installed Work: Keep mstalled work clean. Clean mstalled surfaces accordmg to wntten mstructIOns of manufacturer or fabncator of product installed, using only cleanmg matenals speCIfically recommended. If specific cleamng matenals are not recommended, use cleanmg matenals that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debns from concealed spaces before enclOSIng the space. F Waste DIsposal. Burymg or burnmg waste matenals on-SIte will not be perrmtted. WashIng waste matenals down sewers or Into waterways will not be perrmtted. G Dunng handling and mstallatIon, clean and protect constructIon m progress and adjommg matenals already in place. Apply protectIve covenng where reqUIred to ensure protectIOn from damage or detenoratIOn at SubstantIal CompletIon. H. Clean and prOVIde mamtenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remamder of the constructIon penod. AdJust and lubncate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01700 - 3 37 38 39 I. LIrmtmg Exposures: SupervIse constructIOn operatIons to assure that no part of the construction, completed or m progress, IS subJect to harmful, dangerous, damagmg, or otherwIse deletenous exposure durmg the constructIon penod. o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start eqUIpment and operatmg components to confirm proper operatIon. malfunctIOmng umts, replace wIth new umts, and retest. Remove B AdJust operatmg components for proper operatIOn wIthout bmdmg. AdJust eqUIpment for proper operatIon. c Test each pIece of eqUIpment to venfy proper operatIOn. Test and adJust controls and safetIes. Replace damaged and malfunctIOmng controls and eqUIpment. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. ProvIde final protectIon and mamtam condItIons that ensure mstalled Work IS wIthout damage or detenoratIOn at tIme of SubstantIal CompletIOn. B Comply wIth manufacturer's wntten mstructIons for temperature and relatIve humidIty CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. RepaIr or remove and replace defectIve constructIOn. Restore damaged substrates and fimshes. Comply wIth reqUIrements m DIVIsIOn 1 SectIon "Cutting and PatchIng." 1 Repainng mcludes replacmg defectIve parts, refimshIng damaged surfaces, touchIng up wIth matchIng matenals, and properly adJustmg operatmg eqUIpment. B Restore permanent facilItIes used during constructIon to theIr speCIfied condItIon. C Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to VIew If surfaces cannot be repaIred wIthout vIsible eVIdence of repaIr D RepaIr components that do not operate properly Remove and replace operatmg components that cannot be repaIred. E. Remove and replace chIpped, scratched, and broken glass or reflectIve surfaces. END OF SECTION 01700 o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01700-4 o o o c 11 L~ (I lJ fI G c .r") G ,n G c n \ LJ c c c n ) LJ c I LJ C n u r u n U SECTION 01731- CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon mcludes procedural reqUIrements for cuttmg and patchmg. B ReqUIrements m thIS SectIOn also apply to mechamcal and electncal mstallatIOns. See DIVISIOns 15 and 16 SectIOns for other reqUIrements and lIrmtatIOns applIcable to cuttmg and patchIng mechamcal and electrIcal mstallatIOns. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Structural Elements: Where cuttmg and patchmg mvolve addmg remforcement to structural elements, subrmt detaIls and engmeenng calculatIons showmg mtegration of remforcement WIth ongmal structure. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements. Do not cut and patch structural elements In a manner that could change theIr load-carrymg capaCIty or load-deflectIOn ratIO B OperatIOnal Elements. Do not cut and patch operatmg elements and related components m a manner that results m reducmg theIr capaCIty to perform as mtended or that results m mcreased mamtenance or decreased operatIOnal lIfe or safety C VIsual ReqUIrements. Do not cut and patch constructIOn m a manner that results m VIsual eVIdence of cuttmg and patchmg. Do not cut and patch constructIOn exposed on the extenor or m occupIed spaces m a manner that would, m Owner's opmIOn, reduce the buildIng's aesthetIc qualItIes. Remove and replace constructIon that has been cut and patched m a VIsually unsatIsfactory manner PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General. Comply with reqUIrements speCIfied m other SectIOns of these SpeCIficatIOns. B Existing Materials. Use matenals Identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use matenals that VIsually match eXIstIng adJacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A. Exarmne surfaces to be cut and patched and condItIons under whIch cuttmg and patchIng are to be performed. 1 CompatibilIty. Before patchmg, venfy compatibilIty WIth and suitabilIty of substrates, mcludmg compatibilIty WIth eXIstmg fimshes or pnmers. 2. Proceed WIth InstallatIOn only after unsafe or unsatIsfactory condItIons have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01731-1 3.3 A. o o o o o Temporary Support: ProvIde temporary support of Work to be cut. B ProtectIOn. Protect eXIstmg constructIon dunng cuttmg and patchIng to prevent damage. ProvIde protectIOn from adverse weather condItIons for portIOns of ProJect that rmght be exposed dunng cuttmg and patchIng operatIOns. C AdJommg Areas. AVOId mterference wIth use ofadJommg areas or mterruptIon of free passage to adJOImng areas. PERFORMANCE A. General Employ skilled workers to perform cuttmg and patchIng. Proceed wIth cuttmg and patchIng at the earlIest feasible tIme, and complete WIthout delay 1 Cut eXIstmg constructIOn to provIde for mstallatIOn of other components or performance of other constructIon, and subsequently patch as reqUIred to restore surfaces to theIr ongmal condItIon. r u B Cuttmg: Cut eXIstIng constructIon by sawmg, drillmg, breakmg, chIpping, grmdmg, and SImilar operatIons, mcludmg excavatIOn, usmg methods least likely to damage elements retamed or adJoming construction. If possible, reVIew proposed procedures WIth ongmal Installer; comply WIth onginal Installer's wntten recommendatIons. 1 In general, use hand or small power tools deSIgned for sawmg and gnndmg, not hammenng and chopp mg. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to SIze reqUIred, and with rmmmum dIsturbance of adJacent surfaces. Temporarily cover opemngs when not muse 2. Existmg Fimshed Surfaces Cut or drill from the exposed or fimshed SIde mto concealed surfa,ces. 3 Concrete' Cut usmg a cuttmg machIne, such as an abraSIve saw or a dIamond-core drill. o o o o o C PatchIng: Patch constructIon by fillIng, repamng, refmIshIng, closmg up, and SImilar operatIOns following performance of other Work. Patch WIth durable seams that are as InVIsible as possible. ProVIde matenals and comply WIth mstallatIon reqUIrements specIfied in other SectIons of these SpecIficatIons. 1 InspectIOn. Where feasible, test and mspect patched areas after completIOn to demonstrate integrity of mstallatIOn. 2. Exposed FImshes. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration Into retamed adJOImng constructIOn in a maIlller that will eliminate eVIdence of patchIng and refinishIng. END OF SECTION 01731 o o o o o o o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01731 - 2 o c n G C C C C C C C C C 1'1 ~ C: o n u c [J o o SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon mcludes demolItIOn and removal of the followmg: 1 Selected portIOns of a buildmg or structure 2. Selected sIte elements 3 RepaIr procedures for selectIve demolItIon operatIOns B See DIVISIon 15 SectIons for demolIshIng, cuttmg, patchmg, or relocatmg mechamcalItems. C See DIVISIon 16 SectIOns for demolIshIng, cuttmg, patchmg, or relocatmg electrIcal Items. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Remove' Detach Items from eXIstmg constructIOn and legally dIspose of them off-sIte, unless mdIcated to be removed and salvaged or removed and remstalled. B Remove and Salvage' Detach Items from eXIstmg constructIOn and delIver them to Owner C Remove and Remstal1. Detach Items from eXIstmg constructIOn, prepare them for reuse, and remstall them where mdIcated. D EXIstmg to Remain. EXIstmg Items of constructIOn that are not to be removed" and that are not otherwIse mdIcated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and remstalled. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for Items or matenals mdIcated to be reused, salvaged, remstalled, or otherwIse mdIcated to remam Owner's property, demolIshed matenals shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from ProJect SIte. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of SelectIve DemolItIOn ActIVItIes. On ConstructIOn Schedule described m SectIon 01320, mdicate detailed sequence of selectIve demolitIon and removal work. If mterruptIon of eXIstmg utilIty services is required, mdIcate dates antIcIpated time that utilIty will be mterrupted. B PredemolItIOn Photographs or Videotape: Show eXIsting condItIOns of adJOImng constructIon and SIte improvements that might be rmsconstrued as damage caused by selectIve demolItIon operations. Submit before Work begins. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DemolItIOn Firm QualIficatIons: An experienced firm that has specialized m demolItIOn work SImilar m matenal and extent to that indIcated for thIs ProJect. B Regulatory Requirements. Comply WIth governing EP A notIfication regulatIons before beginning selectIve demolItIOn. Comply WIth hauling and dIsposal regulatIons of authontIes havmg JurIsdIction. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01732 - 1 1 6 c. o o o o o Standards. Comply wIth ANSI Al 0 6 and NFP A 241 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy and utilIze portions ofbuildmg ImmedIately adJacent to selectIve demolItIOn area. Conduct selectIve demolItIOn so Owner's operatIons will not be dIsrupted. ProVIde not less than 72 hours' notIce to Owner of actIVItIes and utilIty mterruptIOns that will affect Owner's operatIOns B Mamtam access to eXIstmg walkways, comdors, and other adJacent occupIed or used facilItIes. 1 Do not close or obstruct pnvate walkways, comdors, or other occupIed or used facilItIes WIthout perrmssIOn from Owner 2 Do not close or obstruct publIc walkways, comdors, or other occupIed or used facilItIes WIthout wntten perrmSSIOn from authontIes havmgJurIsdIctIOn. C Owner assumes no responsibilIty for condItIon of areas to be selectIvely demolIshed. 1 CondItIons eXIstmg at tIme of mspectIOn for bIddmg purpose will be mamtamed by Owner as far as practIcaL o D Hazardous Matenals: It IS not expected that hazardous matenals WIll be encountered m the Work. 1 Hazardous matenals known to be present will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2 If matenals suspected of contammg hazardous matenals are encountered, do not dIsturb; ImmedIately notify ArchItect and Owner Hazardous matenals will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. o o o o E. Storage or sale of removed Items or matenals on-SIte WIll not be perrmtted. F UtilIty ServIce Mamtam eXIstmg utilItIes mdIcated to remam m servIce and protect them against damage dunng selectIve demolItIOn operatIOns. 1 Mamtam fire-protectIOn facilItIes m servIce dunng selectIve demolItion operatIOns. o o D o o PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 1 REPAIR MA TERlALS A. Use repaIr matenals identIcal to eXIstmg matenals. 1 If IdentIcal materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that VIsually match eXIstIng adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2 Use matenals whose mstalled performance equals or surpasses that of existmg matenals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A. Venfy that utilItIes have been disconnected and capped. B Survey existmg condItions and correlate with reqUIrements indicated to determine extent of selectIve demolition reqUIred. o o C Inventory and record the condItIon of items to be removed and remstalled and Items to be removed and salvaged. o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01732-2 o c c r u r u I; LJ c n lJ r u r ~ c r LJ i" ~ o c n u c o n u c 3.2 3.3 D When unantICIpated mechamcal, electncal, or structural elements that conflIct WIth mtended functIOn or desIgn are encountered, investIgate and measure the nature and extent of conflIct. Promptly subrmt a wntten report to ArchItect. E. Engage a profeSSIOnal engmeer to survey condItIon of buildmg to deterrmne whether removmg any element rmght result m structural deficIency or unplanned collapse of any portIOn of structure or adJacent structures dunng selectIve demolItIOn operatIons UTILITY SERVICES A. EXIStIng UtilItIes: Mamtam servIces mdIcated to remam and protect them agamst damage durmg selectIve demolItIOn operations. B Do not mterrupt eXIstmg utilItIes servmg occupIed or operatmg facilItIes unless authonzed In wntmg by Owner and authontIes havmg JunsdIctIOn. ProvIde temporary servIces dunng mterruptIOns to eXIstmg utilItIes, as acceptable to Owner and to authontIes havmg JunsdIctIOn. 1 ProvIde at least 72 hours' notIce to Owner If shutdown of servIce IS reqUIred dunng changeover C UtilIty ReqUIrements. Locate, IdentIfy, dIsconnect, and seal or cap off mdIcated utilItIes servmg areas to be selectIvely demolIshed. 1 Arrange to shut off mdIcated utilItIes WIth utilIty compames. 2. If utilIty servIces are reqUIred to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provIde temporary utilItIes before proceedmg WIth selectIve demolitIOn that bypass area of selectIve demolitIOn and that maintam contmUIty of servIce to other parts of build mg. 3 Cut off pIpe or condUIt m walls or partItIons to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remammg portIon of pIpe or condUIt after bypassmg. D UtilIty ReqUIrements. Refer to DIVISIOn 15 and 16 SectIons for shuttmg off, dIsconnectmg, removmg, and sealmg or cappmg utilItIes. Do not start selectIve demolItIOn work until utilIty dIsconnectmg and sealmg have been completed and venfied in wntmg. PREP ARA TION A. SIte Access and Temporary Controls. Conduct selectIve demolItIOn and debns-removal operations to ensure rmmmum mterference WIth roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adJacent occupied and used facilitIes. 1 Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adJacent occupIed or used facilitIes without permiSSIOn from Owner and authoritIes havmg JunsdIctIon. ProvIde alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if reqUIred by governing regulations. 2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railIngs, canopIes, and covered passageways, where reqUIred by authontIes havmg JunsdIctIon. 3 Protect eXIstmg SIte Improvements, appurtenances, and landscapIng to remam. B Temporary Facilities. ProVIde temporary bamcades and other protection reqUIred to prevent mJury to people and damage to adJacent buildmgs and facilItIes to remam. C. Temporary Enclosures. Provide temporary enclosures for protectIOn of eXIstIng buildmg and constructIOn, In progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other constructIOn operatIons, and SImilar actIVItIes. PrOVIde temporary weathertight enclosure for buildmg exterior LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01732 - 3 34 POLLUTION CONTROLS o o o o D Temporary Shonng: ProvIde and mamtam shonng, bracmg, or structural support to preserve stabIlIty and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of constructIOn to remam, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of constructIon being demolIshed. A. Dust Control Use water rmst, temporary enclosures, and other SUItable methods to lIrmt spread of dust and dirt. Comply wIth governmg envIronmental-protectIon regulatIons. 1 Wet mop floors to elIrmnate trackable dIrt and WIpe down walls and doors of demolItIOn enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. B DIsposaL Remove and transport debns m a manner that will prevent spillage on adJacent surfaces and areas. 1 Remove debns from elevated portIOns of buildmg by chute, hOlSt, or other devIce that will convey debns to grade level m a controlled descent. C Cleamng: Clean adJacent structures and Improvements of dust, dIrt, and debns caused by selectIve demolItIon operatIons. Return adJacent areas to condItIon eXIstIng before selectIve demolItIOn operations began. o o A. General. DemolIsh and remove eXIstmg constructIon only to the extent reqUIred by new construction and as mdIcated. Use methods reqUIred to complete the Work WIthIn lIrmtatIons of governIng regulatIons. 1 Neatly cut opemngs and holes plumb, square, and true to dImensIOns reqUIred. Use cutting methods least likely to damage constructIOn to remam or adJOImng constructIOn. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished SIde into concealed surfaces to aVOId mamng existing fimshed surfaces. 3 Do not use cuttIng torches until work area IS cleared of flammable matenals. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pIpe mteriors, venfy condItIon and contents of hIdden space before startmg flame-cutting operatIons. MamtaIn portable fire-suppressIOn devices dunng flame-cutting operatIons. 4 Locate selectIve demolItIon eqUIpment and remove debns and matenals so as not to Impose excessIve loads on supportmg walls, floors, or frarmng. o o o o o 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION B Existmg Facilities: Comply WIth buildIng manager's reqUIrements for USIng and protectmg elevators, staIrs, walkways, loadIng docks, building entries, and other buildmg facilities dunng selectIve demolItion operations. o o o o C EXIstmg Items to Remam. Protect constructIon mdIcated to remaIn agaInst damage and soilIng dunng selective demolItIOn. When perrmtted by ArchItect, Items may be removed to a SUItable, protected storage locatIOn durmg selectIve demolItion and remstalled m their ongmallocations after selectIve demolition operatIons are complete. 3 6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. GeneraL Promptly repair damage to adJacent constructIon caused by selectIve demolItIOn operations. C RepaIrs. Where repairs to eXIstmg surfaces are reqUIred, patch to produce surfaces SUItable for new materials. o o o B PatchIng: Comply WIth DIviSIOn 1 SectIOn "CuttIng and Patching." LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01732 - 4 o c c c c c J1 u In LJ n U C C C C C C o c o r'1 LJ c 37 1 Completely fill holes and depressIOns m eXIstmg masonry walls that are to remam WIth an approved masonry patchmg matenal applIed accordmg to manufacturer's wntten recommendatIOns. D FImshes: Restore exposed fmIshes of patched areas and extend restoratIOn mto adJOImng constructIon In a manner that elIrmnates eVIdence of patching and refimshmg. E. Floors and Walls. Where walls or partItIons that are demolIshed extend one fimshed area mto another, patch and repaIr floor and wall surfaces m the new space. ProvIde an even surface of umform fimsh color, texture, and appearance Remove eXIstIng floor and wall covenngs and replace WIth new matenals, If necessary, to achIeve umform color and appearance. F Ceilmgs. Patch, repaIr, or rehang eXIstIng ceilIngs as indIcated or as necessary to provIde an even-plane surface of umform appearance. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General. Promptly dIspose of demolIshed matenals. Do not allow demolIshed matenals to accumulate on-SIte. B Burnmg: Do not burn demolIshed matenals. C DIsposaL Transport demolIshed matenals off Owner's property and legally dIspose of them. END OF SECTION 01732 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01732 - 5 c n LJ (' u c c c n U c n u c c c Il LJ c G u n U [1 LJ c c SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1.2 A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes adrmmstratIve and procedural reqUIrements for contract closeout, mcludmg, but not lirmted to, the followmg: 1 InspectIon procedures. 2. ProJect Record Documents. 3 OperatIOn and mamtenance manuals. 4 WarrantIes. 5 InstructIon of Owner's personneL 6 Fmal cleamng. B See DIVISIOns 2 through 16 SectIOns for specIfic closeout and specIal cleamng reqUIrements for products of those SectIons. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. PrelIrmnary Procedures Before requestmg mspectIon for determmmg date of SubstantIal CompletIon, complete the followmg. List Items below that are mcomplete m request. 1 Prepare a lIst of Items to be completed and corrected (punch lIst), the value of Items on the lIst, and reasons why the Work IS not complete 2. AdVIse Owner of pendmg msurance changeover reqUIrements. 3 Subrmt specIfic warrantIes, workmanshIp bonds, mamtenance servIce agreements, final certIficatIons, and sImilar documents. 4 Obtam and subrmt releases perrmttmg Owner unrestrIcted use of the Work and access to servIces and utilItIes. Include occupancy perrmts, operatmg certIficates, and SImilar releases. 5 Prepare and subrmt ProJect Record Documents, operation and maIntenance manuals, and similar final record information. 6 DelIver tools, spare parts, extra matenals, and SImilar items to locatIon deSIgnated by Owner Label WIth manufacturer's name and model number where applIcable. 7 Make final changeover of permanent locks and delIver keys to Owner AdVIse Owner's personnel of changeover In securIty prOVISIOns. 8 Complete startup testIng of systems. 9 Subrmt testladJustlbalance records. 10 Terrmnate and remove temporary facilItIes from ProJect SIte, constructIOn tools, and SImilar elements. 11 Subrmt changeover mformation related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and mamtenance 12. Complete final cleamng requirements, Including touchup pamtmg. 13 Touch up and otherwIse repaIr and restore marred exposed finishes to elIrmnate VIsual defects. B Inspection. Subrmt a written request for mspectIon for SubstantIal CompletIon. On receIpt of request, Architect will eIther proceed WIth mspection or notIfy Contractor of unfulfilled reqUIrements. ArchItect will prepare the CertIficate of SubstantIal CompletIon after mspectIOn or will notIfy Contractor of items, eIther on Contractor's list or addItIonal items IdentIfied by ArchItect, that must be completed or corrected before certIficate will be Issued. 1 Remspection. Request remspection when the Work IdentIfied m prevIOUS InSpectIOns as Incomplete IS completed or corrected. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01770 -1 1.3 14 1.5 2. Results of completed mspectIon will form the basIs of requIrements for Fmal CompletIOn. o o o o o FINAL COMPLETION A. PrelIrmnary Procedures. Before requestmg final mspection for deterrmnmg date of Fmal CompletIOn, complete the follOWIng: 1 Subrmt a final ApplIcatIOn for Payment accordmg to DIVISIOn 1 SectIon "Payment Procedures " 2. Submit copy of SubstantIal CompletIOn mspectIOn lIst of Items to be completed or corrected (punch lIst) The copy of the lIst shall state that each Item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance 3 Submit eVIdence of final, contmumg msurance coverage complymg WIth msurance reqUIrements. 4 Instruct Owner's personnel m operatIon, adJustment, and mamtenance of products, eqUIpment, and systems. o o o o o o B InspectIOn. Subrmt a wntten request for final mspectIon for acceptance. On receIpt of request, ArchItect will eIther proceed WIth inspectIon or notIfy Contractor of unfulfilled requIrements. ARchitect will prepare a final CertIficate for Payment after mspectIOn or will notIfy Contractor of constructIon that must be completed or corrected before certIficate will be issued. 1 ReinspectIOn. Request remspectIOn when the Work IdentIfied m prevIOus mspectIOns as mcomplete IS completed or corrected. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. PreparatIon. Subrmt three copIes of lIst. Include name and IdentificatIOn of each space and area affected by constructIOn operatIons for mcomplete items and Items needIng correction mcludmg, If necessary, areas dIsturbed by Contractor that are outside the lIrmts of constructIon. 1 Orgamze list of spaces m sequentIal order, startmg WIth extenor areas first and proceedmg from lowest floor to roof. 2. Organize items applymg to each space by maJor element, mcludmg categones for ceilmg, mdIvidual walls, floors, eqUIpment, and buildmg systems. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS o o o o A. General. Do not use ProJect Record Documents for constructIOn purposes. Protect ProJect Record Documents from detenoration and loss. PrOVIde access to ProJect Record Documents for Owner's reference durIng normal workmg hours. B Record DraWIngs. Maintam and subrmt one set of blue or black-Ime whIte pnnts of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawmgs. 1 Mark Record Prints to show the actual InstallatIon where mstallation vanes from that shown ongmally ReqUIre mdIvIdual or entity who obtaIned record data, whether mdIvIdual or entIty IS Installer, subcontractor, or SImilar entIty, to prepare the marked-up Record Prmts. a. GIve partIcular attentIon to informatIon on concealed elements that cannot be readily IdentIfied and recorded later b Record data as soon as possible after obtaimng it. Record and check the markup before enclosmg concealed mstallations. 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to dIstmguIsh between changes for dIfferent categories of the Work at the same locatIOn. o o o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01770 - 2 o c c c c c c c c c c n U c c o n u c o c c 1 6 1 7 1 8 3 Note ConstructIOn Change DIrectIve numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and sImilar IdentIficatIon where applIcable 4 IdentIfy and date each Record Drawmg; mclude the deSIgnatIOn "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" m a prormnent locatIOn. Orgamze mto manageable sets, bmd each set WIth durable paper cover sheets. Include IdentIficatIOn on cover sheets. c Record SpecIficatIOns. Subrmt one copy of ProJect's SpecIficatIOns, Includmg addenda and contract modIficatIOns. Mark copy to IndIcate the actual product InstallatIon where mstallatIOn vanes from that mdIcated m SpecIficatIOns, addenda, and contract modIficatIOns. 1 GIve partIcular attentIOn to mformatIon on concealed products and mstallatIOns that cannot be readily IdentIfied and recorded later 2. Mark copy WIth the propnetary name and model number of products, matenals, and eqUIpment furnIshed, mcludmg substItutIOns and product optIons selected. 3 Note related Change Orders and Record Drawmgs, where applIcable. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operatIon and mamtenance data mdIcatmg the operatIOn and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and pIece of eqUIpment not part of a system. Include operatIOn and maintenance data required m IndIvIdual SpecIficatIOn SectIOns and as follows 1 OperatIOn Data. Include emergency mstructIons and procedures, system and eqUIpment descnptIOns, operatmg procedures, and sequence of operatIOns. 2. Maintenance Data. Include manufacturer's mformatIon, lIst of spare parts, mamtenance procedures, mamtenance and servIce schedules for preventIve and routme mamtenance, and copIes of warrantIes and bonds. B Orgamze operatIon and mamtenance manuals into SUItable sets of manageable SIZe Bmd and mdex data m heavy-duty, three-nng, vmyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, m thIckness necessary to accommodate contents, WIth pocket mSIde the covers to receIve folded oversized sheets. IdentIfy each bmder on front and spme WIth the pnnted tItle "OPERA nON AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subJect matter of contents. WARRANTIES A. Submittal TIme' Submit wntten warrantIes on request of Owner for deSIgnated portIOns of the Work where commencement of warrantIes other than date of SubstantIal CompletIon IS indIcated. B Orgamze warranty documents mto an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the ProJect Manual. 1 Bind warrantIes and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-nng, vmyl-covered, loose-leaf bmders, thIckness as necessary to accommodate contents, and SIzed to receIve 8-l/2-by-ll-mch paper 2. ProVIde heavy paper dividers WIth plastIc-covered tabs for each separate warranty Mark tab to identify the product or installatIon. PrOVIde a typed descnptIOn of the product or mstallatIOn, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer 3 Identify each bmder on the front and spme WIth the typed or pnnted tItle "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor C. PrOVIde addItional copIes of each warranty to include m operatIon and maintenance manuals. MISCELLANEOUS LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01770-3 A. FurnIsh letter to Owner attestmg that no asbestos contammg matenals or products were utilIzed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleamng Agents. Use cleamng matenals and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabncator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleamng agents that are potentIally hazardous to health or property or that rmght damage fimshed surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 3.2 A. InstructIOn. Instruct Owner's personnel to adJust, operate, and mamtam systems, subsystems, and eqUIpment not part of a system. 1 Provide mstructors expenenced m operatIOn and mamtenance procedures. 2. ProVIde mstructIon at mutually agreed-on tImes. 3 Schedule trammg WIth Owner, WIth at least seven days' advance notIce. FINAL CLEANING A. General. PrOVIde final cleamng. Conduct cleamng and waste-removal operatIOns to comply WIth local laws and ordInances and Federal and local envIronmental and antIpollutIOn regulatIons. B Cleanmg: Employ expenenced workers or professIOnal cleaners for final cleanmg. Clean each surface or umt to condItIOn expected m an average commercIal buildmg cleaning and mamtenance program. Comply WIth manufacturer's written mstructions. 1 Complete the followmg cleamng operations before requestmg inspectIOn for certIficatIon of SubstantIal CompletIon for entIre Project or for a portIOn of ProJect: a. Withm ProJect lImit areas, clean ProJect SIte, yard, and grounds, m areas dIsturbed by constructIon actIVItIes of thIS ProJect, mcludmg landscape development areas, of rubbIsh, waste material, lItter, and other foreIgn substances. b Rake grounds Impacted by construction work, that are neIther planted nor paved, to a smooth, even-textured surface c Remove tools, constructIOn equipment, machmery, and surplus matenal from ProJect site. d. Clean exposed exterior and intenor hard-surfaced fimshes to a dIrt-free condItIOn, free of stams, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid dIsturbing natural weathenng of extenor surfaces. Restore reflectIve surfaces to theIr ongmal condItIon. e. Remove debris and surface dust from lIrmted access spaces, mcludmg roofs, gutters, plenums, shafts, trenches, eqUIpment vaults, manholes, attics, and SImilar spaces. f. Sweep concrete floors broom-clean m unoccupIed spaces. g. Clean transparent matenals, mcludmg rmrrors and glass in doors and wmdows. Remove glazmg compounds and other notIceable, vIsIOn-obscunng matenals. Replace chIpped or broken glass and other damaged transparent matenals. Polish rmrrors and glass, takmg care not to scratch surfaces. h. Remove labels that are not permanent. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01770 - 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Comply wIth safety standards for cleanmg. Do not burn waste matenals. Do not bury debns or excess matenals on Owner's property Do not dIscharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous matenals mto dramage systems. Remove waste matenals from ProJect sIte and dIspose of lawfully c c c r U f' G r LJ fI \ U C r u r I LJ c r u r' U c r' I . U (I I U r u I, LJ f' ~ 1. Touch up and otherwIse repaIr and restore marred, exposed fimshes and surfaces. Replace fimshes and surfaces that cannot be satIsfactorily repaIred or restored or that already show eVIdence of repaIr or restoratIon. 1) Do not pamt over "UL" and SImilar labels, mcludmg mechamcal and electncal nameplates. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electncal eqUIpment, and SImilar eqUIpment. Remove excess IubncatIon, pamt and mortar droppmgs, and other foreIgn substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanItary condItIon, free of stams, mcludmg stams resultmg from water exposure. Replace dIsposable aIr filters and clean permanent aIr filters. Clean exposed surfaces of dIffusers, regIsters, and grills. Clean lIght fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to functIon WIth full effiCIency Replace burned-out bulbs, and those notIceably dImmed by hours of use, and defectIve and nOISY starters m fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply WIth reqUIrements for new fixtures. Leave ProJect clean and ready for occupancy J k. 1. m. n. END OF SECTION 01770 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 01770 - 5 c c c c c c c c c (1, lj c c c c I' U c c o c o SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon Includes the followmg: 1 PreparatIOn 2. Grubbmg. 3 DIsposal 1.2 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Except for matenals mdIcated to be stockpiled, cleared matenals shall be dIsposed of off-sIte. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. SatIsfactory Soil Matenals. As specIfied m DIVIsIOn 2 SyctIOn "Earthwork." 1 Obtam approved borrow soil matenals off-sIte when satIsfactory soil matenals are not available on-SIte. 2 Conform wIth the Soils Report prepared by GeoEngmeers. Refer to SectIOn 00320 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION A. ProVIde erosIOn-control measures to prevent SOlI erOSIOn and dIscharge of soil-beanng water runoff or aIrborne dust to adJacent propertIes and walkways. 3.2 GRUBBING A. Removal includes dIggmg out stumps and obstructIons, grubbmg roots, and removal of all orgamc matenal. B Fill depressIOns caused by clearing and grubbmg operatIons wIth satIsfactory soil matenal, unless further excavatIOn or earthwork IS mdicated. 1 Place fill matenal m honzontal layers not exceedmg 8-mch loose depth, and compact each layer to a denSIty equal to adJacent ongInal ground. 3.3 DISPOSAL A. DIsposaL Except for materials Indicated to be stockpiled, remove surplus soil matenal, unsUItable topsoil, ObstructIOns, demolIshed matenals, and waste materials, including trash and debns, and legally dispose of them off-SIte. END OF SECTION 02230 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 02230 - 1 /l ~ c c f' l U fI ~ c c c c c c c c c c c c fI ~ c SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the followmg: 1 Prepanng subgrades. 2. Excavatmg and backfillIng. 3 Dramage course for slabs-on-grade 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill. Soil matenals used to fill an excavatIon. B BeddIng Course: Layer placed over the excavated sub-grade m a trench before laymg pIpe c Borrow' SatIsfactory soil Imported from off-SIte for use as fill or backfill. D DraInage Course: Layer supportIng slab-on-grade used to rmmrmze capillary flow of pore water E. ExcavatIon. Removal of matenal encountered above sub-grade elevatIOns. AddItional ExcavatIOn. ExcavatIon below sub-grade elevatIOns as dIrected by ArchItect. AddItIonal excavatIOn and replacement matenal will be paId for accordmg to Contract prOVIsIons for changes m the Work. 2. Unauthonzed ExcavatIOn. ExcavatIOn below sub-grade elevatIons or beyond mdIcated dImenSIOns wIthout dIrection by ArchItect. Unauthonzed excavatIOn, as well as remedIal work dIrected by ArchItect, shall be without addItIonal compensatIOn. F c Fill. Soil matenals used to raIse eXIstmg grades. G Structures: Buildings, footings, foundatIons, retammg walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechamcal and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made statIOnary features constructed above or below the ground surface. H. Sub-grade' Surface or elevatIOn remammg after completIng excavatIOn, or top surface of a fill or backfill Immediately below sub-base, drainage fill, or topsoil matenals. 1. UtilIties include on-site underground pIpes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. GeneraL Provide borrow soil matenals when suffiCIent satIsfactory soil matenals are not available from excavatIons. Unless otherwise indicated, comply WIth the follOWIng: B Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil ClaSSIficatIon Groups GW, SW, or a combmatIon of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 Inches m any dImenSIOn, debns, waste, frozen matenals, vegetatIOn, and other deletenous matter Less than 5% shall pass the U.S. Standard No 200 SIeve. Granular fill used dunng penods of prolonged dry weather may have up to 10 % fines. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 02300 - 1 C Backfill and FilL SatIsfactory soil matenals. o o o o D Beddmg: Naturally or artIficIally graded rmxture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940; except wIth 100 percent passmg a I-Inch SIeve and not more than 8 percent passmg a No 200 SIeve. E. Dramage Fill. Washed, narrowly gradedrmxture of crushed stone, or crushed or un crushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse-aggregate gradmg SIze 57, WIth 100 percent passIng a 1-1/2- mch SIeve and 0 to 5 percent passmg a No 8 SIeve. F Detectable Warnmg Tape: Polyethylene film warnmg tape encasmg a metallIc core, rmmmum 6 mches wide and 4 mils thIck, contmuously mscribed WIth a descnptIOn of the utilIty o o PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION 3.2 A. Protect structures, utilItIes, sIdewalks, pavements, and other facilItIes from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermmmg, washout, freezmg temperatures or frost, and other hazards created by earthwork operatIons of thIs ProJect. PrOVIde protectIve msulatmg matenals as necessary o o o o o B PrOVIde erosIOn-control measures to prevent eroSIOn or dIsplacement of soils and dIscharge of soil-beanng water runoff or aIrborne dust to adJacent propertIes and walkways. c Prevent surface water and ground water from entenng excavatIOns, from pondmg on prepared sub-grades, and from floodmg ProJect SIte and surroundmg area. D Protect sub-grades from softening, underrmnmg, washout, and damage by ram or water accumulatIOn. EXCAVATION A. Excavate to sub-grade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditIOns encountered, mcluding rock, soil matenals, and obstructIons. 1 If excavated materials Intended for fill and backfill mclude unsatIsfactory soil matenals and rock, replace WIth satIsfactory soil matenals. o o o o B Excavate for structures, pavements, and walks to IndIcated elevations and dImenSIOns. Extend excavatIons for placmg and removmg concrete formwork, for mstallIng servIces and other constructIon, and for mspectIons. Tnm bottoms to reqUIred lInes and grades to leave solid base to receIve other work. ExcavatIOn around structural to extend 4 feet beyond footing line. C. Excavate utilIty trenches to mdIcated gradIents, lInes, depths, and mvert elevatIOns of umform wIdths to proVIde a workmg clearance on each sIde of pipe or condUIt. Excavate trench walls vertIcally from trench bottom to 12 mches higher than top of pIpe or condUIt. 1 Excavate trenches deeper than bottom of pIpe elevation, 6 mches deeper m rock, 4 mches deeper elsewhere, to allow for beddmg course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe. o o o D Proof roll sub-grades, before fillIng or placmg aggregate courses, WIth heavy pneumatIc-tIred equipment to IdentIfy soft pockets and areas of excess YIeldIng. Do not proof roll wet or saturated sub-grades. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 02300 - 2 o c c o n LJ c c c c c r LJ c c r u c n U c [J c c 3.3 34 E. Reconstruct sub-grades damaged by freezmg temperatures, frost, ram, accumulated water, or constructIOn actIvItIes. F Fill unauthorized excavatIon under foundatIOns or wall footmgs by extendmg bottom elevatIOn of concrete foundatIOn or footmg to excavatIon bottom, wIthout altenng top elevatIOn. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by ArchItect or Engmeer 1 FIll unauthonzed excavatIOns under other constructIOn or utilIty pIpe as dIrected. G Stockpile borrow matenals and satIsfactory soil matenals, WIthout mtermIxmg, m shaped, graded, dramed, and covered stockpiles. Stockpile soil matenals away from edge of excavatIOns and outSIde dnp lIne of remammg trees. BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. UtilIty Trench Backfill Place, compact, and shape beddmg course to prOVIde contmuous support for pIpes and condUIts over rock and other unYIeldmg beanng surfaces and to fill unauthonzed excavatIOns. 1 Place and compact ImtIaI backfill of satIsfactory soil matenal or sub-base matenal, free of partIcles larger than 1 mch, to a heIght of 12 mches over the utilIty pIpe or condUIt. Place and compact final backfill of satIsfactory soil matenal to final sub-grade. 2. Install warning tape dIrectly above utilities, 12 mches below fimshed grade, except 6 inches below sub-grade under pavements and slabs. B Fill Place and compact fill matenal m layers to required elevatIOns. C Umformly mOIsten or aerate sub-grade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compactIOn to within 2 percent of optImum mOIsture content. 1 Remove and replace, or scanfy and aIr dry, otherWIse satIsfactory soil matenal that exceeds optImum mOIsture content by 2 percent and IS too wet to compact to speCIfied dry umt weIght. D CompactIon. Place backfill and fill matenals in layers not more than 9 mches m loose depth for matenal compacted by heavy compactIon eqUIpment, and not more than 4 inches m loose depth for matenal compacted by hand-operated tampers. E. Compact soil to not less than the followmg percentages of maXImum dry unIt weIght accordmg to ASTM D 1557 1 Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scanfy and re-compact top 12 inches of eXIstIng sub-grade and each layer of backfill or fill matenal at 95 percent. 2 Under walkways, scarify and re-compact top 6 inches below sub-grade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. 3 Under lawn or unpaved areas, scanfy and re-compact top 6 mches below sub-grade and compact each layer of backfill or fill matenal at 85 percent. F Gradmg: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply WIth compactIon reqUIrements and grade to cross sectIOns, lines, and elevatIOns mdicated. Grade areas within building lInes to plus or minus 1/2 mch. G Under slabs-on-grade, place dramage course on prepared sub-grade. Compact to required cross sectIOns and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unIt weIght according to ASTM D 698 Unless otherWIse indicated, provide 4 inch thIck dramage course under concrete slabs on grade. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 02300 - 3 A. Testmg Agency' Owner will engage a quahfied Independent testmg and mspectmg agency to perform field tests and mspectIons and to prepare test reports. B Allow testmg agency to test and mspect sub-grades and each fill or backfill layer Proceed wIth subsequent earthwork only after test results for prevIously completed work comply wIth reqUIrements. C When testmg agency reports that sub-grades, fills, or backfills have not achIeved degree of compactIOn specIfied, scanfy and mOIsten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth reqUIred, re-compact and retest until specIfied compactIOn IS obtaIned. 3 5 PROTECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezmg, and erOSIOn. Keep free of trash and debns. B RepaIr and reestablIsh grades to specIfied tolerances where completed or partIally completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compactIOn. C Where settlmg occurs before ProJect correctIon penod elapses, remove fimshed surfacmg, backfill WIth addItIonal soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfaCIng. D DIsposaL Remove surplus satIsfactory soil and waste matenal, mcludmg unsatIsfactory soil, trash, and debns, and legally dIspose of It. END OF SECTION 02300 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 02300 - 4 o o o o o o o o o o D o o o o o o o o n I LJ SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE n PART I-GENERAL ~ I' U c c c n U c c c c c c c c c c r' 11 c 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes cast-m-place concrete, mcludmg remforcement, concrete matenals, rmx desIgn, placement procedures, and fimshes. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer QualIficatIons. A firm expenenced m manufacturmg ready-rmxed concrete products complymg WIth ASTM C 94 reqUIrements for productIon facilItIes and eqUIpment. B Comply WIth ACI 301, "SpecIficatIOn for Structural Concrete" C InspectIon and tests Testmg and mspectIOns made by mdependent mspector engaged by Owner Test cylInders shall be made m accordance WIth ASTM C31 and C39, respectIvely, as condItIOns reqUIre; not less than 3-cylInders per day's pour Contractor to supply standard cylInders for testmg. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Formwork: FurnIsh formwork and form accessones accordmg to ACI 301 B Steel Remforcement: 1 Remforcing Bars. ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed, unless otherwIse mdIcated on Drawmgs. 2. Plam-Steel Welded Wire Fabnc ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel WIre mto flat sheets. C Concrete Matenals. 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, Type III reqUIres Engmeers approval. All cement to be by one manufacturer and ofumform color 2. Normal-WeIght Aggregate: ASTM C 33, umformly graded, not exceedmg 1-l/2-mch normnal SIze. 3 LIghtweIght Aggregate ASTM C 330 4 Water- Clean, potable, and free of all elements and ImpuntIes deletenous to concrete. Complying WIth ASTM C 94 D Adrmxtures. 1 Air-Entraining AdInixture: ASTM C 260 2. Water-Reducing Adrmxture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 3 High-Range, Water-Reducmg Adrmxture: ASTM C 494, Type F 4 Water-Reducmg and Acceleratmg Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. 5 Water-Reducmg and Retardmg Adrmxture: ASTM C 494, Type D E. Vapor Retarder- MultI-ply remforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than 60 mils thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thIck. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 03300 - 1 F Jomt-Filler Stnps: ASTM D 1751, non-extrudmg and resilIent asphalt-saturated cellulOSIC fiber ThIckness of W' and wIdth as reqUIred for full sectIon depth. Acceptable brands mclude Carey, Celotex, or Meadows. G Cunng Materials. 1 EvaporatIOn Retarder Waterborne, monomolecular film fOrmIng, manufactured for applIcatIon to fresh concrete 2. AbsorptIve Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from Jute or kenaf 3 MOIsture-Retammg Cover ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or whIte burlap- polyethylene sheet. 4 Water Potable. 5 Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-FormIng Cunng Compound. ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B 6 Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-FormIng Cunng and Sealmg Compound. ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.2 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply WIth ACI 301 reqUIrements for concrete rmxtures. B Prepare deSIgn rmxes, proportIOned accordmg to ACI 301, for normal-weIght concrete determIned by eIther laboratory tnal rmx or field test data bases, as follows. 1 CompreSSIve Strength (28 Days) Unless otherWIse mdIcated on structural drawmgs, proVIde the followmg: a. Footmgs 2500 pSI. b Slabs: 2500 pSI. c VertIcally formed walls: 2500 pSI. 2. MaXImum Absolute Water-Cement RatIo by WeIght: a. 3000 pSI. 0.58 for non-aIr entramed concrete and 0 46 for aIr-entramed concrete. C. Add aIr-entrammg adrmxture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result m concrete at point of placement havmg an aIr content of 5 percent +/ - 1 percent by volume for all exposed concrete, unless otherwise noted. I AIr content oftrowel-fimshed mtenor concrete floors shall not exceed 30 percent. 2.3 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply WIth ASTM C 94 1 When air temperature IS between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery tIme from 1-1/2 hours to 75 rmnutes, when aIr temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 rmnutes. B PrOVIde batch tIcket for each batch dIscharged and used m the Work, mdIcatIng ProJect IdentIficatIOn name and number, date, rmx type, rmx tIme, quantIty, and amount of water added. Record apprOXImate locatIon of final depOSIt m structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Formwork: DeSIgn, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintam formwork accordmg to ACI 301 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 03300 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c o c c 3.2 3.3 B Vapor Retarder Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets accordmg to ASTM E 1643, place sheets m posItIon WIth longest dImenSIOn parallel wIth dIrectIOn of pour 1 Lap Jomts 6 mches and seal wIth manufacturer's recommended tape. 2. Place vapor retarder over fine-graded granular matenaI, mOIsten, and compact wIth mechamcal eqUIpment to elevatIOn tolerances of plus 0 mch or rmnus 3/4 lOch. 3 Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder RepaIr damage and reseal vapor retarder before placmg concrete c Steel Remforcement: Comply WIth CRSI's "Manual of Standard PractIce" for fabncatmg, placmg, and supportmg remforcement. D Jomts. Construct Jomts true to lIne WIth faces perpendIcular to surface plane of concrete 1 ConstructIOn Jomts. Locate and mstall so as not to ImpaIr strength or appearance of concrete, at locatIOns mdIcated or as approved by ArchItect. 2. IsolatIon Jomts. Install Jomt-filler stnps at JunctIons WIth sIabs-on-grade and vertIcal surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundatIon walls, grade beams, and other locatIons, as mdIcated. a. Extend Jomt fillers full wIdth and depth of Jomt, termInatmg flush WIth fimshed concrete surface, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 3 ContractIOn Jomts m Slabs-on-Grade Form weakened-plane contractIOn Jomts, sectiomng concrete mto areas as mdIcated. Construct contractIon Jomts for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thIckness, as follows. a. Grooved Joints: Form contractIon Jomts after mItIal floatmg by groovmg and fimshing each edge of Jomt WIth groover tool to a radIUS of 1/8 mch. Repeat groovmg of contractIon Jomts after applymg surface fimshes. ElIminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. b Sawed Jomts Form contractIon Jomts WIth power saws eqUIpped WIth shatterproof abraSIve or dIamond-nmmed blades. Cut 1/8-mch- wIde Jomts mto concrete when cuttmg actIon will not tear, abrade, or otherWIse damage surface and before concrete develops random contractIOn cracks. E. Tolerances. Comply WIth ACI 117, "SpeCIficatIOns for Tolerances for Concrete ConstructIon and Matenals." CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply WIth recommendatIOns m ACI 304R for measunng, mIxmg, transportmg, and placmg concrete. B Do not add water to concrete during delIvery, at ProJect SIte, or dunng placement. C Consolidate concrete WIth mechanical vibratmg eqUIpment. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish. As-cast concrete texture Imparted by form-facing matenal WIth tIe holes and defectIve areas repaIred and patched, and fins and other prOJectIOns exceeding 1/4 inch in heIght rubbed down or chIpped off. 1 Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to publIc VIew B Smooth-Formed Finish. As-cast concrete texture Imparted by form-facmg matenal, arranged m an orderly and symmetrIcal manner WIth a rmmmum of seams. RepaIr and patch tIe holes and defectIve areas. Completely remove fins and other proJectIons. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 03300 - 3 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 03300 - 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to publIc VIew or to be covered WIth a coatmg or covenng matenaI applIed dIrectly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or pamtmg. 2. Do not apply rubbed fimsh to smooth-formed fimsh. C Related Unformed Surfaces. At tops of walls, honzontal offsets, and SImilar unformed surfaces adJacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and fimsh WIth a texture matchmg adJacent formed surfaces. Contmue final surface treatment of formed surfaces umformly across adJacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 3 4 FINISHING UNFORMED SURF ACES A. General Comply WIth ACI 302 lR for screedmg, restraIghtemng, and fimshmg operatIOns for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B Screed surfaces WIth a straIghtedge and strike off. Begm imtIaI floatIng usmg bull floats or darbIes to form a umform and open-textured surface plane before excess mOIsture or bleedwater appears on the surface. 1 Do not further dIsturb surfaces before startmg fimshIng operatIOns. C Float FmIsh. Apply float fimsh to surfaces mdIcated, to surfaces to receIve trowel fimsh, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered WIth flUId-applIed or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo D Trowel FmIsh. Apply a hard trowel fimsh to new mtenor floor, slab and staIr surfaces exposed to VIeW E. Trowel and Fme-Broom FImsh. Apply a partial trowel fimsh, stoppmg after second trowelIng, to surfaces of new .extenor dock/platform, ramp, and staIr surfaces. ImmedIately after second trowelmg, and when concrete IS still plastIc, slIghtly scanfy surface WIth a fine broom. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drymg and exceSSIve cold or hot temperatures. Comply WIth ACI 306 1 for cold-weather protectIOn, and follow recommendatIons m ACI 305R for hot-weather protectIon during curmg. B Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporatIon retarder to concrete surfaces If hot, dry, or windy condItIons occur before and dunng fimshmg operatIons. Apply accordmg to manufacturer's wntten instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbymg concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has dIsappeared from concrete surface. D Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows. 1 Moisture Cunng: Keep surfaces continuously mOIst with water, contmuous water-fog spray, or absorptive cover (water saturated and kept continuously wet) 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency' Owner will engage a qualIfied mdependent testing and mspectmg agency to sample matenals, perform tests, and submit test reports durmg concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301 r' lJ Testmg Frequency' One composIte sample for each day's pour of each concrete rmx exceedmg 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each addItIonal 50 cu. yd. or fractIon thereof. c END OF SECTION 03300 r' LJ n ~ r' U !1 , U n I U 11 ~ n U c n ~ n , U n ~ n ~ c (I LJ r LJ (I U C LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 03300 - 5 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes umt masonry assemblIes consIstmg of the followmg: 1 Concrete masonry umts. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawmgs For masonry remforcmg bars, comply wIth ACI 315, "Details and DetailIng of Concrete Remforcement." 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Employ craftsman skilled In concrete masonry wall constructIOn. 2. Comply WIth UBC SectIon 2104 for Remforced Hollow Umt Masonry 1 4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather ReqUIrements Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace umt masonry damaged by frost or by freezmg condItIons. Comply WIth cold-weather constructIOn reqUIrements of the Umform Buildmg Code PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COLORS AND TEXTURES A. Exposed Masonry Umts Standard non-colored, smooth face. 2.2 MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Masonry Umts. ASTM C 90 1 Umt CompressIve Strength. 1500 PSI rmmmum, average net-area compressIve strength unless otherwise noted on Structural Drawmgs. 2. WeIght ClaSSIfication. Normal weIght. 3 Grade: N-l 4 MInImUm Face Shell ThIckness: 1-1/4" 5 SpeCIal Shapes. ProVIde for lIntels, comers, Jambs, sash, control JOInts, headers, bondmg, and other speCIal condItIons. 6 Construct all concrete masonry umts WIth "Dry-Block AddItIve" as manufactured by W.R. Grace. 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. B Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S C Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329 D Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 04810 -1 E. Aggregate for Mortar' ASTM C 144, except for Jomts less than 1/4 mch thIck, use aggregate graded wIth 100 percent passmg the No 16 SIeve. 1 Colored-Mortar Aggregates. Natural-colored sand or ground marble, gramte, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce reqUIred mortar color F Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404 unless otherwIse mdIcated on Structural Drawmgs G Water' Potable. 2.4 REINFORCING A. Uncoated Steel Remforcmg Bars ASTM A 615/A 615M, ASTM A 616/A 616M, Includmg Supplement 1, or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60 1 Anchors for Connectmg to Concrete ProvIde anchors as necessary to achIeve anchorage mdIcated on Structural Drawmgs. 2.5 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job-Mixed Detergent SolutIon. SolutIon of 1/2-cup dry measure tetrasodmm polyphosphate and 1/2-cup dry measure laundry detergent dIssolved m 1 gal. of water B Propnetary ACIdIc Cleaner Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner deSIgned for removmg mortar/grout stams, efflorescence, and other new constructIOn staInS from new masonry WIthout dIscolonng or damagmg masonry surfaces. Use product approved for mtended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry umts bemg cleaned. 2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General. Do not use admixtures, unless otherwIse mdicated. Do not use calcIum chlonde In mortar or grout. B Mortar for Umt Masonry' Comply WIth ASTM C 270 , Property SpeCIficatIon. 1 LIrmt cementItIOus matenals m mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lIme. 2 For extenor, above-grade, load-bearing and non-Ioad-beanng walls and parapet walls, for mtenor load-beanng walls; for mtenor non-Ioad-beanng partItIOns, and for other applIcatIons where another type IS not IndIcated, use Type S, f'c = 1800 PSI at 2800 days. C Grout for Umt Masonry' 1 Comply WIth ASTM C 476, f'c=2500 PSI at 28 days, 5-1/2 sack IruX. 2. Use grout of type mdIcated or, If not otherWIse mdIcated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply WIth UBC Table 21-C for dImenSIOns of grout spaces and pour heIght. 3 Provide grout with a slump of 5-8 mches as measured accordIng to ASTM C 143 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cut masonry umts WIth motor-dnven saws. Allow umts cut WIth water-cooled saws to dry before placmg, unless wettIng of umts IS speCIfied. Install cut unItS with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B Select and arrange umts for exposed umt masonry to produce a umform blend of colors and textures. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 04810 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o D o I l) , r' L c fI U :\4 t, [ W B c r' LJ r \iJ I' ,LJ c r LJ c n LJ c ~~ D D c (l II I U C Comply wIth tolerances m ACI 530 1/ ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the followmg: 1 For conspICUOUS vertIcal lInes, such as external corners, door Jambs, reveals, and expanSIOn and control Jomts, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 mch m 20 feet, nor 1/2 mch maXImum. 2. For conspIcuoUS honzontal lInes, such as exposed lmtels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 mch m 20 feet, nor 1/2 mch maXImum. 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls m advance for accurate spacmg of surface bond patterns wIth umform Jomt thIcknesses and for accurate locatIOn of opemngs, movement-type Jomts, returns, and offsets. AVOId usmg less-than-half-size umts, partIcularly at corners, Jambs, and, where possible, at other locatIOns. 3.3 34 B Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry' Lay exposed masonry m bond pattern mdIcated, do not use umts wIth less than normnal 4-mch honzontal face dImensIons at corners or Jambs. c. Built-m Work: As constructIOn progresses, build m Items specIfied under thIS and other SectIons of the SpecIficatIons. Fill m solIdly wIth masonry around built-m Items. D Fill cores m hollow concrete masonry umts wIth grout 24 mches under bearmg plates, beams, lIntels, posts, and sImilar Items, unless otherwIse mdIcated. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow masonry umts as follows. 1 With full mortar coverage on honzontal and vertIcal face shells 2. Bed webs m mortar m startmg course on footmgs and m all courses of pIers, cohimns, and pilasters, and where adJacent to cells or caVItIes to be filled WIth grout. 3 For startmg course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, mcludmg areas under cells. B Tool exposed Joints slightly concave when thumbpnnt hard, usmg a JOInter larger than the Jomt thIckness, unless otherwIse indicated. MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. ProvIde contmuous masonry Jomt remforcement as mdIcated. Install with a mimmum cover of 5/8 mch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 mch elsewhere. Lap remforcement a mimmum of 6 mches. B ProvIde contmUIty at corners and wallmtersectIOns by usmg prefabncated "L" and "T" sectIons. 3.5 ANCHORING MASONRY A. Anchor masonry to foundation as mdIcated on structural drawmgs. 36 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INST ALLA TION A. Placing Remforcement: Comply WIth reqUIrements m SectIOn 2104.5 of the Umform Buildmg Code. B GroutIng: Do not place grout until entire heIght of masonry to be grouted has attamed suffiCIent strength to reSIst grout pressure. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 04810 - 3 1 Comply wIth reqUIrements m SectIon 2104 6 of the Umform Buildmg Code for cleanouts and for grout placement, mcludIng rmmmum grout space and maxImum pour heIght. 3 7 CLEANING A. Clean umt masonry by dry brushIng to remove mortar fins and smears before toolIng Jomts, as work progresses. B After mortar IS thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows 1 Test cleamng methods on sample wall panel, leave one-half of panel uncleaned for companson purposes. 2 Protect adJacent surfaces from contact with cleaner 3 Wet wall surfaces WIth water before applymg cleaners, remove cleaners promptly by nnsmg the surfaces thoroughly WIth clear water 4 Clean concrete masonry by cleamng method mdIcated m NCMA TEK 8-2 applIcable to type of stam on exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 04810 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 04810 - 4 o o D o g EJ o o o [] u o o D U ~ Q o G n [j1 ~ c o .,. hi , I W C n .t:i o o c o Q c. C G U ['I u n LJ H \, Lfi SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART I-GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes structural steel and grout. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.3 A. ConnectIOns ProvIde detaIls of SImple shear connectIons reqUIred by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabncator to wIthstand ASD-servIce loads mdIcated and comply WIth other mformatIOn and restrIctIons mdIcated. 1 Select and complete connectIOns usmg Structural Engmeer's deSIgn. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product mdIcated. B Shop Drawmgs Show fabncatIOn of structural-steel components. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabncator QualIficatIOns. FIrm regularly engaged m structural steel fabncatIon and supply thereof, WIth a mmImum of 5 years documented expenence. B Weldmg: QualIfy procedures and personnel accordmg to A WS Dl 1, "Structural Weldmg Code--Steel. " C Comply WIth applIcable provlSlons of AISC's "Code of Standard PractIce for Steel Buildmgs and Bndges." PART 2 - PRODUCTS STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS W-Shapes. ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 Channels, Angles, M, S-Shapes. ASTM A 36/A 36M. Plate and Bar ASTM A 36/A 36M. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubmg. Steel PIpe" ASTM A 53/ A 53M, Type S, Grade B WeldIng Electrodes. Comply WIth Structural Notes on Drawmgs. BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1 Fimsh. Plam. Bolts. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05120 - 1 2.1 A. B C D E. F 2.2 A. B 2.3 2.4 2.5 1 Anchor bolts: ASTM A 307 2. Structural bolts: ASTM A325-N C ExpanSIOn Anchors. SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, manufacturers offenng products that may be mcorporated mto the Work include, but are not lImited to, the followmg Available Manufacturers. 1 Powers Rawl 2 HiltI 3 Ramset 4 Redhead D Epoxy for Anchors and Remforcmg: SubJect to complIance wIth reqUIrements, manufacturers offenng products that may be mcorporated into the Work include, but are not lIrmted to, the followmg Available Manufacturers 1 Powers Rawl 2. SImpson Set 3 HiltI Hy 4 Epcon A7 PRIMER A. Pnmer SSPC-Pamt 25, Type II, Iron oXIde, zmc oXIde, raw lmseed oil, and alkyd. B Pnmer Fabncator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltIc, rust-mhibItmg pnmer GROUT A. Unless otherWIse indIcated on Drawmgs, proVIde sImilar to Masterflow 713 for statIc loads and Embeco 636 for dynarmc loads, both by Master Builders TechnologIes, a pre-packaged natural aggregate grout, rmxed, placed and cured as recommended by the manufacturer F ABRICA TION A. Structural Steel. Fabncate and assemble m shop to greatest extent possible. Fabncate according to AISC's "Code of Standard PractIce for Steel Buildmgs and Bndges" and AISC's "SpecificatIon for Structural Steel Buildmgs--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install hIgh-strength bolts according to RCSC's "SpecIficatIOn for Structural Jomts Usmg ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of jomt specIfied. 1 Jomt Type: Snug tIghtened. B Weld ConnectIons. Comply WIth AWS Dll for weldmg procedure specIficatIOns, tolerances, appearance, and qualIty of welds and for methods used m correcting weldmg work. 2 7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1 Surfaces embedded m concrete or mortar Extend pnrmng of partIally embedded members to a depth of 2 mches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3 Surfaces to receIve sprayed fIre-resIstIve matenals. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05120 - 2 o D .. o u ., D n g o o o D n ~ '0 o o o LJ o ,0 c r1 0' r Lv n LJ (1 I IW r~ LJ n U r1\ v 0' 1"1 G C r. L1 [, i--,~ ,C () V '{r1: U C n U 8 u 4 Galvamzed surfaces. B Surface PreparatIOn. Clean surfaces to be pamted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces accordmg to the followmg specIficatIOns and standards. 1 SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleamng." 2 SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleanmg." C Pnrmng: ImmedIately after surface preparatIon, apply pnmer accordmg to manufacturer's wntten mstructIOns and at rate recommended by SSPC to proVIde a dry film thIckness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use pnrmng methods that result m full coverage of Jomts, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 28 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an mdependent testmg and mspectmg agency to perform shop tests and inspectIons and prepare test reports. Comply wIth testmg and mspectIOn reqUIrements of Part 3, ArtIcle "Field QualIty ControL" B Correct defiCIencies m Work that test reports and mspectIOns indIcate does not comply WIth the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 ERECTION A. ExarmnatIon. Venfy elevatIOns of concrete- and masonry-beanng surfaces and locatIOns of anchor rods, beanng plates, and other embedments, WIth steel erector present, for complIance WIth reqUIrements. 1 Proceed WIth mstallatIOn only after unsatIsfactory condItIons have been corrected. B Set structural steel accurately m locatIons and to elevatIOns mdIcated and accordmg to AISC's "Code of Standard PractIce for Steel Buildmgs and Bndges" and "SpecificatIon for Structural Steel Buildmgs--Allowable Stress DeSIgn and PlastIc DesIgn." C Base and Beanng Plates. Clean concrete- and masonry-beanng surfaces of bond-reducmg materials, and roughen surfaces pnor to settmg base and beanng plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearmg plates. 1 Set base and beanng plates for structural members on wedges, shIms, or settmg nuts as reqUIred. 2 Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been posItIoned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shIms but, If protrudmg, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before packing with grout. 3 Promptly pack grout solIdly between beanng surfaces and base or bearing plates so no VOIds remam. Neatly fimsh exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply WIth manufacturer's wntten mstallatIon mstructions for shnnkage-resIstant grouts. D Mamtam erection tolerances of structural steel WIthin AISC's "Code of Standard PractIce for Steel Buildings and Bndges." 3.2 FIELD CONNECTIONS LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05120 - 3 A. High-Strength Bolts: Install hIgh-strength bolts accordmg to RCSC's "SpecIficatIOn for Structural Jomts USIng ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of Jomt specIfied. 1 Jomt Type' Tighten as for slIp cntIca1. B Weld ConnectIons. Comply wIth A WS D 1 1 for weldmg procedure specIficatIOns, tolerances, appearance, and qualIty of welds and for methods used m correctIng weldIng work. 1 Comply WIth AISC's "Code of Standard PractIce for Steel Buildmgs and Bndges" and "SpecIficatIOn for Structural Steel Buildmgs--Allowable Stress DeSIgn and PlastIc DeSIgn " forbeanng, adequacy of temporary connectIons, alIgnment, and removal of pamt on surfaces adJacent to field welds. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testmg Agency' Owner will engage a qualIfied mdependent testmg and mspectmg agency to mspect field welds and hIgh-strength bolted connectIOns. B Bolted ConnectIOns. Shop-bolted connectIOns will be tested and mspected accordmg to RCSC's "SpeCIficatIon for Structural Jomts USIng ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C Welded ConnectIons: Field welds will be vIsually mspected accordmg to A WS D 1 1 and tested by a Testmg Agency employed by the Owner m accordance WIth the Umform Buildmg Code. D Correct deficIencIes m Work that test reports and mspectIOns mdIcate does not comply WIth the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 05120 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05120 - 4 D 10 D 8 o o o ~ iV o o ~ o o (l CJ ~ o fJ @ o (l G 0, (1 U o (\ U 1i U G C C f! L C n li Q C U J:' U o ~ SECTION 05400 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the followmg: 1 Extenor wall frarmng. 2. Roof frammg elements. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance ProvIde cold-formed metal frammg capable of wIthstandmg desIgn loads wIthout deflectIOns greater than the followmg: 1 Extenor Wall Frarmng: Honzontal deflectIOn of 1/360 of the wall heIght. 2. Roof Frarmng: Vertical deflectIOn of 1/360 of the span. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each product mdIcated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers. SubJect to complIance wIth reqUIrements, manufacturers offenng products that may be mcorporated mto the Work mclude, but are not lIrmted to, the followmg: 1 Angeles Metal Systems. 2. Milcor DIvision ofInryco, Inc 3 CalIfornIa Expanded Metal Products Co 4 DIetrIch Industnes, Inc 5 Fabnsteel Products (Formerly TRW Nelson Stud Weldmg) 6 Gregory IndustrIes. 7 Knorr Steel Frarmng Systems. 8 Steeler, Inc. 9 Ummast, Inc. 10 Umted Metal Products, Inc 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/ A 653M, structural steel, G60 zmc coatIng, Grade 33 for rmnimum uncoated steel thIckness of 0 0428 mch and less; Grade 50 for rmmmum uncoated steel thickness of 0 0538 mch and greater B Wall Frarmng: Manufacturer's standard steel studs, of web depths mdIcated, WIth stIffened flanges, complymg WIth ASTM C 955, and as follows. 1 Mimmum Uncoated-Steel ThIckness: 00538 mch. 2. Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpunched, WIth straIght flanges, complying WIth ASTM C 955, manufacturer's standard flange WIdth, and rmmmum uncoated-steel thIckness matching steel studs. c. Roof Fratning: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped JOIStS / purIms, of web depths mdIcated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, complymg WIth ASTM C 955, and as follows. 1 Minimum Uncoated-Steel Thicklless: 00538 inch. I LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05400 - 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fabncate steeI-frammg accessones of the same matenaI and fimsh used for frammg members, WIth a rmmmum YIeld strength of 33,000 pSI, of manufacturer's standard thIckness and configuratIon, unless otherwIse mdIcated. B Steel Shapes and ClIps ASTM A 36/A 36M, zmc coated by hot-dIp process accordmg to ASTM A 123 C Anchor Bolts. ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon-steel bolts and carbon-steel nuts, and flat, hardened-steel washers; zmc coated by D ExpansIOn Anchors. Fabncated from corrOSIOn-resIstant matenals, WIth capabilIty to sustam, wIthout failure, a load equal to 5 tImes design load, as determIned by testmg per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualIfied mdependent testmg agency E. Power-Actuated Anchors Fastener system of type SUItable for applIcatIon mdIcated, fabncated from corrOSIOn-resIstant matenals, WIth capabilIty to sustam, WIthOut failure, a load equal to 10 times deSIgn load, as determIned by testmg per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualIfied mdependent testmg agency F Mechamcal Fasteners: CorrosIOn-resIstant-coated, self-drillmg, self-threadmg steel drill screws. G Galvamzmg RepaIr Pamt: SSPC-Pamt 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. PreparatIOn. Grout beanng surfaces umform and level to ensure full contact of beanng flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry constructIOn, contact of beanng flanges or track webs on supportmg concrete or masonry constructIon. ProVIde sealant under all wall base channels beanng on concrete or masonry constructIOn. B Install cold-formed metal framing and accessones plumb, square, and true to lIne, and WIth connectIOns securely fastened, accordIng to ASTM C 1007, manufacturer's wntten recommendatIOns, and reqUIrements m thIS SectIOn. 1 Cut frarmng members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal frarmng members by weldmg or screw fastenmg, as standard WIth fabncator Wire tymg of frarmng members IS not permItted. 3 Install frarmng members In one-piece lengths. 4 Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable m intenSIty to those for whIch structure was deSIgned. 5 Install insulatIOn In built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multIple studs at opemngs, that are inaccessible on completion of frarmng work. 6 Fasten hole remforcing plate over web penetratIons that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. C Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal frarmng level, plumb, or at the angle mdIcated, and true to lme to a maxrmum allowable tolerance vanatIon of 1/8 Inch In 10 feet and as follows: LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05400 - 2 o (J u D o ~ f:I IJ D 8 D D o ~ '0 ~ D D D o C o c N U' e o (l U r) G ,n U C ~ v 1-1 lJ C (1 U o A LJ o fl, U n U, Space mdIvIduaI frarmng members no more than plus or mmus 1/8 mch from plan locatIon. CumulatIve error shall not exceed rmmmum fastenmg reqUIrements of sheathIng or other fimshIng matenals. D Wall InstallatIOn. Install contInUOUS tracks SIzed to match studs. AlIgn tracks accurately and securely anchor to supportmg structure. Space studs as indIcated but not more than 24 mches; set plumb, alIgn, and fasten both flanges of studs to track, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 1 Isolate non-Ioad-beanng steel frarmng from bUIldIng structure to prevent transfer of vertIcal loads while provIdmg lateral support. 2. Install honzontaI bndgIng m wall studs, spaced m rows mdIcated on Shop DrawIngs but not more than 48 mches apart. Fasten at each stud mtersectIon. 3 Install mIscellaneous frammg and connectIOns, includmg stud kIckers, web stIffeners, clIp angles, contmuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud gIrtS, to proVIde a complete and stable wall-frarmng system. E JOISt / purlm InstallatIOn. Install, alIgn, and securely anchor penmeter JOISt track SIzed to match JOIStS as mdIcated on Shop DraWIngs. Install JOIStS beanng on supportmg frame, level, straIght, and plumb, adJust to final posItIon, brace, and remforce. Fasten to both flanges of JOIst track. 1 Install JOIStS over supportmg frame wIth a rmmmum end beanng of 1-1/2 mches(38 mm) Remforce ends and beanng points of Joists as mdIcated on Shop Drawmgs. 2. Space JOIStS not more than 2 mches(51 mm) from abuttmg walls and at spacmgs IndIcated. 3 Frame openings wIth built-up JOISt headers consIstmg of JOISt and JOIst track, nestmg JOIStS, or another combmatIOn of connected JOIStS If mdIcated. 4 Install JOISt remforcement at mtenor supports WIth smgle, short length of JOISt sectIon located dIrectly over mtenor support, wIth lapped JOISts of equal length to JOISt remforcement, or as mdicated. Install web stIffeners to transfer aXIal loads of walls above. 5 Install bndgmg at each end of JOIStS and at mtervals mdIcated. Fasten bndgmg at each JOISt intersectIOn as mdIcated. 6 Secure JOIStS to Ioad-beanng mterior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. 7 Install rmscellaneous JOISt frarmng and connections, includmg web stIffeners, closure pieces, clIp angles, contmuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to prOVIde a complete and stable JOIst-frarmng assembly F Galvamzmg RepaIrs. Prepare and repaIr damaged galvanized coatmgs on fabncated and mstalled cold-formed metal frarmng WIth galvamzed repaIr pamt. END OF SECTION 05400 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05400 - 3 N I U o \1 tJ n D o c n u \l U '11 tJ D )1 ~ o Ll o 8 C D Q M U SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the follOWIng: 1 Steel Ladders. 2 PIpe railIngs 3 Miscellaneous steel fabncatIOns 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For the followmg: 1 Grout. B Shop Drawmgs. For all Items m paragraph 1 lA above, mclude plans, elevatIOns, sectIons, details of mstallatIOn, and attachments to other Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General ProvIde matenals WIth smooth, flat surfaces WIthout blermshes. B Ferrous Metals: 1 Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Steel Tubmg: Cold-formed steel tubmg complymg WIth ASTM A 500 3 Steel PIpe: ASTM A 53, standard weIght (Schedule 40), unless another weIght IS mdIcated or reqUIred by structural loads. 4 Concrete Inserts. Threaded or wedge type; galvamzed ferrous castmgs, eIther ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. ProVIde bolts, washers, and shIms as needed, hot-dIp galvamzed per ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous MetaL Fast-curmg, lead- and chromate-free, umversal modIfied-alkyd primer complying WIth performance reqUIrements m FS TT-P-664 and compatible WIth fimsh paInt systems indIcated. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners. Type 304 or 316 staInless-steel fasteners for extenor use and zmc-plated fasteners WIth coatIng complymg WIth ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built mto extenor walls, of type, grade, and class reqUIred by applicatIon mdIcated. B Grout: Unless otherwIse mdicated on DrawIngs, provIde SImilar to Masterflow 928 by Master Builders TechnologIes, and a pre-packaged natural aggregate grout, rmxed, placed and cured as recommended by the manufacturer C Concrete Fill. Comply with reqUIrements In Division 3 SectIon "Cast-m-Place Concrete" for normal-weIght, aIr-entraIned, ready-rm~ concrete with a rmnimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwIse mdIcated. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05500 - 1 2.4 FABRICATION A. ConnectIOns, General Use connectIOns that mamtam structural value of Jomed pIeces. 1 Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs. 2 Weld corners and seams contmuously Use matenals and methods that mimrmze dIstortIOn and develop strength and corrOSIOn resIstance of base metals. Obtam fuSIOn wIthout undercut or overlap Remove weldmg flux ImmedIately FImsh exposed welds smooth and blended. 3 Fabncate Jomts that will be exposed to weather m a manner to exclude water, or provIde weep holes. 4 Form exposed connectIons wIth haIrlIne Jomts, flush and smooth, usmg concealed fasteners where possible. Locate Jomts where least conspICUOUS. B Steel Ladders Comply WIth ANSI AI4.3, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 1 SIderails: Contmuous, 3/8-by-2-l/2-Inch steel flat bars, WIth eased edges, spaced 24 mches apart. 2. Bar Rungs. 3/4-mch- dIameter steel bars, spaced 12 mches 0 C maXImum. a. FIt rungs III centerlIne of SIde rails by mortismg; plug-weld and gnnd smooth on outer rail faces. 3 Support each ladder at top and bottom WIth welded or bolted steel brackets. SIze brackets to support deSIgn loads specIfied In ANSI A14.3 C. Loose Beanng and LevelIng Plates Fabncate loose beanng and levelmg plates for steel Items beanng on masonry or concrete constructIon. Drill plates to receIve anchor bolts and for groutmg. 1 GalvanIze plates after fabncatIOn. D Miscellaneous Frarmng and Supports. Fabncate steel frarmng and supports that are not a part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work from structural steel of welded constructIOn. Cut, drill, and tap umts to receIve hardware, hangers, and SImilar items. 1 Where mdicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, eqUIp WIth mtegrally welded anchors at 24 mches o.c 2. Fabncate steel pipe columns constructIOn WIth steel baseplates and top plates welded to pIpe WIth fillet welds the same SIze as pIpe wall thIckness, unless otherwIse mdIcated. E. Pipe Railmgs. ASTM A 53, Type F or Type S, Grade A, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another grade and weIght are reqUIred by structural loads. Pamt fimsh, color as selected, per DIvision 9 Capable of withstandmg the following structural loads WIthout exceedIng the allowable design working stress of matenals mvolved. 1 Top Rail of Guards. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applIed at any pOInt and many dIrection, and a umform load of 50 lbf/ft. applIed honzontally and concurrently with umform load of 100 lbf/ft. applIed vertIcally downward. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently 2. Handrails Not ServIng as Top Rails. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applIed at any point and in any directIon, and a unIform load of 50 lbf/ft. applIed m any dIrectIOn. Concentrated and unIform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently 3 Infill Area of Guards. Horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf applIed to 1 sq ft. at any point m system, includmg panels, mtermedIate rails, balusters, or other elements composing mfill area. Load on mfill area need not be assumed to act concurrently WIth loads on top rails. F ProVIde all other steel and Items shown on drawmgs, not specified elsewhere. Fabncate accurately LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05500 - 2 D ,0 IU EJ '0 o D o D D o 'U 1:1 D D D' o u a n W 2.5 r U n w n U FINISHES A. FmIsh metal fabncatIOns after assembly Comply wIth NAAMM's "Metal Fimshes Manual for ArchItectural and Metal Products" for recommendatIOns for applymg and desIgnatmg fimshes. Shop pnme ferrous-metal Items not mdicated to be galvamzed. 1 Hot-dIp galvanize Items indIcated to be galvamzed to comply wIth ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153/A 153M as applIcable. 2. PreparatIon for Shop Pnrmng: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply WIth SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleanmg." 3 Apply shop pnmer to comply WIth SSPC-PA 1, "Pamt ApplIcatIOn SpecIficatIOn No 1," for shop pamtmg. o PART3-EXECUTION 3 1 INST ALLA TION r' LJ ('1 I i U c c C r u r tJ ('1 ~J D (i G r o LJ G n u A. GeneraL ProVIde anchorage deVIces and fasteners for secunng metal fabncatIons to m-place constructIon. Perform cuttIng, drillmg, and fittmg required for mstallmg metal fabncatIOns. Set metal fabncatIOns accurately m locatIon, WIth edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true 1 ProVIde temporary bracmg or anchors in formwork for Items that are to be built mto concrete, masonry, or similar constructIon. 2. Fit exposed connectIOns accurately together Weld connectIOns, unless otherwIse mdIcated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvamzed surfaces. B Set beanng and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces usmg wedges, shIms, or levelIng nuts. After beanng members have been posItIoned and plumbed, tIghten anchor bolts and pack WIth grout. C PIpe Railmgs 1 General. Fabncate to deSIgn, dimenSIOns, and details mdIcated, but not less than that reqUIred to support structural loads. 2. Prevent galvamc action and other forms of corrOSIon by msulatmg metals and other matenals from dIrect contact WIth incompatible materials. 3 Form changes m dIrectIon of railing members by bendmg, rmtenng, or msertmg prefabncated flush-elbow fittmgs. 4 Welded ConnectIOns: Connect handrail and railIng members by weldmg. Cope and weld or use welded-m fittmgs. Weld connectIOns contmuously 5 Nonwelded Connections. Connect handrail and railmg members WIth concealed mechanical fasteners and fittmgs. 6 Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors. Fabncate wall brackets, flanges, rmscellaneous fittings, and anchors to connect handrails and railmgs to other work. a. Cast or form metal of same matenal and fmIsh as rails. b For galvanIzed handrails and railings, fabricate galvanIzed brackets, flanges, fittings, and anchors. c Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members WIth prefabricated end fittings. d. ProVIde wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails. D Touch up surfaces and fimshes after erectIOn. 1 Pamted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connectIons, and abraded areas and touch up paint WIth the same material as used for shop pamtIng. 2. Galvanized Surfaces. Clean field welds, bolted connectIOns, and abraded areas and repaIr galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780 END OF SECTION 05500 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 05500 - 3 o \l U o r U C o u c r1 U o p u o (1 tLJ n c o C R G o SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the followmg: 1 Roof msulatIOn. 2 Wall msulatIon. 3 Vapor retarders. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FIre-Test-Response CharactenstIcs ProVIde msulatIOn and related matenals WIth the fire-test- response charactenstIcs mdIcated, as determmed by testmg IdentIcal products per ASTM E 84 for surface-burnmg charactenstIcs and other methods mdIcated WIth product, or by UL or another testmg and mspectmg agency acceptable to authontIes havmg JunsdIctIOn. IdentIfy matenals WIth appropnate markmgs of applIcable testmg and inspectmg agency PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General ProvIde msulatmg matenals that comply WIth reqUIrements and WIth referenced standards and, for preformed umts, m SIzes to fit applIcatIOns mdIcated, selected from manufacturer's standard thIcknesses, WIdths, and lengths. B Roof InsulatIOn. Faced fiberglass blanket msulatIOn. The composItIOn matenal of facing, adheSIve, and fiberglass blanket shall have a UL flame spread ratmg of 25 of less and, smoke developed 50 or less, based on testmg methods confOrmIng to UL 723 or ASTM-E-84 1 Mimmum InsulatIon DenSIty. 0 06 lbs. per CUbIC foot. 2. Width. 72 mches. 3 InsulatIOn ReSIstance Values. ProVIde msulatIOn of thIckness reqUIred to attam ReSIstance 'R' values as established by the NatIonal Mineral Wool InsulatIOn ASSSOCIatIOn. a. Buildmg Roof' R-19 4 Face msulatIOn on one SIde WIth whIte color vapor bamer JT Johnson Company's J-600 Polypropylene-Scnm MetalIzed Polyester 5 Thermal Blocks for Roof ApplIcation. Extruded polystyrene thermal spacers. a. Density. 2.5 PCF b Thickness. Y2 Inch minimum. 6 Tnm Strips. a. MateriaL RIgid PVC b Gauge' 0 030 c. Width. 4 Inches. d. Color WhIte to match vapor barrier facmg. 7 BasIs-of-DesIgn Product: The deSIgn for roof msulatIon IS based on products by JT Johnson Company SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, proVIde either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers speCIfied. a. CertamTeed b Celotex c Manville d. Owens-Cornmg Fiberglass LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07210 -1 2.2 e. Koppers C Wall InsulatIOn. Faced Fiberglass Batts. ConsIstmg of fibers manufactured from glass 1 Faced Fiberglass Batt InsulatIOn. ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A, Category 1, faced wIth foil-scnm-kraft, foil-scnm, foil-scnm-polyethylene, or polypropylene-scnm metalIzed polyester vapor-retarder membrane on one face a. Buildmg walls 2. InsulatIOn ResIstance Values ProvIde msulatIon of thIckness reqUIred to attam ResIstance 'R' values as establIshed by the NatIOnal Mineral Wool Insulation AsssocIatIOn. a. Buildmg walls R-19 3 Available Manufacturers SubJect to complIance wIth reqUIrements, manufacturers offenng products that may be mcorporated mto the Work mclude, but are not lImIted to a. J T Johnson b CertamTeed c Celotex d. Manville e. Owens-Cornmg Fiberglass f. Koppers D Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure senSItIve tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealIng Jomts and penetratIOn m vapor retarder OTHER MATERIALS A. ProvIde msulatIOn accessones and other matenals not specIfically described but reqUIred for a complete and proper mstallatIOn. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. General. Install msulatIon to comply WIth msulatIOn manufacturer's wntten mstructIOns applIcable to products and applIcatIOn mdIcated. Extend insulatIOn m thickness mdIcated to envelop entIre area to be insulated. Cut and fit tIghtly around obstructIons and fill VOIds WIth InsulatIon. Remove proJectIons that mterfere WIth placement. B Protect top surface of pemneter under-slab msulatIOn from damage during concrete work by applymg protectIon board. C. InstallatIOn of General BuildIng Insulation. Apply msulatIon umts to substrates by method mdIcated, complymg with manufacturer's written mstructIons. If no speCIfic method IS mdIcated, bond unItS to substrate with adhesive or use mechamcal anchorage to prOVIde permanent placement and support of unItS. 1 Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathIng) msulatIon umts by applying adheSIve, mastIc, or sealant to edges of each unIt to form a tight seal as unItS are shoved mto place. Fill VOIds in completed mstallation WIth adheSIve, mastIc, or sealant. 2. Set vapor-retarder-faced units WIth vapor retarder to warm SIde of constructIOn, unless otherwIse indicated. Do not obstruct ventilatIOn spaces, except for firestoppmg. a. Tape Joints and ruptures m vapor retarder, and seal each contmuous area of insulatIon to surroundIng construction to ensure airtight mstallation. 3 Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavitIes formed by frarmng members accordmg to the followmg reqUIrements. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07210 - 2 D C ,D o [J o D o o tJ o o c n o o o o f~' o r u [j iq LJ C n v 4 a. Use blanket wIdths and lengths that fill the cavItIes formed by frarmng members. If more than one length is reqUIred to fill cavIty, provIde lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b Place blankets m cavItIes formed by frarmng members to produce a fnctIon fit between edges of msulatIOn and adJOImng frarmng members. For metal-framed wall cavItIes where cavIty heIghts exceed 96 mches support unfaced blankets mechamcally and support faced blankets by tapmg staplmg flanges to flanges of metal studs r ~J END OF SECTION 07210 c " j' W 11 U C rl Lj \0] ~J Cl ) \ LJ f4 \ U r u c c n . \ G LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07210 - 3 c\ c 8 o u n r u o J o C 1-1 U C D, n LJ c' o o rl LJi n o SECTION 07411- METAL ROOF AND WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1.2 A. B C 1.3 A. B C D E. F 14 A. 1.5 A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the followmg: 1 Factory-formed and field-assembled, prefimshed standmg-seam metal roof panels. 2. Factory-formed and field-assembled, prefimshed metal wall panels. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Wind uplIft: ReSIstance to wmd uplIft from WInds 80 mph, exposure B Snow load. Panels shall have a rmmmum snow load capaCIty of 25 psf. Meet FM Class 1-60, rmmmum. SUBMITTALS Product Data. For each type of metal panel and accessory mdIcated. Samples For each exposed fimsh, 2 foot long sectIon of panel m color speCIfied. InstallatIon InstructIOns and/or dIagrams. MatenaI certificates. Product test reports. Mamtenance data. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer QualIficatIons. The Installer of the system shall be factory tramed and authonzed by the manufacturer to mstall the product speCIfied herem. Evidence of manufacturer's certIficatIon for this proj ect will be required. WARRANTY A. SpeCIal Warranty. Manufacturer's standard form m whIch manufacturer agrees to repaIr Or replace components of metal roof panel assemblIes that fail in materials or workmanshIp wIthin specified warranty penod. 1 Failures mclude, but are not lrrmted to, the following: a. Structural failures, mcludmg rupturing, crackmg, or punctunng. b DetenoratIon of metals, metal fimshes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Penod. ThIrty (30) years from date of delIvery to proJect SIte. B SpeCIal Warranty on Panel Fimshes: Manufacturer's standard form m WhICh manufacturer agrees to repaIr fimsh or replace metal roof panels that show eVIdence of detenoratIOn of factory-applied finishes WIthIn speCIfied warranty period. DeterioratIOn Includes peelmg, checkmg, cracking, chippmg, chalkmg, and/or color fadmg or changmg. 1 Warranty Penod. ThIrty (30) years from date of mstallatIon of the fimsh coated product. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07411 - 1 C Special Contractor's Warranty. The contractor shall warrant that the standmg seam roofing system IS free from defectIve matenals and workmanshIp for a penod of two (2) years followmg the date of SubstantIal CompletIon. While roofing IS under warranty, repaIrs shall be performed by the contractor wIthm 7 days after notIficatIOn, unless addItIonal tIme IS approved by Owner Failure to perform repaIrs WIthIn the specIfied penod of tIme will result constItute grounds for haVIng repaIrs performed by others and the cost billed to the contractor PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. In other Part 2 artIcles where tItles below Introduce lIsts, the followmg reqUIrements apply for product selectIOn. 1 Available Manufacturers SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, manufacturers offenng products that may be Incorporated mto the Work Include, but are not lIrmted to, the following: a. IMSA Buildmg Products. b AEP-Span. c. Bemdge Manufacturmg Company d. ASC Profile e. Custom Bilt Metal, Inc. f. Fabral, Inc 2.2 ROOF PANELS A. Standmg-Seam, Ribbed Roof Panels. Manufacturer's standard standmg seam roof panel similar to "MultiLok 24" by IMSA coated steel sheets prepamted WIth coil coatIng, factory formed to prOVIde 24-mch coverage; with 3-mch- hIgh (including seam), raIsed trapeZOIdal maJor ribs at panel edges, and intermedIate stIffening ribs symmetrically spaced between major ribs for full length of paneL 1 Approved for roof slope indIcated on DraWIngs. 2. Clip System. FloatIng to accommodate thermal movement. B Roof Panel Accessones. PrOVIde components reqUIred for a complete roof panel assembly includmg trim, copmgs, fasciae, mullIons, sills, corner umts, ndge closures, clIps, seam covers, battens, flashmgs, gutters, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure stnps, and sIrmlar Items. Match materials and finishes of roof panels, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 1 ClIps: Mimmum 0 0625-mch- thIck, galvamzed steel panel clIps deSIgned to WIthstand negatIve-load reqUIrements. 2. Cleats. MechanIcally seamed cleats formed from mmunum 0 0250-mch- thick, stainless- steel or nylon-coated alurmnum sheet. 3 Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where panels attach dIrectly to purIms, proVIde Y2 inch- thICk, thermal spacer blocks, fabncated from extruded polystyrene. C Extenor Finish. Coil coating. 1 Fluoropolymer System. 2-coat, thermocured system WIth fluoropolymer color topcoat contaIning not less than 70 percent polyvmylidene fluonde reSIn by weIght, WIth a total rmnimum dry film thickness of 1 mil and 30 percent reflectIve gloss when tested accordmg to ASTM D 523 2. Colors, Textures, and Glosses' As selected from manufacturer's full range. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07411 - 2 o o o o o D o o o t o ,0 Q n u o o ,0 c o n u C C C C ft- LJ fJ r u fl U N G r u ('1 LJ 1" 'LJ ;'4 L fi U o rj U o o D Concealed FImsh. Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard whIte or lIght-colored backer fimsh, consIstmg of pnme coat and wash coat wIth a total rmmmum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.3 WALL PANELS A. Wall Panels. Manufacturer's standard panel ribbed wall panel sImilar to "Super Span" by IMSA Buildmg Products Inc 26 ga coated steel sheets prepamted wIth cOlI coatmg, factory formed to proVIde 36 mch coverage wIth 1-1/4 mch trapeZOIdal maJor ribs at 12" o.c and one rmnor rib between each maJor rib DesIgn panels for mechamcal attachment to structure usmg exposed fasteners, lappmg maJor ribs at panel edges. B Wall Panel Accessones. PrOVIde components reqUIred for a complete wall panel assembly, mcludmg trIm, copmgs, mullIons, sills, corner umts, clIps, seam covers, battens, flashmgs, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure StrIpS, and SImilar Items. Match matenals and fimshes of panels. c Exposed Fimsh for Extenor Panels Coil coatmg. 1 Fluoropolymer System. 2-coat, thermocured system WIth fluoropolymer color topcoat contammg not less than 70 percent polyvmylIdene fluonde resm by weIght, WIth a total rmmmum dry film thIckness of 1 mil and 30 percent reflectIve gloss when tested according to ASTM D 523 2. Colors, Textures, and Glosses. As selected from manufacturer's full range. 24 PANELS GENERAL A. Concealed Fimsh. Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard whIte or lIght-colored backer fimsh, consIstmg of pnme coat and wash coat WIth a total rmmmum dry film thIckness of 0.5 mil. B Single Source: Roof panels, and flashmgs, tnm, closure stnps, caps and SImilar sheet metal accessones used m conJunctIon WIth pre-formed roof panel system shall be the product of a smgle manufacturer, and shall be the same material and fimsh as used for panels. C Panel lengths. PrOVIde full length panels from roofndge to eaves. D Panel Sealants. 1 Jomt Sealant: ASTM C 920; as recommended m wntmg by metal roof panel manufacturer 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Roof Panel Accessones: PrOVIde components reqUIred for a complete metal roof panel assembly includmg tnm, copings, faSCIa, corner umts, ndge closures, clIps, flashmgs, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure stnps, and similar Items. Match matenal and fimsh of metal roof panels, unless otherwIse indicated. 1 Closures: PrOVIde closures at eaves and ndges, fabncated of same metal as metal roof panels. 2. Closure Stnps. Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; rmnimum l-inch- thICk, flexible closure stnps, cut or pre-molded to match metal roof panel profile. PrOVIde closure stnps where mdICated or necessary to ensure weathertIght constructIon. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07411 - 3 26 B Roof and Wall FlashIng and Tnm. Formed from 0 0239-Inch- rmmmum thIckness, metallIc- coated steel sheet. ProvIde flashIng and tnm as reqUIred to seal agamst weather and to provIde fimshed appearance. LocatIons mclude eaves, rakes, comers, bases, framed opemngs, ndges, fascIa, and fillers. Fimsh flashIng and trIm WIth same finish system as adJacent metal roof panels. o D o o D D \t] o o D o Q o ,0' D ,0 U D o F ABRICA TION A. GeneraL Fabncate and fimsh metal panels and accessones at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill mdIcated performance reqUIrements demonstrated by laboratory testmg, Comply WIth indIcated profiles and WIth dImensIOnal and structural reqUIrements. B PrOVIde panel profile, mcludmg maJor ribs and intermediate stIffemng ribs, If any, for full length of paneL C Where mdIcated, fabncate metal roof panel Jomts WIth factory-mstalled captIve gaskets or separator stnps that prOVIde a tIght seal and prevent metaI-to-metal contact, m a manner that will rmmrmze nOIse from movements WIthIn panel assembly D Sheet Metal Accessones. Fabncate flashIng and trIm to comply WIth recommendatIOns m SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the deSIgn, dImensIOns, metal, and other charactenstIcs of Item mdicated. E. Protect mechamcal and pamted fimshes on exposed surfaces from damage by applYIng a stnppable, temporary protective covenng before shIppmg. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 3.2 PREP ARA TION A. Install flashmgs and other sheet metal to comply WIth reqUIrements speCIfied In DIVISIon 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashmg and Tnm." METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General. PrOVIde metal roof panels of full length from eave to ndge, unless otherwIse mdicated or restricted by shippmg lIrmtatIOns. Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place, WIth prOVISIons for thermal and structural movement. 1 Field cuttIng of metal roof panels by torch is not permItted. 2. RIgIdly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ndge end free movement due to thermal expanSIOn and contractIon. Predrill panels. 3 PrOVIde metal closures at peaks, rake edges and each side of ndge and hIp caps. 4 Flash and seal metal roof panels WIth weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at penmeter of all opemngs. Fasten WIth self-tapping screws. 5 Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splIces and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condItion. 6. Lap metal flashing over metal roof panels to allow mOIsture to run over and off the material. B Metal Protection. Where dIssimilar metals will contact each other or corrOSIve substrates, protect agamst galvamc actIOn by paIntIng contact surfaces WIth bIturmnous coatmg, by applying rubbenzed-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separatIon as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07411 - 4 n u c c c o o o c o o n U o c r: u o o o D o C Jomt Sealers. Install gaskets, Jomt fillers, and sealants where IndIcated and where reqUIred for weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblIes. 1 Seal metal roof panel end laps wIth double beads of tape or sealant, full wIdth of panel Seal sIde Jomts where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer 2 Prepare Jomts and apply sealants to comply wIth reqUIrements m DIvIsIOn 7 SectIOn "Jomt Sealants." 3.3 FIELD-ASSEMBLED METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. Standmg-Seam Metal Roof Panels. Fasten metal roof panels to supports wIth concealed clIps at each standIng-seam Jomt at locatIOn, spacmg, and wIth fasteners recommended by manufacturer 1 Install clIps to supports WIth self-tappmg fasteners. 2. Snap Jomt: Nest standmg seams and fasten together by mterlockmg and completely engagmg factory-applIed sealant. 3 4 WALL PANEL INST ALLA TION A. Fasten wall panels to steel framed wall m accordance wIth manufacturer's recommendatIOns. 3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General Install accessones wIth posItIve anchorage to bUIldmg and weathertIght mountmg and prOVIde for thermal expanSIOn. Coordinate mstallatIOn wIth flashmgs and other components. 1 Install components reqUIred for a complete metal roof panel assembly IncludIng tnm, copmgs, ndge closures, seam covers, flashIngs, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure StrIpS, and sImilar Items. 2. Comply wIth performance reqUIrements, manufacturer's wntten mstallatIon InstructIons, and SMACNA's "ArchItectural Sheet Metal Manua1." PrOVIde concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to lme and level as mdIcated. Install work wIth laps, JOInts, and seams that will be permanently watertIght and weather resistant. 3 PrOVIde elbows at base of downspouts to dIrect water away from buildmg. 3 6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protectIve covermgs and stnppable films, If any, as metal roof panels are mstalled, unless otherWIse mdIcated m manufacturer's wntten mstallatIon mstructIOns On completIon of metal roof panel mstallatIon, clean fimshed surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer Mamtam m a clean conditIon dunng constructIOn. END OF SECTION 07411 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07411 - 5 n LJ c c o " L; ri U C n \ I . U r \J n lJ fI lJ n G c n " LJ n LJ o h t-Y 1\ W o SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn includes the followmg: 1 Formed wall flashmg and trIm. 2. Roof Dramage System 1.2 WARRANTY A. The contractor shall warrant that the flashIng and sheet metal IS free from defectIve matenals and workmanshIp for 2 years from the date of SubstantIal CompletIon. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal FlashIng and Tnm Standard. Comply WIth SMACNA's "ArchItectural Sheet Metal ManuaL" Conform to dImensIOns and profiles shown unless more stnngent reqUIrements are mdIcated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 1 SHEET METALS A. Formed Gutters. Prepamted, MetallIc-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallIc coated by the hot-dIp process and prepamted by the coil-coatIng process to comply WIth ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1 Zinc-Coated (GalvanIzed) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90(Z275) coatmg deSIgnatIon, structural qualIty 2. Exposed Fimshes. Apply the folloWIng coil coatIng: a. High-Performance Orgamc FImsh. Two -coat thermocured system contamIng not less than 70 percent polyvmylIdene fluonde resin by weIght; complymg WIth physIcal propertIes and coatmg performance reqUIrements of AAMA 2604, except as modIfied for below' b Color To match prefimshed metal roofing. B Wall flashIng, trim, and downspouts Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G90 coatIng deSIgnatIOn, structural qualIty, mill phosphatIzed for field paIntmg. 1 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coatmg designation, structural qualIty 2. Exposed finIsh. Pamted WIth color as selected. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General. Provide matenals and types of fasteners, solder, weldmg rods, protectIve coatmgs, separators, sealants, and other rmscellaneous items as reqUIred for complete sheet metal flashIng and trim installation. B Fasteners Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tappmg screws, self-Iockmg nvets and bolts, and other sUItable fasteners designed to WIthstand design loads. 1 Fasteners for FlashIng and Tnm. BlInd fasteners Of self-drillIng screws, gasketed, WIth hex washer head. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07620 - 1 2. BlInd Fasteners. High-strength stainless-steel nvets. C Elastomenc Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomenc silIcone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classIficatIOns reqUIred to seal Jomts m sheet metal flashIng and tnm and remam watertIght. 2.3 F ABRICA TION, GENERAL A. General. Custom fabncate sheet metal flashIng and trIm to comply WIth recommendatIOns m SMACNA's "ArchItectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to deSIgn, dImensIOns, metal, and other charactenstIcs of Item mdIcated. Shop fabncate Items where practicable Obtam field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabncatIOn. B Fabncate sheet metal flashmg and trIm without exceSSIve oil canning, bucklIng, and tool marks and true to lIne and levels mdIcated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1 Seams Fabricate nonmoving seams m accessones WIth flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder C Sealed Jomts: Form nonexpansion but movable Jomts m metal to accommodate elastomenc sealant to comply WIth SMACNA recommendatIOns. D ExpansIOn ProVIsIOns: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansIOn prOVISIOns m the Work cannot be used, form expansIOn Joints of mtermeshmg hooked flanges, not less than 1 mch deep, filled WIth elastomenc sealant concealed WIthIn Jomts. E. Conceal fasteners and expanSIOn proVIsIons where possible on exposed-to-vIew sheet metal flashmg and tnm, unless otherwIse mdIcated. F Fabncate cleats and attachment deVIces from same matenal as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrOSIve metal, and m thIckness not less than that of metal bemg secured. G Base FlashIng: Fabricate from the following material. 1 Galvanized Steel. 0 0239-mch thick. H. Gutters: Formed from 00239-mch- rmmmum thIckness, metallIc-coated steel sheet. Match profile of gable tnm, complete WIth end pIeces, outlet tubes, and other specIal pIeces as required. Fabricate m rmnimum 96-inch- long sectIOns, sized accordmg to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal ManuaL" FurnIsh gutter supports spaced 36 inches 0 c., fabncated from same metal as gutters. Fimsh gutters to match metal roof panels. 1. Downspouts. Formed from 0 0239-inch- rmmmum thIckness, metallIc-coated steel sheet; m 10- foot- long sections, complete WIth formed elbows and offsets. Fmish WIth pamt. 2.4 WALL SHEET METAL F ABRICA TIONS A. Opemngs Flashing m Frame ConstructIOn. Fabncate head, sill, and SImilar flashIngs to extend 4 mches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing WIth 2-mch- hIgh end dams. Fabncate from the followmg material. 1 Galvanized Steel. 0 0239-mch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 INSTALLATION, GENERAL LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07620 - 2 n u o o o lJ o D o o o C o o o o o [] o o o o o n u o o o o c o o o G C o o n U o c 3.2 A. General. Anchor sheet metal flashmg and trIm and other components of the Work securely m place, WIth provIsIons for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, weldmg rods, protectIve coatIngs, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous Ifems as reqUIred to complete sheet metal flashIng and tnm system. 1 Torch cuttmg of sheet metal flashIng and tnm IS not permItted. B Metal ProtectIOn. Where dIssIrmlar metals will contact each other or corrOSIve substrates, protect agamst galvamc actIOn by pamtmg contact surfaces wIth bIturmnous coatmg or by other permanent separatIon as recommended by fabncator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals C Install exposed sheet metal flashIng and tnm wIthout exceSSIve oil cannmg, bucklmg, and tool marks. D Install sheet metal flashIng and tnm true to lIne and levels mdIcated. ProVIde umform, neat seams wIth rmmmum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashIng and trIm to fit substrates and to result m watertIght performance. Venfy shapes and dImenSIOns of surfaces to be covered before fabncatmg sheet metal. 1 Space cleats not more than 12 mches apart. Anchor each cleat wIth two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. F ExpanSIOn ProvlSlons ProVIde for thermal expanSIOn of exposed flashIng and trIm. Space movement Jomts at a maXImum of 10 feet wIth no Jomts allowed wIthm 24 mches of corner or intersectIOn. Where lapped or bayonet-type expanSIOn prOVISIOns cannot be used or would not be suffiCIently watertight, form expanSIOn Jomts of mtermeshmg hooked flanges, not less than 1 mch deep, filled wIth elastomenc sealant concealed wIthm Jomts. G Fasteners. Use fasteners of SIzes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 mches for nails and not less than 3/4 mch for wood screws. 1 Galvamzed or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel. Use stamless-steel fasteners H. Seal Jomts WIth elastomenc sealant as reqUIred for watertIght constructIOn. I. Soldered Jomts. Clean surfaces to be soldered, removmg OIls and foreIgn matter PretIn edges of sheets to be soldered to a WIdth of 1-1/2 mches except where pretInned surface would show m fimshed Work. ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General. Install sheet metal roof dramage Items to produce complete roof dramage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indIcated. Coordmate mstallatIOn of roof penmeter flashIng WIth installation of roof drainage system. B Hangmg Gutters. Jom sectIOns with nveted and soldered Jomts or WIth lapped Jomts sealed with sealant. PrOVIde for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or faSCIa to firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 36 mches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1 Install gutter WIth expanSIOn joints at locations indicated but not exceedmg 50 feet apart. Install expanSIOn Jomt caps. C. Downspouts. Jom sections WIth 1-1/2-mch telescopmg Jomts. PrOVIde fasteners deSIgned to hold downspouts securely 1 mch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approXImately 60 inches o.c in between. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07620 - 3 END OF SECTION 07620 o o o Q U o [J o o o o o o [] o o D 3.3 WALL FLASHING INST ALLA TION A. General. Install sheet metal wall flashIng to mtercept and exclude penetratmg mOIsture accordmg to SMACNA recommendatIons and as mdIcated. Coordmate mstallatIOn of wall flashing wIth mstallatIOn ofwall-opemng components such as wmdows, doors, and louvers. B Openmgs FlashIng: Install contmuous head, sill, and sImilar flashmgs to extend 4 mches beyond wall opemngs. u LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07620 - 4 o n lJ c c c n U Ii U r u o I' U n L n U n U 11 U n (f I I U o (l I U r LJ o SECTION 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes the follOWIng: 1 Roof hatches. 2. Roof mounted explosIOn relIef vent. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each product mdIcated. B Shop Drawmgs. Include plans, elevatIOns, sectIons, details, and attachments to other Work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards. Comply WIth the followmg: 1 SMACNA's "ArchItectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabncatIOn ofumts, mcluding flanges and cap flashmg to coordmate WIth type of roofing mdIcated. 2. NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for mstallmg umts. 3 ExplOSIOn relIef deVIce shall be Factory Mutual lIsted and approved. Umts shall meet NFP A 68 DeSIgn GUIdelmes for DeflagratIOn Vents PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 ROOF HATCH MANUFACTURER A. BasIs-of-DesIgn Product: The deSIgn for roof hatch IS based on O"Keeffe's, Inc., square steel 48" x 48" SIze roof hatch. SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, prOVIde the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1 WillIams Brothers CorporatIOn. 2. Babcock-DavIs. 3 Nystrom Buildmg Products. 4 Bilco. 5 Milcor 6. JL Industnes. 7 Other approved manufacturer ROOF HATCH A. General. Manually operated roof hatch for access through the roof, constructed to operate (open) from both mtenor and exterior Custom fabricate unItS only to extent necessary to comply WIth mdIcated dImenSIOns and other speCIal reqUIrements. B LIve Load and Uphft: Fabncate to wIthstand a rmnlIllum 25-lbf/sq ft. external lIve load and 80-lbf/sq ft. uplIft. C. LId. Steel extenor door and mtenor liner WIth 1 inch fiberglass msulatIon between. D Curb Manufacturer's standard steel curb, 12 mches hIgh, 14 gauge rmn., WIth 4" wide prepunched flange. Curb shall be eqUIpped WIth an mtegral metal cap flashIng and fully heharc welded and weather-tIght corners. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07720 - 1 E. Hatch. FurnIsh pre-assembled mcludmg heavy duty butt hInges, mtenor and extenor padlock hasps, compreSSIOn operated, shock absorbmg hold-open arms, intenor lever handle, extenor T- handle, and a contmuous EPDM weather seal gasket. All fastener shall be zmc plated. Roof hatch shall be self flashIng. F FImsh. Factory pnme WIth red OXIde pnmer 2.3 EXPLOSION VENT MANUFACTURER A. BasIs-of-DesIgn Product: The deSIgn for explosIOn relIef vent IS based on CIS Group's APC DaylIter.xRV-IC, 48" x 96" SIze roof mounted relIef vent as manufactured by Conspec Systems, Inc SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, proVIde the named product or a comparable product by one of the followmg: 1 Other approved manufacturer 2.4 EXPLOSION VENT A. General. 1 Vents shall release automatIcally at an outward pressure of 20 lb/sfusmg Factory Mutual approved release deVIces. 2. PrOVIde tether restramt to elIrmnate umt from bemg thrown from Immediate area dunng an event. 3 FurnIsh relief vents completely assembled, ready for mstallatIOn on the roof structure, and for flashmg into the roofing system. B MatenaIs- 1 Frames. Constructed of ASTM B 221 alloy 6063-T5 alurmnum, rmtered WIth suffiCIent seepage ports. Mill fimsh. 2. Fasteners. CorrOSIOn resistant. 3 Curbs: Constructed WIth a prefabncated alurmnum curb, 3003-H14 alloy sheets. Cubs to be 12 mches hIgh WIth mounting flange and shall mclude manufacturer's standard double wall alurmnum WIth msulatIon. Mill fimsh. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INST ALLA TION A. General. Coordmate mstallatIOn of roof accessories WIth installatIOn of roof deck, roof insulation, flashIng, roofing membranes, penetrations, eqUIpment, and other constructIOn to ensure that combined elements are waterproof and weathertIght. Anchor roof accessories securely to supportmg structural substrates so they are capable of wIthstandmg lateral and thermal stresses, and inward and outward loadmg pressures. B Install in accordance WIth manufacturer's recommendations. C SeparatIOn. Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrOSIve substrates, mcludmg wood, by coatmg concealed surfaces, at locatIons of contact, WIth bIturmnous coating or proVIdmg other permanent separation. D Cap FlashIng: Where reqUIred as component of accessory, install cap flashIng to proVIde waterproof overlap WIth roofing or roof flashIng (as counterflashmg) Seal overlap WIth thIck bead of mastIC sealant. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07720 - 2 o o o o D o o o o o o o o ,0 o o D D o o c o E. OperatIonal Umts Test-operate umts wIth operable components. Clean and lubncate Jomts and hardware. AdJust for proper operatIOn. F Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's wntten mstructIOns. Touch up damaged metal coatmgs. END OF SECTION 07720 n U r1 U c c o c o o G r LJ n LJ r w o c r u LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07720 - 3 o c c n U o rl u c c o o n L o 1\ tJ '11 I ' U o n U I' L I' U c c SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes Jomt sealants for the followmg applIcatIOns, mcludmg those specIfied by reference to thIS SectIOn. 1 Extenor Jomts m vertIcal surfaces and honzontaI nontraffic surfaces. 2 Intenor Jomts in vertIcal surfaces and honzontal nontraffic surfaces. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. ProVIde elastomenc Jomt sealants that establIsh and mamtam watertIght and aIrtIght contmuous Jomt seals WIthout stammg or detenoratmgJomt substrates. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather condItIons. Do no sealant work when rammg or when mOIsture IS present on surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: SubJect to complIance WIth reqUIrements, prOVIde one of the products lIsted mother Part 2 artIcles. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility. PrOVIde Jomt sealants, backmgs, and other related matenals that are compatible WIth one another and WIth Jomt substrates under condItIons of servIce and applIcatIOn, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testmg and field experience. B Colors of Exposed Jomt Sealants: Match best to adJacent surfaces, unless dIrected otherwIse. 2.3 ELASTOMERlC JOINT SEALANTS A. Smgle-Component Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: 1 Products (Basis-of-DesIgn) a. Sika Corporation, ConstructIOn Sealant 2. Products (Comparable): a. Pacific Polymers, Inc. b Tremco, Vulkem. 3 Type and Grade: S (smgle component) and NS (nonsag). 4 Class: 25 5 Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6 Uses Related to Jomt Substrates. M, G, A, and, as applIcable to Jomt substrates mdicated, 0 B Smgle-Component Neutral-Curing SilIcone Sealant: 1 Products (BasIs-of-DesIgn) a. GE SilIcones; SilPruf SCS2000 (baSIS of design). 2. Products (Comparable)' a. Sonneborn, DIVISIOn of ChemRex Inc. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07920 - 1 b Tremco 3 Type and Grade: S (smgle component) and NS (nonsag) 4 Class. 50 5 Use Related to Exposure' NT (nontraffic) 6 Uses Related to Jomt Substrates. M, G, A, and, as applIcable to Jomt substrates mdIcated, 0 24 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General. ProvIde sealant backmgs of matenal and type that are nonstammg; are compatible WIth Jomt substrates, sealants, pnmers, and other Jomt fillers; and are approved for applIcatIOns mdIcated by sealant manufacturer based on field expenence and laboratory testmg. B CylIndrIcal Sealant Backmgs. ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell matenal WIth a surface skm) o (open-cell matenal) B (bIcellular matenal WIth a surface skm) or any of the precedmg types, as approved m wntmg by Jomt-sealant manufacturer for Jomt applIcatIOn mdIcated, and of SIZe and densIty to control sealant depth and otherwIse contribute to producmg optImum sealant performance 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Pnmer Matenal recommended by Jomt-sealant manufacturer where reqUIred for adheSIOn of sealant to Jomt substrates mdIcated, as determIned from preconstructIon Joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backmg matenals, free of oily reSIdues or other substances capable of stammg or harmIng jomt substrates and adJacent nonporous surfaces m any way, and formulated to promote optImum adheSIOn of sealants to Jomt substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstammg, nonabsorbent matenal compatible WIth Jomt sealants and surfaces adJacent to Jomts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Jomts: Clean out joints ImmedIately before mstaIlIngJomt sealants. 1 Remove all foreIgn matenaI from Jomt substrates that could mterfere with adhesion of Jomt sealant. a. Clean porous Jomt substrate surfaces by brushing, gnnding, blast cleaning, mechanical abradmg, or a combmation of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developmg optimum bond WIth Joint sealants. Remove loose partIcles remammg after cleanmg operatIons,above by vacuurmng or blowmg out Jomts WIth oil-free compressed air 2. Remove laItance and form-release agents from concrete. a. Clean nonporous surfaces WIth chermcal cleaners or other means that do not stam, harm substrates, or leave reSIdues capable of interfering WIth adheSIOn of Jomt sealants. B Jomt Prirmng: Pnme Jomt substrates based on preconstructIOn Jomt-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply pnmer to comply wIthjomt-sealant manufacturer's wntten mstructIOns. Confine pnmers to areas of Jomt-sealant bond, do not allow spillage or rmgratIOn onto adjommg surfaces. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07920 - 2 o o n o o o o u o o o o o o o o o o o o c n LJ n LJ n u c o o o n LJ o II. U n U c n u c c c c 3.2 C Maskmg Tape Use maskmg tape where reqUIred to prevent contact of sealant wIth adJoImng surfaces that otherwIse would be permanently stamed or damaged by such contact or by cleanmg methods reqUIred to remove sealant smears. Remove tape ImmedIately after toolIng WIthout dIsturbmgJomt seaL INST ALLA TION A. Sealant InstallatIon Standard. Comply WIth recommendatIOns m ASTM C 1193 for use ofJomt sealants as applIcable to matenals, applIcatIons, and condItIons mdIcated. B Install sealant backmgs of type mdIcated to support ,sealants durmg applIcatIOn and at pOSItIOn reqUIred to produce cross-sectIonal shapes and depths of mstalled sealants relatIve to Jomt wIdths that allow optimum sealant movement capabilIty 1 Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backmgs 2 Do not stretch, twISt, puncture, or tear sealant backmgs. 3 Remove absorbent sealant backmgs that have become wet before sealant applIcatIOn and replace them WIth dry matenals. C Install sealants usmg proven technIques that comply WIth the followmg and at the same tIme backings are installed. 1 Place sealants so they dIrectly contact and fully wet Jomt substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses m each Jomt configuratIOn. 3 Produce umform, cross-sectIonal shapes and depths relatIve to Jomt WIdths that allow optImum sealant movement capabilIty D ToolIng of Nonsag Sealants. ImmedIately after sealant applIcatIOn and before skInnmg or curmg begms, tool sealants accordmg to reqUIrements speCIfied below to form smooth, umform beads of configuratIon mdIcated, to elIrmnate aIr pockets, and to ensure contact and adheSIOn of sealant WIth SIdes ofJomt. 1 Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to Jomts. 2. Use toolmg agents that are approved in wnting by sealant manufacturer and that do not dIscolor sealants or adJacent surfaces. 3 PrOVIde concave Jomt configuration per FIgure 5A m ASTM C 1193, unless otherwIse mdIcated. E. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adJacent to Jomts as the Work progresses by methods and WIth cleanmg materials approved m wntmg by manufacturers of Jomt sealants and of products in whIch Jomts occur END OF SECTION 07920 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 07920 - 3 rr , I U SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES n PART 1 - GENERAL LJ c c c c II u n LJ n u c c n LJ n U r; U r: u [I I U c c r u 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon mcludes steel doors and frames. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Door and Frame Standard. Comply WIth ANSI A 250 8, (formerly SDI-lOO as publIshed by the Steel Door InstItute), unless more stnngent reqUIrements are mdIcated. 1 Where opemng SIzes scheduled are not standard, fabncate frames from standard sectIons and use standard constructIon on doors B Hardware locatIons' Comply WIth ANSI A 250 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: SubJect to complIance with reqUIrements, provIde products by one of the followmg: 1 Ceco Door Products, a Umted Dormmon Company 2. CurrIes Company 3 Mesker Door, Inc. 4 RepublIc Builders Products. 5 Stiles Custom Metal, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets. ASTM A 366/A 366M, CommerCIal Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawmg Steel (DS), Type B, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. B MetallIc-Coated Steel Sheets. ASTM A 653/A 653M, CommerCIal Steel (CS), Type B, WIth an A40 zmc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coatmg; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. 2.3 DOORS A. All Doors. Complymg with ANSI A250 8 for level and model and ANSI A250 4 for physIcaI- endurance level mdIcated. 1 Level 2 and PhYSIcal Performance Level B, Model 1 (Full Flush) 2. Size: 3'0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4' thIck 2.4 FRAMES A. GeneraL ANSI A250 8, conceal fastenings, unless otherwIse mdIcated. B Frame Steel Sheet ThIckness 1 0 053-mch- for level 2 steel doors, unless otherwise indicated. C Supports and Anchors: Not less than 0 042-mch- thIck zmc-coated steel sheet. I Masonry Wall Anchors: 0 177-mch- dIameter, steel WIfe complymg WIth ASTM A 510 may be used m place of steel sheet. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08110 - 1 D Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners Manufacturer's standard umts. Zinc-coat Items that are to be built mto extenor walls accordmg to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applIcable. 25 FABRICATION A. General. Fabncate steel door and frame umts to comply wIth ANSI A250 8 free from defects mcludmg warp and buckle. Where practIcal, fit and assemble umts m manufacturer's plant. B Doors. Fabncate doors, panels, and frames from metallIc-coated steel sheet. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an mtegraI part of door constructIOn or by addItIon of 0 053- mch- thIck, metallIc-coated steel channels wIth channel webs placed even WIth top and bottom edges. C Thermal QualItIeS: Doors shall have thermal U-factor of 0 60 D Core Construction. Manufacturer's standard core constructIOn that produces a door complymg WIth SDI standards. E. Clearances for Non-FIre-Rated Doors. Not more than 1/8 mch at Jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 Inch between paIrS of doors. Not more than 3/4 mch at bottom. F Door-Edge Profile: Square edge, unless beveled edge IS mdIcated. G Tolerances Comply WIth SDI 117 H. Prepare doors and frames to receIve mortIsed and concealed hardware accordmg to final door hardware schedule and templates prOVIded by hardware supplIer Comply WIth applIcable reqUIrements m ANSI A250 6 and ANSI A115 Senes speCIfications for door and frame preparatIOn for hardware. 1. Frame Construction. 1 Fabricate frames with rmtered or coped and contmuously welded corners and seamless face Jomts. PrOVIde temporary spreader bars. 2 PrOVIde terminated stops. J Remforce doors and frames to receIve surface-applIed hardware. DrillIng and tappmg for surface-applIed hardware may be done at ProJect site K. Locate hardware as indicated or, Ifnot mdIcated, according to ANSI A250 8 2 6 FINISHES A. Prime FImsh. Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat ofrust-mhibitmg primer complymg WIth ANSI A250 10 for acceptance cntena. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Placmg Frames. Comply WIth provisions m SDI 105, unless otherwIse indicated. Set frames accurately m positIOn, plumbed, alIgned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leavmg surfaces smooth and undamaged. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08110 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o n u c o o n LJ c c c n u c c c r LJ c n u o rI U n u r u 1 Wall Anchors ProvIde at least three anchors per Jamb For opemngs 90 mches or more m heIght, mstall an addItIonal anchor at hmge and strike Jambs B Door InstallatIOn. Comply wIth ANSI A250 8 ShIm as necessary to comply WIth SDI 122 and ANSI/DHI A115 IG c After mstallation, remove protectIve wrappmgs from doors and frames and touch up pnme coat wIth compatible aIr-drymg pnmer END OF SECTION 08110 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08110 - 3 ~ u SECTION 08361 - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS f' PART 1 - GENERAL U 1 1 SUMMARY r u A. ThIs SectIon mcludes steel sectIOnal overhead doors c 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance' ProVIde doors capable of wIthstandmg the effects of gravIty loads and the followmg loads and stresses WIthout eVIdencmg permanent deformatIon of components 1 Wind Load. Umform pressure (velocIty pressure) of 20 lbfj'sq ft., actmg mward and outward. 2. OperatIOnal LIfe- DesIgn components to operate for not less than 10,000 cycles. a. OperatIon Cycle: One complete cycle begms wIth door m closed posItIon. Door IS then moved to open posItIon and back to closed posItIon. ,n U o r> ~ U 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each product mdIcated. r u B Shop Drawmgs Include plans, elevatIons, sectIOns, details of mstallatIOn, and attachments to other Work. 1 Venfy opemngs by field measurements before fabncatIOn and mdIcate measurements on Shop DraWIngs. n ~ fl LJ C. Samples. Subrmt manufacturer's standard color samples for extenor panel fimsh colors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS c 2.1 MANUFACTURERS t'l I LJ A. BasIs-of-DesIgn Product: The design for sectIOnal overhead door IS based on Overhead Door CorporatIon, Model 432. SubJect to complIance wIth reqUIrements, provIde the named product or a comparable product by one of the follOWIng: 1 Arm-R-LIte Door Manufacturing Co., Inc 2. Clopay Buildmg Products Co 3 Wayne-Dalton Corp 4 Northwest Door, Inc. II IU n LJ 2.2 STEEL DOOR SECTIONS n L~ A. General. Fabricated from galvanized, structural-qualIty commercial steel with minimum yield strength of33,000pSI and complymg wIth ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 zmc coatmg. 1 Steel Sheet Thickness. 0 0239-inch thickness 2. Exterior Section Face: ribbed. n U n B Door Panels: Fabncated from a smgle sheet WIth sections not more than 24 inches high and normnally 2 mches deep Roll horizontal meetmg edges to a contmuous, mterlockmg, keyed, rabbeted, shIplap, or tongue-in-groove weathertight seal, wIth a remforcmg flange return. LJ rr u LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08361 - 1 c C Door SectIons. Enclose open sectIOn wIth not less than 0 064-mch galvamzed steel channel end stiles welded m place. Fabncate wIth not less than 0 064-mch galvamzed mtermedIate stiles, cut to door sectIon profile, spaced at not more than 48 mches o.c., and welded m place. 1 Remforce bottom sectIOn wIth a contmuous channel or angle complymg wIth bottom sectIOn profile. 2 Remforce sectIons wIth contmuous honzontal and dIagonal remforcement of galvamzed steel bars, struts, trusses or stnp steel, formed to depth and bolted or welded m place. 3 Remforce for hardware attachment. 4 InsulatIOn. Insulate Inner core of steel sectIOns wIth ngId cellular polystyrene or polyurethane thermal msulatIon, WIth maXImum flame-spread and smoke-developed mdIces of 75 and 450, respectIvely, accordmg to ASTM E 84, or WIth fiberglass thermal msulatIOn. Enclose msulatIOn completely, WIth no exposed msulatIOn matenal eVIdent. a. InstallatIOn. Foam m place to completely fill Inner core. 5 InSIde Face (back cover)' Steel sheet, 0 0239-mch rmmmum thIckness, or polybonded larmnate D Fabncate sectIOns so fimshed door assembly IS ngId and alIgned, WIth tIght haIrlme Jomts, and free of warp, twISt, and deformatIon. E. Fimsh. Manufacturer's standard thermosettmg fimsh. 1 Color and Gloss. As selected from manufacturer's full range 2.3 TRACKS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES A. Tracks Galvamzed steel track system complymg WIth ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G60 zmc coatmg, SIzed for door SIze and weIght, deSIgned for lIft type mdIcated. 1 ProvIde complete track assembly mcludmg brackets, bracmg, and remforcement for ngId support ofball-beanng roller guIdes for reqUIred door type and SIze. 2. Slope tracks at proper angle from vertIcal or otherwise deSIgn to ensure tIght closure at jambs when door umt is closed. 3 Weld or bolt to track supports. B Track Remforcement and Supports: Galvamzed steel and support members, complymg WIth ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123 Secure, remforce, and support tracks as required for door SIze and weIght to proVIde strength and ngIdIty WIthout sag, sway, and vibratIOn dunng opening and closing of doors. C. Support and attach tracks to opening Jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and attached to wall. Support honzontal (ceiling) tracks WIth contmuous angle welded to track and supported by laterally braced attachments to overhead structural members at curve and end of tracks. D Weatherseals: Replaceable, adJustable, contmuous, compressible weather-strIppmg gaskets of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and at top of overhead door 1 Jamb Seals. ContInuous flexible seals at door Jambs for weathertight mstallation. 2.4 HARDWARE A. General. Heavy-duty, corrOSIon-resIstant hardware, WIth hot-dIP galvanIzed, stamless-steel, or other corrosIOn-resIstant fasteners, to SUIt door type. B Hinges Heavy-duty galvamzed steel hinges, of not less than 0 0747-mch- thIck uncoated steel, at each end stile and at each intermedIate stile, per manufacturer's written recommendatIOns for door size. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08361 - 2 o o o o o o o o D o o o o o o o o o o n \ i u ~ U c o Ii G o n l~ o n U C D c n LJ n LJ o o c (I i U o 1 Attach hmges to door sectIOns through stiles and rails wIth bolts and lock nuts or lock washers and nuts. Use nvets or self-tappmg fasteners where access to nuts IS not possible. Use double-end hInges, where reqUIred, for doors exceedmg 16 feet m WIdth, unless otherwIse recommended by door manufacturer 2. C Rollers Heavy-duty rollers, WIth steel ball bearIngs In case-hardened steel races, mounted WIth varymg proJectIons to SUIt slope of track. 1 Double Hinges. Extend roller shaft through both hInges. 2. Roller Tires. 3-mch- dIameter roller tIres for 3-mch track; 2-mch- dIameter roller tIres for 2-mch track. a. Tire Matena1. Neoprene or bronze. 2.5 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM A. TorSIOn Spnng: OperatIon by counterbalance mechamsm WIth adJustable-tensIOn torSIOn spnngs, fabncated from oil-tempered-steel WIre complymg WIth ASTM A 229/ A 229M, Class II, mounted on cross-header tube or steel shaft. Connect to door WIth galvanized aIrcraft- type lIft cables WIth cable safety factor of at least 5 to 1 Calibrate spnngs for 10,000 cycles rmmmum. B Bracket: Anchor support bracket, as reqUIred to connect statIOnary end of spnng to the wall, to level shaft and prevent sag. 2.6 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS A. Push-up OperatIOn. LIft handles and pull rope for raIsmg and lowenng doors, operatmg WIth not more than 25-lbf lIft or pulL B SlIde Bolt: Fabricate WIth SIde lockmg bolts to engage through slots m tracks for lockIng by padlock, located on smgle-Jamb SIde, operable from mSIde only PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. General. Install door, track, and operating eqUIpment complete WIth necessary hardware, Jamb and head mold stnps, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports. B Fasten vertIcal track assembly to frarmng at not less than 24 mches 0 c. Hang horizontal track from structural overhead frarmng with angle or channel hangers welded and bolt fastened in place. ProvIde sway bracmg, diagonal bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid installatIOn of track and door-operating equipment. C Lubncate bearings and sliding parts; adJust doors to operate easily, free from warp, tWIst, or dIstortion and fitting weathertight for entIre penmeter 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized servIce representatIve to tram Owner's mamtenance personnel to adJust, operate, and maintam doors. Refer to DIVISIon ~ SectIOn "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 08361 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08361 - 3 n \ I U SECTION 08620 - UNIT SKYLIGHTS fl .~ PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY c c A. ThIs SectIOn mcludes factory-assembled umt skylIghts for mstallatIon m low slope roof areas. I Type' Self flashmg wIth mtegral thermal break curb 2. Glazmg: AcrylIc, double glazed. n G 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS r u A. Structural Loads 1 Snow Load. As mdIcated. 2 NegatIve Pressure (UplIft) Load. As mdIcated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS II \ I LJ A. Product Data. For each product mdIcated. n I I LJ' B Shop Drawmgs. Include details of installatIOn. 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE c A. FIre-Test Response CharactenstIcs of Plastic Glazmg: 1 Self-IgnItIon Temperature' 650 deg F(343 deg C) or greater for plastic sheets m thIckness mdicated when tested per ASTM D 1929 2 Smoke ProductIon CharactenstIcs. Comply WIth eIther reqUIrement below' a. Smoke-Developed Index. 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 84 on plastIc sheets m manner mdIcated for use. b Smoke DenSIty. 75 or less when tested per ASTM D 2843 on plastIc sheets m} thIckness mdIcated for use. r LJ r LJ II' I U 1.5 WARRANTY n G' A. SpeCIal Warranty. Manufacturer's standard form m whIch manufacturer agrees to repaIr or replace components of umt skylights that fail m matenals or workmanship WIthIn speCIfied warranty penod. 1 Warranty Period. Ten (10) years from Substantial Completion. r PART 2 - PRODUCTS LJ 2.1 MANUFACTURERS n U A. Basis-of-Design Product: The deSIgn for unit skylight IS based on O"Keeffe's, Inc., Standard Dome, Model SD SubJect to compliance WIth reqUIrements, prOVIde the named product or a comparable product by one of the followmg: I Auburn SkylIghts, Major Industries, Inc. 2. BnstolIte SkylIghts. 3 Dur-Red Products. 4 NaturalIte SkylIght Systems. 5 Plasteco, Inc. 6 Skylme Products, Inc.lSky-LItes. ~ L1 fl LJ c c LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08620 - 1 7 8 Sunglo SkylIghts. Other approved manufacturer 2.2 UNIT SKYLIGHTS A. General Factory-assembled umts that mclude glazmg, extruded-alurmnum glazmg retamers, gaskets, and Inner frames and that are capable of wIthstandmg deSIgn loads mdIcated. B Integral Curb Self-flashIng type. 1 HeIght: .Manufacturer's standard. 2 InsulatIOn. Manufacturer's standard ngId or sermngId type. C Umt Shape and SIze: Rectangular 48" x 96" normnal SIze D AcrylIc Glazmg: ASTM D 4802, thermoformable, monolIthIc sheet, Category as standard WIth manufacturer, Type UV A (formulated WIth UV absorber), FmIsh 1 smooth. 1 Double-Glazmg: a. Outer Glazmg Color' Colorless, transparent. b Inner Glazmg Color WhIte, translucent. E. Glazmg Gaskets. Manufacturer's standard. F Alurmnum Components 1 Sheets ASTM B 209(ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper to SUIt fOrmIng operatIOns and fimsh reqUIrements but WIth not less than the strength and durabilIty of alclad alloy 3005- H25 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221(ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper to SUIt structural and fimsh reqUIrements but WIth not less than the strength and durabilIty of alloy 6063- T52. G Fasteners Same metal as metal bemg fastened, nonmagnetIc stamless steel, or other noncorrOSIVe metal as recommended by manufacturer Finish exposed fasteners to match material being fastened. 1 Where removal of extenor exposed fasteners rmght allow access to buildmg, prOVIde nonremovable fastener heads. H. Condensation ControL Fabncate umt skylights WIth mtegral mternal gutters to hold condensation until it evaporates. 1. ProtectIve Screens: Manufacturer's standard to protect personnel from falls. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. BIturmnous Coatmg: SSPC-Pamt 12, solvent-type, bIturmnous mastic, normnally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, formulated for 15-mil(0 4-mm) dry film thickness per coating. B Mastic Sealant: Polytsobutylene; nonhardemng, nonskInnmg, nondrymg, nonrmgratmg sealant. C. Elastomenc Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses NT, G, A, and (as applIcable to joint substrates indicated) 0; recommended by unit skylight manufacturer and compatible WIth Jomt surfaces. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08620 - 2 n u o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o (I LJ c c n LJ n U c o c r LJ f\ U ~ ~ C n L o c c c o PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Coordmate umt skylIght installatIOn wIth installatIon of substrates, vapor retarders, roof msulatIon, roofing, and flashmg as reqUIred to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly and that combmed elements are waterproof and weathertIght. B Where metal surfaces of umts will contact mcompatible metal or corrOSIve substrates, mcludmg wood, apply bIturmnous coatmg on concealed metal surfaces, or prOVIde other permanent separatIOn recommended m wntmg by umt skylIght manufacturer END OF SECTION 08620 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08620 - 3 o (I u n i : U n LJ n u n \ U c r u c 1'1 U o " I U n I U n I LJ n I U c; u r LJ o c 1 1 1.2 1.3 SECTION 08711 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL SUMMARY A. Work under thIS sectIOn mcludes the complete fimsh hardware reqUIrements for the proJect. QuantItIes, If any, lIsted are for the Contractor's convemence only and are not guaranteed. Items not speCIfically mentIOned, but necessary to complete the work shall be furnIshed, matchIng the Items speCIfied m qualIty and fimsh. B The mformatIOn m this SectIOn establIshes the level of qualIty and the type of fimsh reqUIred. The actual Hardware Schedule for mdIvIdual doors shall be developed by the BIdder-DeSIgn hardware supplIer C. Related SectIOns. 1 Steel Doors and Frames - SectIOn 08110 REFERENCES A. Standards 1 ANSI/BHMA A156 18 - 1993 Matenals and Finishes 2 NFPA 80 - 1995 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows 3 UnderwrIters Laboratones - Buildmg Matenals DIrectory SUBMITTALS A. General ReqUIrements. All Subrmttals shall be m accordance WIth Section 01330, Subrmttals. B Product Data. Subrmt SIX (6) copIes of manufacturer's data for each Item offimsh hardware C Hardware Schedule' Subrmt SIX (6) copIes of a detailed Fimsh Hardware Schedule. The subrmtted Fimsh Hardware Schedule shall indIcate the complete deSIgnation of every Item reqUIred for each door or opemng. D Color Samples. Subrmt SIX (6) set of color charts and phYSIcal samples of each product reqUIring color selectIon. E. Templates: FurnISh hardware templates for each fabncator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. F Key Schedule: A Key Schedule and mdex shall be mcluded m the Finish Hardware subrmttals mdIcating lockmg functIon of each Openmg, for the use of the Owner development of a Keymg System. G Operations and Maintenance Data. Prior to substantial completIon, furmsh Two (2) CopIes of Mamtenance and OperatIOns Manuals, furnIshed in a clearly marked, tabbed, 3-rmged bmder Manuals shall contain final copy of the Finish Hardware Subrmttal, Product Data, Templates, Key Schedule, InstallatIon InstructIons, and Warrantees. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SupplIer FImsh hardware shall be supplIed by a recognIzed builders' hardware supplIer who has been furnIshIng hardware m the same area as the proJect for a penod of not less than five (5) LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08711 - 1.5 16 2.1 years. They shall be a factory authonzed dIstributor of the EXIt DeVIces, Locksets and Door Closers. B Source: Obtam each kmd of Hardware (Butts, Locksets, Door Closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 08711 - o C Installer FImsh hardware shall be mstalled only by expenenced tradesmen m complIance WIth trade umonJunsdIctIOns, eIther at the door and frame fabncatIOn plant or at the proJect sIte. D Regulatory ReqUIrements. 1 All fimsh hardware shall comply WIth applIcable local and/or state current buildmg codes. 2. Hardware for fire-rated openmgs shall also be m complIance WIth all fire buildmg codes applIcable to the dIStnct m whIch the buildmg IS located. ProVIde only hardware whIch has been tested and lIsted by "UL" for the types and SIzes of doors reqUIred, and whIch complIes WIth the reqUIrements of the door and door frame labels. WARRANTY A. Fimsh hardware shall be guaranteed agamst defects m workmanshIp and operatIOn for a penod of one (1) year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer The followmg products shall be guaranteed for pen ods beyond One (1) Year' 1 Locksets - Two (2) years 2. Door Closers - Ten (10) years MAINTENANCE A. PrOVIde One (1) Set of SpeCIal Tools reqUIred for InstallatIOn and AdJustment, whIch shall be delIvered dIrectly to the Owner pnor to substantIal completIon. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. SubJect to compliance WIth reqUIrements, prOVIde products by one of the followmg: B Product Manufacturer McKinney, Hager, Stanley, Bommer Schlage, CorbinlRusswm, Sargent LCN, Norton, 7500 Series, Sargent 280 Senes PreciSIOn, CorbinlRusswin, Sargent, Von Dupnn Tnmco, Glynn Johnson, Hager Glynn-Johnson, Rixson, ABH Pemko, National Guard, Reese Butts Locksets and Cylmders Door Closers Exit Devices Wall and Floor Stops Overhead Stop and Holders Weatherstrip & Thresholds C Finish. Fimsh m general to be: US26D, Satm Stamless Chrome (BHMA 626), except: 1 Extenor Hinges, Door Pulls. US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). 2. Intenor Hinges: US26D (BHMA 652) Satin Chrome over Steel 3 Door Closers. Painted Alurmnum (BHMA 689) 4 Threshold, Weatherstnp & Door Bottoms. As lIsted D Butts: 1 QuantIty (per Leaf)' 3 Each. 2. SIzes: LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION o o c r: u n LJ c n u c r; u c o n LJ (l u c n u "1 G o o o a. 1-3/4" Extenor Doors -- 5 x 4-1/2" 3 Width of Hinges shall be as reqUIre to clear proJectmg trIm or other condItIons to allow maXImum degree of opemng 4 All doors to have non-removable pms (NRP - Set Screw m Barrel) 5 For unusual SIZe or weIght doors, furnIsh type, SIze and quantIty recommended by the hinge manufacturer E. Locksets and Cylmders 1 FurnIsh all Lever Handle Locksets and Latches, style as approved by Owner 2. Backset: 2-3/4" 3 All Locksets and Latchsets shall be lIsted WIth UnderwrIters Laboratones for A label and lesser class doors. 4 PrOVIde Knurled Levers 5 ProvIde Curved LIp Strikes WIth adequate proJectIon to protect door trIm. 6 ProVIde manufacturers standard wrought or plastIc strike boxes. F Door Closers 1 FurnIsh drop plates where reqUIred. 2 ProVIde specIal closer mountmg as reqUIred where mterference WIth weatherstnp or sound seals occur G Stops & Holders 1 FurnIsh Overhead Stop and Holders SIzed as recommended by Manufacturer 2. FurnIsh Overhead Stop and Holders WIth SpecIal ShIms, Brackets, or SpeCIal Template Mountmg where required. 3 Where wall stops are not applIcable, furnIsh floor stops, or Overhead Stops. H. Door Silencers 1 Furnish Rubber Door Silencers for all openmgs not specIfied to have Smoke Gasketmg or WeatherstrIp 2. QuantIty. FurnIsh three (3) for each smgle door frame. 2.2 KEYING A. The Fimsh Hardware SupplIer shall meet WIth the Owner to prepare the permanent keymg schedule. 2.3 PREPARATION A. ExarmnatIon. Exarmne Doors, Frames, and related Items for condItIons that would prevent the proper applIcation of the FinIsh Hardware. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. B Provide solid blockmg for all wall stops. C Fasteners: Check all condItIons and use fastemng deVIces as needed to securely anchor all hardware as per manufacturer's publIshed templates. Self-tapping sheet metal screws aJ.'e not acceptable. 2.4 INST ALLA TION A. Mountmg HeIghts. Mount unItS at heIghts as recommended m "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (1990)" by Doors and Hardware Institute, except as indIcated below Products not specifically covered shall be installed in accordance WIth the manufacturers templates and InstructIOns. LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 08711 - 2.5 1 Hinges. a. Top Hinge: 7-1/4", Top of frame rabbet to centerlme ofhmge b Bottom Hinge' 12-1/4", Bottom of Frame to centerlIne ofhmge c. IntermedIate Hinges: Centered, equal spacmg between top and bottom hmges. 2. Wall Stops. Locate Wall Stops mtended for use wIth Lever Handle Locksets and EXIt DevIces at the Centerlme of the Spmdle or Pull B Install each hardware Item m complIance wIth manufacturer's mstructIOns. 1 Wherever cuttmg and fittmg are reqUIred to mstall hardware surfaces whIch will be pamted or fimshed at a later tIme, mstall each Item completely and then remove and store m a secure place. After completIon of the fimshes, re-mstall each item. 2. Do not install surface-mounted Items until fimshes have been completed on the substrate. 3 FurnIsh Overhead Stop and Holders wIth maXImum degree of opemng that proJect condItIons will allow 4 Locate Floors Stops at maXImum degree of opemng that proJect condItIons will allow Do not locate Floor Stops where they create a hazardous condItIon. Stops should be located no more than 1/3 Door WIdth from the Latch Edge of the Door o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 08711 - o C AdJust and check each operatmg Item of hardware and each door to msure proper operation or functIon of every unit. Replace umts whIch cannot be adJusted to operate freely and smoothly ADmSTMENT A. Wherever hardware mstallation IS made more than one (1) month pnor to acceptance or occupancy, make a final check and adJustment of all hardware Items dunng the week pnor to acceptance or occupancy Clean and lubncate operatmg Items as necessary to restore proper functIOn and fimsh of hardware and doors. AdJust door control deVIces to compensate for final operatIOn of heatmg and ventilatmg eqUIpment. B After mechamcal systems have been balanced, adJust Door Closers to comply WIth followmg CABO/ANSI A1l7 1 - 1992 ReqUIrements. 1 With the door open 70 degrees, the door closer shall be adJusted so that th.e door will take at least three (3) seconds to move to a point where the leadmg edge of the door IS three inches from latching. 2. The maximum force for pushIng or pullmg a door open shall be as follows (these forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices securing the door) a. Fire Doors: The rmmmum opemng force allowable by the appropnate adrmmstratIve authonty b Extenor Doors. 8.5 Ibf. c. Intenor Doors: 5 0 lbf. C Instruct Owner's Personnel m proper adJustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware fimshes. END OF SECTION 08711 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION c r u n \ I LJ r; LJ n U (I U n G (l I i U c n I LJ c n G c n LJ o r' LJ c c c SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. ThIs SectIon mcludes the followmg: 1 Interior gypsum wallboard. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Subcontractor shall be speCIalIst m thIs kmd of work and employ expenenced craftsmen. Must be able to show mstallatIons m satIsfactory condItIon. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Panel SIze, General ProvIde m maXImum lengths and WIdths available that WIll rmmrmze Joints m each area and correspond WIth support system mdIcated. B Walls: Gypsum Wallboard. ASTM C 36 1 Type X. In thIckness mdIcated and WIth long edges tapered. 2 5/8 mch thIckness. 2.2 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Intenor Tnm: ASTM C 1047 1 Cornerbead. Use at outsIde corners. 2. LC-Bead. Use at exposed panel edges. 3 L-Bead. Use where mdIcated or reqUIred. 4 U-Bead. Use where mdIcated or reqUIred. 2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. GeneraL Comply WIth ASTM C 475 B Jomt Tape: 1 Intenor Gypsum Wallboard. Paper C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard. For each coat use formulatIOn that IS compatible WIth other compounds applIed on prevIOUS or for succeSSIve coats. 1 Prefillmg: At open Jomts and damaged surface areas, use settmg-type tapmg compound. 2. Embedding and FIrSt Coat: For embeddmg tape and first coat on Jomts, flanges of tnm accessones, and fasteners, use settmg-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for mstalling paper-faced metal trim accessones. 3 FiJI Coat: For second coat, use settmg-type, sandable topping compounds. 4 Finish Coat: For third coat, use settmg-type, sandable toppmg compounds. 2.4 TEXTURE FINISHES A. Pnmer As recommended by textured fimsh manufacturer LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09260 - 1 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09260 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o B Texture Fimsh. Water-based, Job-rmxed, unaggregated, drYIng-type texture fimsh for spray applIcatIon, compatible WIth Jomt compound. 1 SImilar to a. United States Gypsum Co , Spray Texture Fimsh. 2. Texture' LIght Orange Peel 3 Texture LocatIOn. All exposed mtenor wall and ceilmg surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 1 PANEL PRODUCT INST ALLA TION A. Gypsum Board. Comply WIth ASTM C 840 and GA-216 1 Space screws a maXImum of 12 mches 0 c for vertIcal applIcatIons. 2. On ceilIngs, apply gypsum panels before wall/partItIon board applIcatIon to the greatest extent possible and at nght angles to frarmng, unless otherwIse mdIcated. 3 On partItIons/walls, apply gypsum panels honzontally (perpendIcular to frarmng), unless otherwIse indicated or reqUIred by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and rmmrmze end JOInts. a. Stagger abuttmg end Jomts not less than one frarmng member m alternate courses of board. 4 Smgle-Layer Fastemng Methods Apply gypsum panels to supports WIth steel drill screws. 5 Onent panels to rmmrmze abuttIng square edges, or abuttmg square edges and tapered edges, at Jomts. 3.2 FINISHING A. Installing Tnm Accessones For tnm WIth back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to frarmng WIth same fasteners used for panels. OtherwIse, attach tnm accordm.g to manufacturer's wntten mstructIons. B FimshIng Gypsum Board Panels. Treat gypsum board Jomts, interior angles, edge tnm, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoratIon. 1 Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim havmg flanges not mtended for tape. C. Gypsum Board Fimsh Levels. FImsh panels to levels mdIcated below, accordmg to ASTM C 840, for locations IndIcated. 1 Level4 Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of Jomt compound to tape, fasteners, and tnm flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to VIew 3.3 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface PreparatIon and Primer Prepare and apply pnmer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receIvmg texture fimshes. Apply pnmer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth. B Texture FImsh ApplicatIon. Mix and apply finish usmg powered spray eqUIpment, to produce a unIform texture free of starved spots or other eVIdence of thm applIcatIOn or of applIcatIOn patterns. C. Prevent texture fimshes from cormng mto contact WIth surfaces not mdIcated to receIve texture fimsh by covering them WIth maskmg agents, polyethylene film, or other means. If, despIte o these precautIOns, texture fimshes contact these surfaces, nnmedlately remove droppmgs and overspray to prevent damage, accordmg to texture fimsh manufacturer's wntten recommendatIons. ('! LJ END OF SECTION 09260 o n LJ n U n U II lJ c o n lJ c c c r LJ c o c c LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09260 - 3 o c r I U c c r: u n U c c c n ~ c c c c c I' LJ c c c SECTION 09912 - PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A. Tills SectIon mcludes surface preparatIOn and field pamtmg of exposed extenor and mtenor Items and surfaces. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Samples Three (3) drawn-down samples for each color of each type of finish-coat matenal mdIcated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bencmnark Samples. Manufacturer's standard pamt ChIP for colors as selected by Owner or ArchItect. 1 Fmal approval of color draw-down samples will be as compared to bencmnark samples. 1 4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Store materials not muse m tIghtly covered contamers m a well-ventilated area at a ll11mmum ambIent temperature of 45 deg F Mamtam storage contamers m a clean condItIon, free of foreIgn matenals and resIdue. B Apply waterborne pamts only when temperatures of surfaces to be pamted and surroundmg aIr are between 50 and 90 deg F C Apply solvent-thmned pamts only when temperatures of surfaces to be pamted and surroundmg aIr are between 45 and 95 deg F D Do not apply pamt m snow, ram, fog, or ll11st; or when relatIve hUll11dIty exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew pomt; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. FurnIsh extra pamt matenals from the SalTIe production run as the matenals apphed and m the quantItIes described below Package WIth protectIve covenng for storage and IdentIfy WIth labels describmg contents. Dehver extra matenals to Owner 1 QuantIty. Not less than 1 gal. of each matenal and color apphed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design. Provide paint or pamt systems as manufactured by Benjall11n Moore & Co (Benjall11n Moore), pearl fimsh for mtenor pamt and flat fimsh for extenor pamt, unless otherwIse noted. Subject to comphance wIth reqmrements, provIde products and paint systems by the named manufacturer or a comparable product or pamt system by one of the following: 1 Parker Pamt Co. 2. Coronado Pamt Company (Coronado) 3 Fuller-O'Bnen 4 Pratt & Lambert LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09912 - 1 2.2 5 Cowman & Campbell 6 PPG Industnes, Inc. (PIttsburgh Pamts) 7 Sherwm-Wilhams Co (Sherwm-Wilhams) o o o o o o PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Matenal Compatibihty. ProvIde block fillers, pnmers, and fimsh-coat matenals that are compatible wIth one another and wIth the substrates mdIcated under condItIons of servIce and apphcatIon, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testmg and field expenence B Matenal Quahty. ProvIde manufacturer's best-quahty pamt matenal of the vanous coatmg types specIfied that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for apphcatIOn mdIcated. Pamt-matenal contamers not dIsplaymg manufacturer's product IdentIficatIon will not be acceptable C Colors. As selected from manufacturer's full range 2.3 PREPARATORY COATS A. Extenor Pnmer Extenor alkyd or latex-based pnmer of fimsh coat manufacturer and recommended m wntmg by manufacturer for use with fimsh coat and on substrate mdIcated. 1 Ferrous-Metal and Almrunum Substrates. Rust-mhibItIve metal pnmer 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates. Galvamzed metal pnmer 3 Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate pnmer formulatIOn on substrate mdIcated, use pamt specIfied for fimsh coat. o o B Intenor Pnmer Intenor latex-based or alkyd pnmer of fimsh coat manufacturer and recommended m wntmg by manufacturer for use wIth fimsh coat and on substrate mdIcated. 1 Ferrous-Metal Substrates. Quick drying, rust-mhibItIve metal pnmer 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates. GalvanIzed metal primer 3 Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate pnmer folinulatlOn on substrate indIcated, use pamt specIfied for fimsh coat. o o o o o o PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICA nON A. Comply WIth procedures specIfied m PDCA P4 for mspectIOn and acceptance of surfaces to be pamted. B Coordmation of Work: ReVIew other Sections m whIch pnmers are proVIded to ensure compatibihty of the total system for varIOUS substrates. On request, furnIsh mformatIOn on charactenstIcs of fimsh matenals to ensure use of compatible pnmers. c. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machmed surfaces, hghtmg fixtures, and similar Items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal IS ImpractIcal or Impossible because of SIze or weIght of the Item, proVIde surface-apphed protectIOn before surface preparatIOn and pamtmg. 1 After completmg pamtmg operatIons m each space or area, remstallltems removed usmg workers skilled in the trades mvolved. o o D Surface PreparatIOn. Clean and prepare surfaces to be pamted accordmg to manufacturer's written instructions for each partIcular substrate condItion and as specIfied. 1 ProVIde bamer coats over mcompatible pnmers or remove and repnme. o o LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09912 - 2 o c 2. CementItIous Matenals. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dIrt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as reqUIred to remove glaze If hardeners or sealers have been used to Improve cunng, use mechamcal methods of surface preparation. 3 Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvamzed ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated, remove oil, grease, dIrt, loose mill scale, and other foreIgn substances. Use solvent or mechamcal cleanmg methods that comply wIth SSPC's recommendatIOns a. Touch up bare areas and shop-apphed pnme coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean wIth solvents recommended by pamt manufacturer, and touch up wIth same pnmer as the shop coat. 4 Galvamzed Surfaces. Clean galvamzed surfaces WIth nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface IS free of oil and surface contall11nants. Remove pretreatment from galvamzed sheet metal fabncated from coil stock by mechamcal methods. n U c c n U E. Matenal PreparatIOn. 1 Mamtam contamers used m ll11xmg and applymg pamt m a clean condItIon, free of foreIgn matenals and reSIdue. 2. StIr matenal before applicatlOn to produce a ll11xture of umform denSIty StIr as reqUIred dunng apphcatIon. Do not stIr surface film mto material. If necessary, remove surface film and stram matenal before usmg. o c c F Exposed Surfaces. Include areas vIsible when permanent or built-m fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiatIOn, and sImilar components are m place. Extend coatmgs m these areas, as required, to mamtam system mtegnty and provIde desIred protectIon. 1 Pamt surfaces behmd movable eqUIpment and furnIture the same as sImilar exposed surfaces. Before finalmstallatIon of eqUIpment, pamt surfaces beillnd permanently fixed eqUIpment or furnIture WIth pnme coat only 2 Pamt mtenor surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black pamt where vIsible through regIsters or grilles. 3 Pamt back sIdes of access panels and removable or hmged covers to match exposed surfaces. 4 Fimsh extenor doors on tops, bottoms, and SIde edges the same as extenor faces. I' U c c c c c c o c c c G Sand hghtly between each succeedmg enamel coat. H. Schedulmg Paintmg: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwIse prepared for pamtmg as soon as practIcable after preparatIOn and before subsequent surface deterioratIOn. 1 Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop pnmed and touchup pamted. 2. If undercoats, stams, or other condItions show through final coat of pamt, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. 1. ApphcatIOn Procedures: Apply pamts and coatmgs by brush, roller, spray, or other apphcators accordmg to manufacturer's written instructions. J Mimmum Coating Thickness: recommended spreading rate. recommended by manufacturer Apply pamt matenals no thinner than manufacturer's Provide total dry film thickness of the entrre system as K. Mechamcal and Electrical Work: Painting ofmechamcal and electncal work is hll11ted to Items exposed m eqUIpment rooms and occupied spaces. L. Pnme Coats. Before applymg fimsh coats, apply a pnme coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been pnme LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09912 - 3 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 09912 - 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o coated by others. Recoat pnmed and sealed surfaces where eVIdence of suctIon spots or unsealed areas m first coat appears, to ensure a fimsh coat WIth no bum-through or other defects due to insufficient seahng. M. PIgmented (Opaque) FImshes' Completely cover surfaces as necessary to proVIde a smooth, opaque surface of umform fimsh, color, appearance, and coverage Cloudmess, spottmg, hohdays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropmess, or other surface ImperfectIOns will not be acceptable. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbIsh, and other dIscarded pamt matenals from Project SIte. B Protect work of other trades, whether bemg pamted or not, agamst damage from pamtmg. Correct damage by cleamng, repamng or replacmg, and repamtmg, as approved by ArchItect. C ProvIde "Wet Pamt" SIgnS to protect newly pamted fimshes. After completmg pamtmg operatIOns, remove temporary protectIve wrappmgs proVIded by others to protect theIr work. 1 After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced pamted surfaces. Comply WIth procedures specIfied m PDCA PI 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal. 1 Alkyd-Enamel FImsh. Two fimsh coats over a rust-mhibItIve pnmer a. Pnmer Extenor ferrous-metal pnmer (not reqUIred on shop-pnmed Items) b Fimsh Coats: Extenor sell11-gloss alkyd enamel. B Zinc-Coated Metal. 1 Acryhc Fimsh. Two fimsh coats over a galvamzed metal pnmer a. Primer Extenor galvamzed metal pnmer b FmIsh Coats. Extenor sell11gloss acryhc enamel. C PVC and PlastIc Materials. 1 Acrylic Finish. Two fimsh coats over pnmer 2. FImsh coats: Exterior flat acrylic enalTIel. D Exposed Structural Members. Steel colunms, beams, gIrders, trusses and connectors. 1 Finish WIth two coats of finish paint appropnate to the matenal pamted. E. Concrete Umt Masonry' 1 Acryhc Finish. Two fimsh coats over a block filler a. Block Filler Concrete unIt masonry block filler 2. Filllsh Coats. Exterior low-luster acryhc paint 3 4 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board. 1 Acrylic FilllSh. Two finish coats over a pnmer a. Pnmer Interior gypsum board latex pnmer sealer apphed pnor to apphcation of spray-on texture. b Filllsh Coats: Intenor sell11gloss acryhc enamel. [I lJ rr U ! LJ r u 1', G n L !l i LJ !' u c c c c [I , U I' I U n I u r LJ c n U C B Ferrous Metal. I Alkyd-Enamel Fimsh. Two fimsh coats over a pnmer a. Pnmer Intenor ferrous-metal pnmer b FmIsh Coats: Intenor sell11gloss alkyd enamel. C Zmc-Coated Metal. 1 Acryhc FImsh. Two filllsh coats over a pnmer a. Pnmer Intenor zmc-coated metal pnmer b FmIsh Coats. Intenor sell11gloss acryhc enamel. 09912 - 5 D Exposed structural members. Steel colunms, beams, gIrders, gIrts, and purIms. I Two coats alkyd enalTIel, sell11gloss on pnmer 2 Pnmer not reqUIred on shop pnmed Items. E. Concrete Umt Masonry' 1 Acryhc Filllsh. Two filllsh coats over a block filler a. Block Filler' Concrete Ulllt masonry block filler 2. Fimsh Coats. Intenor latex enamel, egg shell fimsh. END OF SECTION 09912 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION n U c c c n I I U c c c c SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL I 1 SUMMARY A. Tills SectIOn includes the followmg: I Portable fire extmgmshers. 2. Mountmg brackets for fire extmgmshers. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFP A Comphance Fabncate and label fire extmgmshers to comply wIth NFP A 10, "Portable FIre Extmguishers." B Fire ExtmguIshers: LIsted and labeled for type, ratmg, and classIficatIOn by an mdependent testmg agency acceptable to authontIes havmg jUnSdIctIon. 1.3 WARRANTY A. SpeCial Warranty. Manufacturer's standard form m whIch manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of portable fire extmguIshers that failm matenals or workmanshIp wItilln speCIfied warranty penod. 1 Failures mclude, but are not hll11ted to, the followmg: a. Failure of hydrostatIc test accordmg to NFP A 10 b Faulty operatIOn of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Penod. SIX years from date of Substantial CompletIOn. r PART 2 - PRODUCTS LJ c c c c c c c c c 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. BasIs-of-DesIgn Product: Larsen's Manufactunng Company (MP5) or a comparable product by one of the followmg: B Available Manufacturers. I Amerex CorporatIon. 2 General Fire ExtinguIsher CorporatIOn. 3 JL Industries, Inc. 4 Kidde FymetIcs. 5 Modern Metal Products; Div ofTechnico C General Provide fire extinguishers of type, SIze, and capaCIty for each fire-protectIon cabmet and/or mounting bracket indIcated. 1 Instruction Labels. Include pictonal marking system complying with NFP A 10, Appendix B D MultIpurpose Dry-Chell11cal Type m Steel Contamer UL-rated 2-A.10-B C, 5-1b nOll11nal capaCIty, WIth mono ammonium phosphate-based dry chemicalm enameled-steel contamer E. PrOVIde two (2) extinguIshers mlocations shown on Drawings. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 10520 -1 LASCO RESIN STORAGE TANK ADDITION 10520 - 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o A. BasIs-of-Deslgn Product: Larsen's Manufacturmg Company (817) Standard Bracket or a comparable product by one of the followmg' B Available Manufacturers. 1 Amerex CorporatIOn. 2 General Fire ExtInguIsher CorporatIon. 3 JL IndustrIes, Inc 4 KIdde FymetIcs. 5 Modern Metal Products; DlV ofTechnIco C Mountmg Brackets Manufacturer's standard galvalllzed steel, desIgned to secure fire extmguIsher to wall or structure, of SIzes reqUIred for types and capacItIes of fire extmguIshers mdIcated, WIth plated or baked-enamel filllsh. 1 Color Red. 2 ProvIde one for each extmguIsher PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Examme fire extmguIshers for proper chargmg and taggmg. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged UllltS. B Install fire-protectIOn specIaltIeS m locatIOns and at mountmg heIghts mdIcated or, If not mdIcated, at locatIOns and heIghts acceptable to authontIes havmgjurIsdIctIOn. C Mountmg Brackets: Fasten mountmg brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locatIons indicated. ProvIde blocking m wall where necessary END OF SECTION 10520 c ...... .1.& ENGINEERS,INC. C TACOMA OFFICE 6021 12th Street East, SUIte 200 Tacoma, W A 98424 Phone (253) 922-0446 Fax (253) 922-0896 fl LJ r U n L C C n I l.J 1', U c c !l ~ n I LJ !l I l.J C r LJ c c c TACOMA . SEATTLE OLYMPIA Notice. . LASCO BATHWARE RESIN TANK STORAGE BCE PROJECT NO. 203-091.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS 15000 - MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 15055 15095 15170 15190 15200 15240 15330 15487 15613 15860 15869 15870 15891 15932 203-091 .00 Description No. of PaQes GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MOTORS MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION SLEEVES AND SEALS VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS NATURAL GAS GAS FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNIT AIR SYSTEM TESTING AND BALANCING EXHAUST FANS HV AC SPECIALTIES STEEL DUCTWORK AIR TERMINALS 16 5 3 1 5 4 10 2 2 3 3 4 7 2 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 11 U c c [I G SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL c c c 1 01 n I ~ [I lJ c c !l ~ 11 I LJ c c i' U c n U o 203-091 .00 GENERAL A Includes, but not limited to, furnishing labor, materials, and equipment for completion of work unless indicated or noted otherwise See Division 1 for sequence of work. B All work included in Division 15 shall be the responsibility of a single Mechanical Subcontractor All Division 15 work shall be bid to that single prime mechanical contractor C This Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required by State and local authontles governing the installation of the mechanical work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact all utility organizations serving the building, prior to bid, and to include all charges for inspections, installation of materials, equipment and connection of all required utilities D Furnish exact location of electrical connections and complete information on motor controls to Division 16 E. Putting heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems into full operation and continuing their operation during each working day of testing and balancing F Making changes in pulleys, belts, and dampers or adding dampers as required for correct balance as recommended by Section 15860 and at no additional cost to Owner All equipment shall be provided with a single point electrical connection, unless otherwise indicated G The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both H The ductwork and accessibility to HV AC equipment shall take precedence over all other equipment in the ceiling interstitial spaces or other mechanical areas including, but not limited to, sprinkler piping and electrical conduit Page 1 203-091 00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 1 02 ELECTRICAL A. All electrical work, conduit, boxes and devices in connection with control wiring as required to install the control equipment as specified herein or shown on the drawings shall be furnished and installed complete by the Division 15 Contractor B All electrical work performed under this section of the Specifications shall conform to all applicable portions of the Division 16 specifications and shall conform to all governing codes C All equipment shall be factory wired to a Junction box for connection to electrical service D Where a piece of equipment specified includes an electric motor, the motor shall be furnished and mounted by this Contractor Motor starter, disconnect switches and wiring from the electrical panel to the motor control devices and to the motor shall be provided by the Division 16 Contractor unless stated otherwise in the mechanical specification and on the mechanical equipment schedule 1 03 RELATED SECTIONS A. General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 apply to this Section 1 04 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION A. Site Inspection Examine premises and understand the conditions which may affect performance of work of this Division before submitting proposals for this work. 2. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions B Drawinqs 2. Mechanical drawings show general arrangement of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit Consider architectural, structural and electrical drawings part of this work in so far as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building Architectural drawings take precedence over mechanical drawings [I u I' ~ c c SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 3 Because of small scale of mechanical drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessones which may be required Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions 1 05 SUBMITTALS n ~ r LJ c r LJ c c c c II ~ c f1 ~ r u c c c 203-091 00 A All material used on the project shall be new and free of defects The Architect and/or Engineer reserves the right to reject any material, the appearance of which has been damaged on the site or in shipment The materiol shall be of pre-approved equal quality to that which is specified Should the make and type of material differ from that specified, the Contractor may be required to submit catalog and engineering data (samples If requested) necessary to make a comparison and determine its suitability The Contractor shall also bear the cost of all changes to any aspect of the project (electrical, mechanical, building, etc) made necessary by any approved substitutions Approved substitutions include those listed as approved manufacturers or approved substitutions Tentative approval of substitute material and equipment will be made prior to bid only Such request for approval shall be made two weeks in ) advance of the bid opening to allow time to assess its suitability Failure to obtain approval prior to bid shall require the successful bidder to furnish materials and equipment only as specified herein (see paragraph 2.01, this specification) B The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, for approval, complete information on all equipment and materials to be provided on the project Provide copies as specified by Division 1 and at a minimum provide six (6) copies of the manufacturer's catalog and engineering data, shop drawings of shop fabricated equipment and instruction data for each item included under this section of the specifications Submittals- shall be presented to the Architect within 30 calendar days from the date of the contract siqninq in complete indexed and bound sets. Submittinq portions of the submittals will not be accepted The Contractor shall submit a typed, siqned list including all items to be furnished on the proiect. The siqnature on the aforementioned list shall indicate that the contractor has examined the suitability of all material and equipment with respect to compliance with these specifications The Contractor's approval shall also indicate that physical dimensions of the equipment have been verified with the installation requirements and were found to cause no interference therewith C Review of submittal data by the Engineer or Architect does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for quantities, measurements, and compliance with the intent of all contract documents Page 3 203-091 .00 Page 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS D Furnish subrnittals in a hard-back, three-ring binder The binder shall have tabs which are indexed with a Table of Contents The Table of Contents shall correlate an index number for each individual specification number If the equipment submittal is not bound to the engineers satisfaction, it may be rejected E. Furnish submittals generally according to the list below Individual sections may contain more specific submittal listing of the particular section labeled "Submittal Requirements" At a minimum, furnish on the following equipment" 1 Pipe 2. Duct Insulation and Lining 3 Pipe Hangers 4 Gas Flues 5 Fire Sprinkler Equipment 6 HV AC Equipment 7 Air Balance Contractor 8 Natural Gas Components 9 Fire Marshal Stamped and Approved Shop Drawings for Fire Sprinkler System F Any material found to be installed without prior approval will be required to be removed and replaced with only specified material at Contractor's cost G Mechanical Drawings for the project have been developed by the engineer using AutoCADTM 2000 software These drawing files will be made available to the contractor for development of shop drawings and/or "As-Builts" for a fee of $2000 per sheet Full payment to be made prior to release of drawing files 1" 06 SUBMITTALS REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION A. Access doors 1 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS A Bind Operation & Maintenance Manual for Mechanical Systems in three- ring, hard-backed binder with clear plastic pocket on spine Spine of each binder shall have following typewritten lettering inserted OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for MECHANICAL SYSTEMS n ~ c c I' ~ c [I ~ c c c c c c c c c c c c c 203-091.00 SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS B Provide master index at beginning of Manual showing items included Use plastic tab indexes for sections of Manual C First section shall consist of name, address, and phone number of Architect, General Contractor, and Mechanical, Plumbing, Sheet Metal, Refrigeration, Temperature control, and Electrical subcontractors Also include complete list of equipment installed with name, address, and phone number of each vendor D Provide section for each type of item of equipment E. Submit copies as specified by Division 1 and at a minimum provide three (3) copies of Operation & Maintenance Manual to Architect for his approval F Include descriptive literature (Manufacturer's catalog data) of each manufactured item Literature shall show capacities and size of equipment used and be marked indicating each specific item with applicable data underlined G Include all warranties/guarantees including extended warranties H Include all start-up logs Operatinq Instructions shall include 1 General description of each mechanical system 2. Step-by-step procedure to follow in putting each piece of mechanical equipment into operation 3 Provide schematic control diagrams for all systems Each diagram shall show locations of start-stop switches, insertion thermostats, room thermostats, thermometers, firestats, pressure gauges, automatic valves, refrigeration accessories Mark correct operating settings for each control instrument on these diagrams 4 Provide diagram for electrical control system showing wiring of related electrical control items such as fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays J Maintenance Instructions shall include Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each piece of mechanical equipment installed in Project Instructions shall include name of vendor, installation instructions, parts numbers and lists operation instructions of equipment, and maintenance and lubrication instructions Page 5 203-091 .00 Page 6 o D o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 2. Summary list of mechanical equipment requiring lubrication showing name of equipment, location, and type and frequency of lubrication 3 List of mechanical equipment used indicating name, model, serial number, and name plate data of each item together with number and name associated with each system item 1 08 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. General Provide schedule of values per Division 1 and related project requirements B Division 15 Breakdown Provide schedule of values for each building for the following categories (as a minimum) Mechanical General (includes Mobilization, Submittals, General Project Management, General Design, General Coordination, O&M Manuals 2. Gas Piping and Devices 3 Fire Sprinkling 4 HV AC Ductwork, Insulation & Accessories 5 HV AC Equipment (Air handling units, fans, etc ) 6 Controls 7 Balancing (Air and/or water) 8 Mechanical Punchlist, Closeout, Owner Training C The dollar value for "Mechanical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training" shall in no case be less than 2.25% of the total dollar value of the Division 15 work (or as indicated in Division 1, whichever is higher) The dollar value for "Commissioning" shall in no case be less than 0 75% of the total dollar value of the Division 15 work (or as indicated in Division 1, whichever is higher) D The Contractor is advised that in addition to payments held out for retainage and project final completion (i e "Mechanical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training"), as specified above and in Division 1, the owner reseNes the right to withhold 10% of the funds for any of the above categories until the systems (of that category) have been proven to operate as specified and have been completely tested, adjusted, and balanced n LJ r' U 1 09 QUALITY ASSURANCE n LJ I' ~ n LJ n u /1 I LJ A B C D SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements of Requlatorv Aqencies 1 2. Perform work in accordance with applicable Codes In case of differences between building codes, state laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and Contract Documents, the most stringent shall govern Product Approvals See paragraphs elsewhere in this specification Manufacture Use domestic made pipe, pipe fittings, and motors on Project Identification Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL and AGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner n 1 10 CODES AND STANDARDS LJ !l LJ r I U /1 LJ f' l; A Codes and agencies having jurisdictional authority over mechanical installation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Washington State Energy Code Uniform Building Code -- Latest Approved Edition Uniform Mechanical Code -- Latest Approved Edition Uniform Plumbing Code -- Latest Approved Edition State and County Department of Health Local Fire Marshal Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFP A) /1 I LJ 1 11 PRODUCT HANDLING AND PROTECTION n ~ 11 ~ c c r' U c 203-091 00 Contractor is responsible for protection of all material, equipment and apparatus provided under this section from damage, water, corrosion, freezing and dust, both in storage and when installed, until final project acceptance A. B Provide temporary heated and sheltered storage facilities for material and equipment C Completely cover motors and other moving machinery to protect from dirt and water during construction Page 7 203-091.00 Page 8 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS D Handle and protect equipment and/or matenal in manner precluding unnecessary fire hazard E Equipment requiring rotation and/or lubrication during storage shall have records maintained and witnessed on a monthly basis and forwarded to the Architect/Engineer prior to acceptance F Material or equipment damaged because of improper storage or protection will be rejected G Equipment finish that is damaged by handling, storage, etc shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner 1 12 WARRANTIES A In addition to guarantee specified in General Conditions, guarantee heating systems to be free from noise in operation that may develop from failure to construct system in accordance with Contract Documents B In order to be protected, secure proper guarantees from suppliers and subcontractors C Provide certificates of warranty for each piece of equipment Clearly record "start-up" date of each piece of equipment on certificate Include certificates as part of Operation & Maintenance Man ual 1 13 TEMPORARY HEATING A Temporary heating for facility during construction phase shall not be supplied by the permanent system installed under these specifications, unless all of the following are satisfied Product warranties shall be extended to account for construction use Contractor shall furnish certified doc ument stating such extended warranties 2. Contractor shall obtain letter of approval from the Owner stating that they understand equipment expected life may be shortened due to severe usage 3 Contractor shall be responsible for pressure cleaning all coils and vacuum cleaning all ductwork prior to occupa ney 1 14 ABBREVIATIONS ADA AFF AMCA ANSI Americans With Disabilities Act Above Finish Floor Air Moving & Conditioning Association American National Standards Institute C SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS \~1 U APWA Amencan Public Works Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ,C Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing & Materials 0 AWWA American Water Works Association BFF Below Finish Floor C BHP Brake Horsepower BTU British Thermal Unit f" CFM Cubic Feet per Minute LJ CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute fpm feet per minute r1 FS or Fed Spec Federal Specificatio ns I u F 0 C Fire Department Connection FCO Flush Cleanout D FD Floor Drain GPM Gallons per Minute n 11 LJ HP Horsepower n IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ~ IAQ Indoor Air Quality IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers C KW Kilowatt N MBH One Thousand British Thermal Units per Hour ~ MS or Mil.Spec Military Specifications n MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society LJ ~ NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association ~ NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPSH Net Positive Suction Head ~ Li1 OS&Y Outside Screw and Yoke t4 P I V Post Indicator Valve LJ POI Plumbing and Drainage Institute per in accordance with I POC Point of Connection L!J' PSI Pounds per Square Inch Gauge Pressure PVC Polyvinyl Chloride 0 C 203-091.00 Page 9 SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS o o 0, SMACNA SP SWP Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Static Pressure Steam Working Pressure UL Underwriter's Laboratories VTR wg WP WPL WQA Vent Thru Roof Water Gauge (inches of water) Working Pressure Weatherproof Louver Water Quality Association D 1 15 DEFINITIONS o o o D ~ o o o o ~ Additional abbreviations are as listed on the drawings or elsewhere In these specifications A Finished Spaces Spaces used for habitation or occupancy where rough surfaces are plastered, paneled, or otherwise treated to provide a pleasing appearance B Unfinished Spaces Spaces used for storage or work areas, such as fan rooms, mechanical and boiler rooms, etc, where appearance is not a factor C Concealed Spaces Spaces out of sight For example, above ceilings, below floors, between double walls, furred-in areas, pipe and duct shafts, and similar spaces D Exposed Open to view For example, pipe running through a room and not covered by other construction E. Outside Open to view up to 5 feet beyond the exterior side of walls, above the roof, and un excavated or crawl spaces F Conditioned Space An area, room or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by any equipment as defined by the extent of the building envelope insulation (l &J 1 16 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE 203--091 00 Page 10 o D fJ o A The Contractor shall supply equipment (including software, hardware and firmware) which is capable of accurately processing date-related data (including, but not limited to, calculating, comparing and sequencing) from, into and between the 20th and 21St Centuries This shall include leap year calculations When the equipment is used in accordance with the c C c [l LJ SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS product documentation, it shall be able to properly exchange data and work in combination with other products listed as "Year 2000 Compliant" B The Contractor shall remedy, at no cost to the Owner, any and all problems associated with equipment installed which is not "Year 2000 Compliant" This shall include repair or replace any equipment found to be non-compliant within five (5) years of final acceptance C 1 17 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 'C o c II LJ 1'1 U r w A The Contractor shall maintain, in addition to any reference drawings, an as- built set of prints, which have been reproduced from the approved site set on which all devIations from the original design shall be drafted in a neat, legible manner with red colored pencil This red lined set shall identify all drawing revisions including addenda items, change orders, and Contractor revisions B Drawings shall show locations of all underground pipe and duct installed by this contractor Underground pipes and ducts shall be shown with cross section elevations All pipe, raceway, manholes or lines of other trades shall be included C The Contractor shall update all references to specific products to indicate products actually installed on project This shall include, but not be limited to, air handlers, heat pumps etc D Upon completion of the Division 15 Work, the Contractor shall deliver the red lined drawings and one set of neatly drafted as-built drawings on reproducible mylar to the Engineer for transmittal through the Engineer to the Owner ~ fl U n PART 2 - PRODUCTS U o 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS n LJ' r LJ ~ r I U c 203-091.00 A Any reference to the specifications or on the drawings to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by manufacturer, name, make, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition B The manufacturer listed as Acceptable Manufacturers are approved to bid the project for the items indicated without obtaining prior approval Other manufacturers desiring to bid the project require prior approval Page 11 SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS o o o C The listing of a manufacturer as an Acceptable Manufacturer does not necessarily mean that the products of that manufacturer are equal to those speCified The listing is only an indication of those manufacturers which may be capable of manufacturing, or have in the past manufactured, items equal to those specified, and is intended to aid the Contractor in identifying manufacturers 203-091.00 Page 12 o o o ~ U D tJ Q o (I, u ~ ~ o o [J o D Products provided by Acceptable Manufacturers shall be equal to or superior to the specified manufacturer's item In function, appearance, and quality, and shall fulfill all requirements of the plans and specifications The Architect/Engineer shall be the final judge as to whether an item meets these requirements or not If a manufacturer is not certain that his product meets these requirements or not, then the manufacturer shall submit data as required to obtain the Design Consultant's approval prior to bid opening E The approval of a manufacturer applies to the manufacturer only and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of meeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications F Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any products which are different than those specified or shown G In reviewing a manufacturer for acceptance, factors considered include the following engineering data showing item's performance, proper local representation of manufacturer, likelihood of future manufacturer's local support of product, service availability, previous installation, previous use by Owner/Engineer/Architect and record, product quality, availability/quality of maintenance and operation data, capacity/performance compared to specified items, acoustics, items geometry/access utility needs, and similar concerns H If approval is received to use other than specified items, responsibility for specified capacities and insuring that items to be furnished will fit space available lies with this Division If non-specified equipment is used and it will not fit job site conditions, this Division assumes responsibility for replacement with items named in Specification 2.02 ACCESS DOORS A. This contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing flush mounted access doors in walls, ceiling and floors and chases where the following equipment is concealed and is not accessible through same I' u (J/ U C n U r1 U ~ LJ C f1 U C [lj u r4 LJ r u (I U ''I G C ~ LJ C r u c SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Valves (shut off sprinkler testing) B Doors shall be UL listed 16 ga cold rolled steel with concealed hinge, screwdriver operated lock and prime coated Furnish suitable for area mounted C I Approved Manufacturers 1 2. 3 4 Milcor Acudor Greenheck Nystrom PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 WORKMANSHIP A This Contractor shall provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance If, in the judgment of the Engineer, any portion of the work has not been performed in a workmanlike manner or is left in a rough, unfinished state, this Contractor will be required to remove, reinstall or replace same and patch and paint surrounding surfaces in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, without increase in cost to the Owner 302 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Requirements Final approval of mechanical installation will be recommended upon completion of the following 1 Completion of all punchlist items 2. Operation instruction period to Owner's satisfaction 3 Permit Submittal 4 Reproducible As-Built drawings delivered to Architect 5 Air Balance Report 6 Asbestos Free Statement 7 Guarantees 303 FINAL INSPECTION A Final Inspection 203-091 .00 Prior to acceptance of the mechanical work, the Contractor shall put all mechanical systems into operation for a period of not less than 5 working days so that they may be inspected by the Architect/Engineer and the Owner's representatives Page 13 SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 2. The time of the final inspection shall be mutually agreed to by the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor The Contractor shall furnish adequate staff to operate the mechanical systems dunng inspection 3 304 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING A Upon completion of the work, and after all tests and final inspection of the work by the Authority(s) having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall demonstrate and instruct the Owner's designated operation and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various mechanical systems The Contractor shall arrange scheduled instruction periods with the Owner The Contractor's representatives shall be Superintendents or Foremen knowledgeable in each system and Supplier's Representative when so specified B Scheduled instruction periods shall be HV AC System Controls HV AC Equipment Maintenance 1 Hours 2 Hours C Costs for time involved by Contractor shall be included in the bid 305 PREPARATION A New Buildinqs Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault, error, tardiness, or because of damage done by it B Existinq Buildinqs 203-091 .00 Cut carefully to minimize necessity for repairs to existing work. Do not cut beams, columns, or trusses 2. Patch and repair walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown Surface finishes by General Contractor o D o fJ o 0- o o D' o o o o o 1] D D D o 3 Cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing pavements, sidewalks, roads, and curbs to permit installation of work of this Division is responsibility of Section installing work. 4 This work shall be scheduled such that utility services and/or existing systems for the facility are not interrupted during normal operating hours, without prior written permission of the Owner's representative Work that is performed during normal operational Page 14 r u PI L n L n U A U c n ~ Cl LJ hi L [I U r4 lJ c {4 u \r4 LJ c C n LJ n L\, L SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS hours shall not interfere with the normal function of the facility's daily operation 5 The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all existing mechanical equipment and utilities indicated to be removed on the drawings The Mechanical Contractor shall also be responsible for the removal and reinstallation of all existing mechanical equipment and utilities that will interfere with installation and operation of any new construction indicated or required and shall be responsible for the removal of all eXisting mechanical equipment and utilities indicated to be abandoned that will interfere with installation and operation of any new construction indicated or required All mechanical equipment (other than piping) to be removed shall remain the property of the Owner, and shall be transported - stored - or disposed of, as directed by the Owner This will be at no cost to the Owner 306 INSTALLATION A Install mechanical equipment to permit easy access for normal maintenance, and so that parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance, (e g, heat exchanger, sheaves, filters, meters, bearings, etc ) can be removed Relocate items which interfere with access 203-091.00 B If circumstances at a particular location make the accessible installation of an item difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the Architect/Engineer before installing the item in a poor access location C Belts, pulleys, couplings, projecting set screws, keys and other rotating parts which may pose a danger to personnel, shall be fully enclosed or guarded in accordance with OSHA regulations D Dissimilar Metals Provide separations between all dissimilar metals Where not specified in another way, use 10 mil black plastic tape wrapped at point of contact or plastic centering inserts E. Provide offsets around all electrical panels (and similar electrical equipment) to maintain space clear above and below panel to structure and clearance of 3.5 feet directly in front of panel, except where indicated otherwise or required by NEC to be more Such offsets are typically not shown on the drawings, but are required per this paragraph F Pipinq Through Framinq Piping through framing shall be installed in the approximate center of the member Where located such that nails or screws are likely to damage the pipe, a steel plate at least 1/16-inch thick shall be installed to provide protection At metal framing, wrap piping to Page 15 203-091.00 Page 16 o o o o n o o o D ,0 o U D o U o [] o o SECTION 15055 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS prevent contact of dissimilar metals At metal and wood framing, provide plastic pipe insulators at piping penetrations through framing nearest each fixture and on at least 4S-inch centers G Equipment Access Access to equipment is of utmost importance Contractor shall apply extra attention to the laying out of pipe and duct routings, and in coordinating all work. Poor access to equipment will not be accepted Contractor shall note that in essentially all areas, piping routed in ceiling space needs to run in joist space, necessitating elbows/fittings/transitions at crosses With other trades, at structural beams, and at all connections to mains and branches Hatched areas at HV AC units indicate equipment access areas These (and all other) access areas shall be clear of obstructions The Division 15 contractor is responsible to coordinate and insure that all trades stay clear of access areas for any Division 15 furnished equipment H Insure that items to be furnished fit space available Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents 3 07 CONCRETE BASES A Provide 4" thick structural concrete pad for equipment located outside the building or as detailed on drawings 3 OS ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A Properly lubricate equipment before Owner's acceptance B Clean exposed piping, ductwork, equipment, and remove debris from site Repair damaged finishes and leave everything in working order 3.09 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. It is our intent to provide a timely response for RFls regarding Division 15 Work. To further expedite this process, if a sUQQestion can be determined or derived at by the initiator of the RFI, it is required this suggestion be supplied with the submitted RFI If no suggestion is given where one is possible, the RFI will be returned as incomplete END OF SECTION c (I, u C C ,H U G II U U o o o c [1 U c 'e c c c r u SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL 1 02 103 1 04 Includes A Pipe Hangers and Supports B Duct Hangers and Supports C Mechanical Equipment Anchors and Supports RELATED SECTIONS A. All Sections 15 using piping, ductwork, equipment and air terminals QUALITY ASSURANCE A Pipe Hanqer Standards (MSS) Manufacturers Standardization Society Standards SP-58-197 5, SP-89-1978, and SP-69-197 6 B All methods, materials, and workmanship shall conform to the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), as amended and adopted by the authority having jurisdiction SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION A. B C Hangers Struts Anchors PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hangers and Supports: Eleen, Grinnell, B-Line Systems, Unistrut, Michigan, Tolco, PHD B Anchors. Rawplug, Phillips, Hilti, Michigan Page 1 2.01 203-091 .00 SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 2.02 GENERAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A Hanqer Rods. Threaded hot rolled steel, electro-galvanized or cadmium plated Hanger rods shall be sized so that the total load (including pipe or duct, insulation, hangers, and fluid) does not exceed the following Nominal Rod Diameter 3/8 Inch Y2 Inch Maximum Load 610 Pounds 1130 Pounds B Hanqer Straps. Galvanized steel Straps shall be sized so that the total load does not exceed the following Strap Size 1 " x 22 Gauge 1 " x 20 Gauge 1 " x 18 Gauge 1 " x 1 6 Gauge Maximum Load 230 Pounds 290 Pounds 380 Pounds 630 Pounds C Beam Attachments: Shall be of the following type MSS Type 21 22 23 28 30 Eleen Figure No. 33,34 67 29A 95 95 Grinnel Figure No. 131 66 87 292,228 229 D Anchors. Masonry anchors shall be Phillips wedge anchors, Phillips "Red Head" or Rawl "Saber-Tooth" E. Steel. Structural steel per ASTM A36 F Wood. Shall be fire treated 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A All hangers, supports, and hardware shall be cadmium plated or galvanized B Fire sprinkler supports shall comply with NFP A-13 2.04 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanqers: As shown in SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards. 203-091.00 Page 2 o o o D D o o 8 ,0 o D o o o [] D D U o c f' l' .,J c C Il U (1' J n l ) (l I ' U c N LJ f1 u c rl U C OJ C N lj r' LJ c SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS B Vertical Duct Supports at Floor: 1-1/2" x 1-112" x 1/8" (minimum) galvanized steel angle and to support ducts, as shown In SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards Figure 4-6 For ducts over 30 inches wide, provide nser reinforcing with hanger rods between the riser support and riser reinforcing C Vertical Duct Supports at Wall. 1-112"x 1/8" (minimum) strap or 1-1/2"x 1-112" x 1/8" (minimum) angle bracket and as shown in SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards Figure 4-7 D Hanqer Attachments to Structure. As shown in SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standard Figures 4-1, 4-2, 4-3 to suit building construction and as allowed on structural drawings Where C-c1amps are provided, retainer clips shall be used Friction beam clamps shall not be used E. Hanqer Attachments to Ducts. As shown in SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards Figure 4-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 302 203-091 00 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A Provide all necessary bolts, nuts, washers, turnbuckles, rod connectors, and any other miscellaneous accessories required for the support and anchoring of all pipes, ducts, and mechanical equipment B Install concrete inserts and anchors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions C All welded steel support assemblies shall have a power wire brush and primer paint finish D Attach to building structure as shown on drawings (reference structural drawings) E. Maximum spans between piping supports may be significantly less than the maximum spans allowed herein due to structural limitations of allowable loads on hangers The most restrictive criteria governs. Reference structural drawings. INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe which, is not run underground, shall be adequately anchored to the structure to prevent sagging and to keep pipe in alignment Page 3 203-091.00 Page 4 o o o o D '0 o o D o o o o o ~D o ,0 o o SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS B All pipe supports shall be provided with a means of adjustment for the aligning and leveling of the pipe after installation C Installation and sizing of pipe supports and accessories shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and standard MSS SP-89 and MSS SP-69, UBC 9-1 for fire protection piping, UPC, and UMC D Provide supports at each change in direction of piping E. steel Pipe. Maximum spacing between supports Nominal Pipe Diameter Y2 Inch % to 1 Inch (% Inch to 1 Inch 1 li4lnch or Larger Maximum Span Steel Pipe 6 Feet 8 Feet 10 Feet 303 INSTALLATION OF DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A Provide anchors and supports for all ductwork. B Rectanqular Duct. Supports and hangers shall be of size and spacing as shown in SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards for the appropriate class of duct (Hangers maximum allowable loads shall not be as shown in SMACNA Tables but shall be as specified in these specifications) C Maximum Hanger Spacing (provided duct gauge and reinforcement comply with SMACNA Standards for such spacing) Duct Area Up to 4 sq ft (27" Diameter) 4 1 to 10 sq ft (28" to 42" Diameter) Maximum Spacing 8 Feet 6 Feet D Provide supports at each change in direction of duct Locate hangers at inside and outside corners of elbows, or at each end of fitting, on each side E. Provide supports for exterior ductwork per SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards or as detailed on the drawings. 304 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide anchoring and supports for all mechanical equipment B Roof mounted equipment shall be installed on roof curbs provided with the equipment (unless indicated otherwise) Such equipment shall be anchored to the curb, with the curb anchored to the building structure o r u f' L C n U n Ll r] LJ o ~. o n u C (1 LJ G C C C r: ! . u o 203~091.00 SECTION 15095 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS C Equipment shall be supported and anchored in such a way so that no equipment vibration is transmitted to the building structure D Added supports and bracing shall be provided per Section 15240 E. Provide curbing as shown on drawings and as required to support all mechanical equipment END OF SECTION Page 5 ,n I , 1..-1 SECTION 15170 MOTORS r Ll C n U SECTION 15170 MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL n 1 01 GENERAL U q" '1 tJ A Includes, but not limited to, motors 1 HP or larger used in Division 15 1 02 RelATED SECTIONS fl u A B General Conditions, Division 1 Section 15055 - General Mechanical Requirements o PART 2 - PRODUCTS U 2.01 MOTORS A Acceptable Manufacturers. General Electric, Westinghouse, Reliance, Allis-Chalmers, Gould, Century, Wagner, Baldor, U.S Motors Marathon J1 \ ' U B Motors located indoors shall be open frame, drip-proof type, unless indicated otherwise Motors located outdoors exposed to weather shall have corrosion resistant finish and shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) or totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) type, unless indicated otherwise Motors used in fans serving dishwashing hoods shall be TEFC type r u \1 G C C C C C C All motors shall be UL listed D All motors 1 HP and larger shall be energy efficient type and shall meet the Washington state Energy Code Table 14-4 "l LJ n U 203-091 .00 Page 1 203-091.00 Page 2 o o o o o a o o u o o o o o o o .0 U o SECTION 15170 MOTORS ENERGY EFFICIENT ELECTRIC MOTORS MINIMUM NONIMAL FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCY Open Motors Closed Motors Synchronous Speed 3,600 1,800 1,200 3,600 1,800 1,200 (RPM) HP Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency 1 0 82.5 800 75.5 82.5 800 1.5 82.5 840 840 82.5 840 85.5 2.0 840 840 85.5 840 840 865 30 84.0 86.5 865 85.5 87.5 87.5 50 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 875 875 75 87.5 88.5 885 88.5 89.5 89.5 100 88.5 89.5 90.2 89.5 895 89.5 150 89.5 91.0 90.2 90.2 910 90.2 200 90.2 91.0 91.0 90.2 910 90.2 250 91 0 91 7 917 91.0 92.4 91 7 300 910 92.4 92.4 910 92.4 91 7 400 91 7 930 930 91 7 930 930 500 92.4 930 930 92.4 93.0 930 600 93.0 936 936 930 93.6 936 750 93.0 94 1 93.6 930 941 936 100.0 930 94 1 941 936 94.5 94 1 125.0 936 94.5 94 1 94.5 94.5 94 1 1500 936 950 94.5 94.5 95.0 95.0 2000 94.5 950 94.5 950 95.0 950 E. Motors shall not be smaller than indicated on drawings; however, motors shall be of adequate size to drive the respective equipment when handling the quantities specified without exceeding the nameplate full load current at any conditions encountered in actual operation If it becomes evident that a motor furnished is too small to meet these requirements as a result of the Contractor using substituted equipment or having revised the system J1 U o c n SECTION 15170 MOTORS arrangement, the Contractor shall replace it with a motor of adequate size at no additional cost to the Owner This Contractor shall also arrange with the Electrical Contractor to increase the size of the Wiring, motor starter and other accessories as required to serve the larger motor at no additional cost to the Owner PART 3 - EXECUTION n \J Not Applicable n !J END OF SECTION II U c c c o o c c n , ~ G o o I' u c 203-091 00 Page 3 r. u SECTION 15190 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION c c SECTION 15190 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION n U PART 1 - GENERAL n 1 01 GENERAL U Includes, but not limited to, paint or engraved plate identification for each piece of n equipment U n PART 2 - PRODUCTS U 2.01 PAINT r u A Benjamin Moore Impervo or equivalent c B Use appropriate primer 2.02 LABelS (I ~ Black formic a with white reveal on engraving o c PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Enqraved Plates' Identify valves with engraved and chain fastened plate Provide plates for all starters (I, U\ B Paintinq Background Color - Provide by continuous painting of exposed piping c n LJ Service Gas Piping Color Yellow Stencil Gas c END OF SECTION n U rl u fl u 203-091 00 Page 1 c c c c c n G o C c c c c o r o o o c n u c SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL A Includes sleeving and sealing of piping and ductwork. 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions, Division 1 B Section 15060 - Pipe and Fittings. C Section 15891 - Steel Ductwork. 1 03 REFERENCES A ASTM E814 Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire stops B UL 1479 Through-Penetration Fire stop Systems 1 04 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submittal requirements for this Section Seals PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15055, paragraph 2.01, Acceptable Manufacturers B Fire Seals 3M, Dow Corning, General Electric, Rectorseal Metacaulk. 2.02 PIPE SLEEVES A. Size Inside diameter of pipe sleeves shall be at least 1 j2-inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe covering, so as to allow free movement of piping 203-091.00 Page 1 203-091 .00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 8 o o o SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS B Ends Sleeve ends shall be cut flush with finished surfaces, except in rooms having floor drains where sleeves shall be extended 3/4-inch above finished floor C Material - Structural Sleeves through structural elements shall be fabricated from Schedule 40 steel pipe D Material - Non-structural Sleeves through non-structural elements shall be fabricated from 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal or 24 gauge spiral duct E. De-burr pipe ends and smooth slab penetration (to accept final slab finish) from sleeves extending above finished floor 2.03 DUCT SLEEVES A Size Inside dimension of sleeves shall be at least 1/2 larger than the outside dimensions of the duct or duct covering on all sides B Ends Sleeve ends shall be cut flush with finished surface C Material - Non-structural Sleeves shall be fabricated from 20 gauge galvanized steel, shall be continuous around the interior without holes or openings, and shall match the configuration of the item being sleeved D Material - Structural Sleeves through structural elements shall be fabricated from Schedule 40 steel pipe (round openings) and welded steel supporting elements (sizes/arrangement as shown on drawings) for other openings 2.04 SEALS A. Seals in Interior Fire Rated Assemblies Shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814 and shall be UL classified per UL 1479 as a through-penetration fire stop device B Seals in Exterior Masonry Walls and Floors 2. Piping Seals shall consist of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening The seal assembly shall expand when mechanically tightened to provide an absolute watertight seal between the pipe and wall opening Sizing shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Seal shall be Thunderline "Link-Seal" or approved equal Ducts Silicone type sealant, designed for use with duct material involved as weatherproof sealant and as specified in Section 07900 [I c c SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS C Seals In Other Areas Packed fiberglass or wool Insulation, where no weatherproofing or adhesive properties are required, otherwise, sealants shall be silicone type, as specified In applicable Division 7 SpeCification Section n d PART 3 - EXECUTION c 301 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES \\ LJ Jl U fl LJ c c c c r I ' U n \ ' l) [I U A Provide pipe sleeves for all piping passing through walls, floors, partitions, roofs, foundations, footings, grade beams, and similar elements, except that sleeves are not required for penetrations through existing single solid elements, having no voids, at the location where the piping passes through the solid elements (e g, solid wood stud, core drilled solid concrete, etc) Where a sleeve is required, such sleeve shall continue all the way through any solid items within that element however B Set sleeves plumb or level (or sloped as required for drainage pipe) in proper position, tightly fitted into the work. C Fill openings around outside of pipe sleeve with same material as surrounding construction, or with material of equivalent fire and smoke rating o Seal around all pipes inside of pipe sleeve E Insulation shall run continuous through sleeves in non-fire rated elements Insulation shall not run continuous through sleeves in fire rated elements unless the fire sealant system used is UL accepted for use with insulated pipes F Do not place sleeves around soil, waste, vent, or roof drain lines passing through concrete floors on grade 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCT SLEEVES c c f' U c 203-091 .00 A Provide duct sleeves for all round ducts less than 15 inches in diameter where the duct passes through any floors, walls, ceilings, partitions, or roofs and similar elements B Provide duct sleeves for all square and rectangular ducts having their largest dimension 14 inches and less where the duct passes through any floors, walls, ceilings, partitions, roofs, and similar elements C Round ducts larger than 15 inches in diameter, and square of rectangular ducts larger than 14 inches in any dimension, shall have framed openings Page 3 SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS o o o where the duct passes through any element Such framed openings shall be of the same type as the structural materials used in the wall and shall comply with materials specified for this project Sleeves shall be provided in addition to the framed opening where any vOId spacers) occurs through the penetration (as through CMU walls, double walls, etc) D o Set sleeves plumb or level, in proper position and location, tightly fitted into the work. E. Fill openings around outside of duct sleeve with same material as surrounding construction, or with material of equivalent fire and smoke rating o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o F Sleeves are not required for penetrations through existing single solid elements, having no voids, at the location where the duct passes through the element (e g , precast concrete panels with pre-framed openings, core drilled/saw cut solid concrete, etc) Where a sleeve is required, such sleeve shall continue all the way through any solid items within that element however G Insulation shall run continuous through sleeves in non-fire rated elements Insulation shall not run continuous through sleeves in fire rated elements unless the fire sealant system used is UL accepted for use with insulated pipes H Sleeves for fire dampers shall be as specified for fire dampers and be in compliance with the damper UL listing 303 INSTALLATION OF SEALS 203-09.1 ;00 A. Provide seals around all piping and ducts passing through walls, floors, roofs, foundations, footings, grade beams, partitions, and similar elements. B Seals shall be of material and workmanship to maintain the fire and smoke rating of element being penetrated Seals ability to maintain the rating of the element being penetrated shall be listed in UL Laboratories Building Materials Directory or otherwise confirmed by an approved listing agency It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to submit shop drawings and technical data showing seals and systems proposed, and corresponding agency approval The Contractor shall also be responsible to submit any data as required by local agencies to satisfy them that the Contractor's proposed fire seals are satisfactory C Sedls shall be watertight where the penetration may be exposed to water or moisture Page 4 r u c c n II U c (\ u c c Jl L C C\ 11 LJ C C C\ C r' U o c 203-091.00 SECTION 15200 SLEEVES AND SEALS D Duct penetrations through roof or exterior wall assemblies shall be provided with flashings for a weathertight assembly in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards Such openings shall be sealed to be weatherproof END OF SECTION Page 5 [: C C r\ u SECTION 15240 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL SECTION 15240 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL c 1 01 GENERAL ('\ U A. Includes, but not limited to, vibration and seismic control installation for all equipment, ducts and piping 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS fl L) A. B General Conditions, Division 1 Section 15055 - General Mechanical Requirements n U 103 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS \l ~ f' U o C C A. Submittal Requirements of this Section 1 Isolation pads 2. Spring isolators PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NEOPRENE ISOLATORS ), LJ o c n L r LJ c 203-091.00 A. Isolation Pads: Oil resistant neoprene pads, minimum li4-inch thick, with cross- ribbed or waffle design Size pads for not more than 50 psi or as recommended by vibration isolator manufacturer B Floor Mounted Isolators. Double deflection type neoprene mounts, having minimum deflection of 0.35 inch All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered, base plate shall have mounting holes, and top shall have threaded steel plate or threaded steel insert Element shall be color coded or labeled with molded symbols to identify capacity Mason Series ND, Amber Booth "RV" or approved C Suspension Isolators. Shall be double deflection neoprene type, with isolator encased in open steel bracket and minimum 3/8-inch deflection Hanger rod shall be isolated from steel bracket with neoprene grommets. Mason Series HD, Amber Booth "BRD" or approved Page 1 SECTION 15240 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL 2.02 SPRING ISOLATORS A General. The load carried by each Isolator shall be carefully calculated and isolators selected so that the static deflection will be the same and the supported equipment will remain level Isolators shall be so designed that the ends of the springs will remain parallel during and after deflection to operating height At operating height, spnngs shall have additional travel to complete (solid) compression equal to at least 50 percent of the operating deflection Suspension isolator springs shall have a static deflection (as shown on drawings) not less than 1-1/2", except that for units with components rotatIng at 1 000 rpm and less, the static deflection shall be not less than 2 inches Floor isolator springs shall have deflection of not less than 1 inch All isolators shall provide at least 96% isolation efficiency Note Deflections other than these may be used where circumstances warrant and more optimum isolation results can be achieved B Floor Type Sprinq Isolators. Shall be open spring type with approximate ratio between horizontal and vertical spring constant of 1.0 A ribbed neoprene acoustical friction pad shall be bonded to the underside of the isolator Provide with height saving bracket Mason Series SLF, Amber Booth "SW" or approved C Floor Housed Type. Housed spring isolator with ductile iron housing, steel base plate with mounting holes, spring inspection ports, neoprene cushion, leveling screws Mason Series SSLFH, Amber Booth "XLS" or approved o Suspension Type Sprinq Isolators: Shall consist of a rigid steel frame, a stable steel spring in the bottom part of the frame, and double deflection neoprene isolating pad at the top of the frame Where supporting rods pass through the frame, a clearance of not less than on half rod diameter shall be provided all around the rod Mason Series DNHS, Amber Booth "BSSR" or approved 2.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A Materials. Steel shall be per STM A36, hangers and other devices shall be as shown in "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems" Sheet metal used for bracing shall be no less than 16 gauge Cable bracing may be used provided that opposed acting cables are provided on the items being braced to provide bracing equal to that provided by rigid angle bracing 203-091 .00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o Q o o o o o o o o o o Ci C C n u c n u c [l U n l; J c o c c c c o c fI u (I U SECTION 15240 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION A Vibration Isolation. Motorized equipment shall be mounted on or suspended from spring vibration isolators either integral or external to the equipment Floor mounted or suspended isolators 2. Unless otherwise indicated, resilient mounts for motorized equipment shall be of the type and size to provide maximum ten percent transmissibility Use unhoused, free-standing stable steel springs which are preferred over housed spring assemblies The horizontal stiffness of the spring shall be approximately equal to its vertical stiffness The Spring deflection shall be selected based on the equipment power range (HP), speed range (RPM), and static deflection of the supporting structural floor For large equipment such as fans the steel spring static deflection of the supporting structural floor It is a specific recommendation that whenever a steel spnng is used, two pads of ribbed waffle-pattern neoprene be used in series with the spring 3 The design of vibration dampening shall consider lateral load as well as vertical load and be suitably snubbed against earthquake forces 4 A list of Isolators accompanied by certified transmissibility ratings for the required duty shall be submitted for each item of equipment 5 Unless noted otherwise, all vibration isolating equipment shall be of the same make and shall be submitted as one group 6 All piping in the mechanical equipment rooms connected to vibrating equipment shall be supported from resilient ceiling hangers or from floor mounted resilient supports 7 Special equipment, such as compressors, condensation pumps, boilers, etc., shall be selected on an individual basis 8 Inertia bases shall be provided for all equipment with rotating or reciprocating parts when such equipment is located above occupied spaces and for equipment where the motor is separate from equipment Bases shall be constructed of welded steel angles and channel frame filled solid with structural concrete with #4 rebar at 6 inches on center spanning short dimensions 302 SEISMIC CONTROL A. Provide earthquake bumpers for all equipment that is supported on spring isolators and weighing over 300 Ibs including base Provide minimum of four bumpers for equipment weighing less than 2,000 Ibs., and eight bumpers for heavier equipment B For equipment 400 Ibs or greater, provide lateral force calculations per Chapter 16 of the UBC if required by the building official 203-091 .00 Page 3 203-091 .00 SECTION 15240 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL !O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o C Ductwork: Longitudinal and transverse braCing shall be required for all round ducts 28 inches in diameter and larger, for rectangular ducts 6 square feet and larger, and on all duct systems used for life safety and smoke control installed in either the horizontal or vertical position Bracing shall be applied as follows Transverse bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 30 feet, at each duct turn and at the end of a duct run 2. Longitudinal bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 60 feet Transverse bracing for one duct section may also act as longitudinal bracing for a duct section connected perpendicular to it, If bracing IS installed within 4 feet of the intersection and sized and installed on the larger duct 3 Groups of ducts may be combined in a larger size frame using overall dimensions and maximum weight of ducts At least two sides of each duct must be connected to the angles of the brace 4 Walls, including non-bearing fixed partitions which have ducts running through them, may replace a transverse brace 5 Bracing may be omitted when the top of the duct is suspended 12 inches or less from the supporting structural members and on roof top ductwork. 6 Curb-mounted rooftop units shall be provided with cable bracing on four sides connecting unit with curb to prevent excessive movement in a seismic event D Piping. Longitudinal and transverse bracing shall be required for all piping 2- 1/2 inch diameter and larger and on all fuel gas piping 1 inch and larger Bracing shall be applied as follows. Transverse bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 40 feet, except on fuel gas piping on maximum intervals of 20 feet 2. Longitudinal bracing shall occur at maximum intervals of 80 feet, except on fuel gas piping on maximum intervals of 40 feet Transverse bracing for one pipe section may also act as a longitudinal bracing for a pipe section connected perpendicular to it, if the bracing is installed within 2 feet of the elbow or tee of similar size Piping conveying fluids at 1000F and higher shall have expansion devices provided in between longitudinal braces to allow for thermal expansion 3 Bracing may be omitted when the top of the pipe is suspended 12 inches or less from the supporting structural member and the pipe is suspended by an individual hanger 4 Seismic bracing for fire sprinkler system shall be as specified per UBC 9-1 but in no case be less than that required in this section 5 Provide seismic bracing for hot water tanks END OF SECTION Page 4 (l l; C r LJ c c PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL A (\ u c I' I I U n G I' l; fI LJ C r u SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Includes, but not limited to, the following Provide all material, labor, equipment, design, and services necessary to modify the existing (1) wet pipe automatic fire protection sprinkler system(s) for complete fire protection coverage throughout the tenant improvement area, per Factory Mutual Engineering and the City of Yelm requirements 2. The Contractor shall modify (1) wet pipe fire protection sprinkler system per the latest edition of N.F P.A. # 13, which has been adopted by the authority having jurisdiction and Factory Mutual Engineering requirements 3 The contractor is to obtain a permit and final approval from Factory Mutual Engineering and the City of Yelm for the fire protection sprinkler system All permits, fees for plan review, inspections, testing, etc shall be included in the bid proposal 4 When T JI construction is present, the amendments to U B C 9-1, 1997 edition shall be incorporated into the sprinkler system design 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. r I LJ r u 1 03 SYSTEM DESIGN 1'; I ' LJ A. n LJ 1'1 LJ c 203-091 00 The following sections apply to this section 1 2. 3 4 General Conditions and Division 1 Section 15055 "GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS" Section 15060 "PIPE AND FITTINGS" Section 15095 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS" Provide all material, labor, equipment, design, and services necessary to modify the existing (1) wet pipe automatic fire protection sprinkler system for complete fire protection coverage in the tenant improvement area(s) in accordance with the reqUired and advisory provisions of the latest edition of N F P.A. # 13, which has been adopted by the authority having jurisdiction, Page 1 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and Factory Mutual Engineering Requirements except as modified herein Design and provide each system with full consideration to blind spaces, piping, electrical equipment, ducts, other construction, and equipment in accordance with detailed working drawings to be submitted for approval Devices and equipment for fire protection service shall be UL FPED listed or FM P7825 approved for use in wet pipe sprinkler systems Installation of Section 15891 "DUCTWORK" shall take precedence over this section Failure to coordinate with other disciplines that results in removal and re-installation of piping shall not be charged as additional cost to the owner The fire protection contractor shall only bid to the mechanical contractor and not the general contractor The fire protection contractor shall be responsible for reviewing all mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection drawings for any additional fire protection related notes and details 1 04 LOCATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS A Sprinkler heads in exposed areas shall be installed in a consistent pattem while avoiding all lights, ductwork, and structural members Sprinkler protection shall be provided under all exterior roofs or overhangs exceeding 4'-0" in depth regardless of construction Spacing of sprinkler heads shall not exceed that permitted by N.F P.A. # 13 for occupancy 105 WATER DISTRIBUTION A Sprinkler head discharge shall be uniform throughout the area in which the sprinkler heads will open Discharge from individual heads in the hydraulically most remote area shall be at a minimum of 100% the specified density 1 06 SPRINKLER DENSITY AND DISCHARGE AREA OF OPERATION A. Size piping to provide the required density when the system is discharging over the entire most demanding area Using the pipe schedule method to determine pipe sizing will not be allowed Application rates to horizontal surfaces below the sprinklers (floor area) shall be 0.30 g.p.m per square feet over the entire area per Factory Mutual requirements. 1 07 HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES A Combined hose stream allowances for hydraulic calculations shall be 250 G P.M per Factory Mutual requirements 1 08 FRICTION LOSSES A Calculate losses in piping in accordance with Hazen-Williams equation using a 'C' value of 100 for unlined cast iron or unlined ductile iron, 120 for black 203-091.00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c c c II U c c r , ' u c c c fi LJ c c c o r LJ c 1 09 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS steel wet systems or galvanized, 140 for cement lined cast iron or ductile iron, and 150 for listed plastic, copper tube, or stainless steel WATER SUPPLY A Base hydraulic calculations for the bid on a flow test performed on April 8th, 1998 of 56 p.S.1 static pressure with a residual pressure of 45 p.s.i while flowing 945 g.p.m Test hydrant is located at the front of the Lasco Building by driveway Flow test information provided by the City of Yelm B Contractor shall verify available water supply for hydraulic calculations with a flow test recorded within six months of bid date If a new flow test is required, the Contractor shall coordinate with local authorities for a new flow test and the fees associated with a new flow test shall be included in the bid Information obtained from this flow test and indicated on the drawings shall be test hydrant static pressure, test hydrant residual pressure, associated pitot reading from flowing hydrant, test hydrant location, test hydrant elevation, and underground water main configuration 1 10 SUBMITTALS A. Submit (6) sets of shop drawings, hydraulic calculations, and manufacturers data sheets in a loose-leaf, 3-ring, hard cover binder The information contained in the Equipment Submittals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by specification index. The Equipment Submittals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs. The covers shall be imprinted with the name of the job, owner, Architect, and Mechanical Contractor Equipment Submittals shall contain original brochures supplied by manufacturers (zerox copies of originals will not be accepted) Each type of device provided shall be identified in the Equipment Submittals using the same identification as shown on the drawings and specifications The information included must be the exact equipment to be installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets Substituting products during installation from the approved Equipment Submittals will not be allowed and shall result in the removal and re- installation of system components at no additional cost to the owner Equipment submittals shall include, at a minimum, the following 1 Piping 2. Couplings / Fittings 3 Sprinkler Heads. 4 Pipe Hangers. 5 Seismic Bracing Components 6. Inspector's Test Assemblies 203-091.00 Page 3 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1 11 PIPING SYSTEM LAYOUT A Prepare 24" x 36" detail working drawings of system layout in accordance with N.F P.A. #13, "Working Drawings (Plans)" Show data essential for the proper installation of each fire protection spnnkler system per N.F P.A # 13 consisting of floor plans (1/8" = ]'-0" minimum), building sections, piping details, and elevations to clearly show pipe routing, head spacings, system water supply, devices, valves, and fittings The cover sheet of the shop drawings shall clearly state the scope of contractor's work, contractor's exclusions, contractor's start point, which version of N.F.P.A. # 13 was used for the sprinkler design, sprinkler system design density, remote area size for all occupancies and current water flow information used in the hydraulic calculations 1 12 SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN A. Hydraulic calculations for the fire protection sprinkler system design are to be based upon the area/density method All combustible ceiling spaces, attics, and voids shall be sprinklered regardless of construction type Maximum permissible velocity in branch lines 2" and less in gridded systems shall be 20 feet per second Maximum permissible velocity in tree-type branch lines and mains shall be 26 feet per second Velocity in underground mains and backflow preventers shall be 16 feet per second maximum 1" piping shall not serve (2) upright or (2) pendent sprinkler heads unless hydraulic calculations are provided to verify the pressure losses associated with multiple flows through 1" pipe A margin in the hydraulic calculations shall be maintained between the system demands and water availability The margin shall consist of 5 p.s.i or 10% depending upon whichever is greater Hydraulic node numbers shall be unique for each remote area and shall not be duplicated for auxiliary remote areas 1 13 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS OF SYSTEM A After completion, but before final acceptance, submit complete sets of as- built drawings of each system for record purposes Submit 24" x 36" full-scale drawings (out of scale drawings will not be allowed) on reproducible mylar film with title block similar to full size contract drawings Furnish the as-built (record) working drawings in addition to as-built contract drawings. The drawings shall show actual installation from all change orders, field authorizations, design changes, installation modifications, etc Upon request of the owner, as-built drawings in AutoCAD 2000 format shall be made available on a CD 1 14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A Submit Operation & Maintenance manuals in for each piece of equipment requiring Instructions on operation and/or maintenance Operation & 203-091 .00 Page 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o {l I I U n ~ c n G c fI u c \' u \l L fI G r U rl U c c c c r: u fI ~ c SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Maintenance manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed under the project Operation & Maintenance manuals shall contain original brochures supplied by manufacturers (zerox copies of originals will not be accepted) Each type of device provided shall be identified in the Operation & Maintenance manual using the same identification as shown on the drawings and specifications The information included must be the exact equipment installed not the complete "line" of the manufacturer Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets. Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer Relabeled and/or renumbered parts information as reassigned by equipment supplier are not acceptable The following information shall be provided for each device 1 2. 3 Manufacturer's name, address and phone number Local supplier's name, address and phone number Complete parts lists including quantities and manufacturer's part numbers Installation instructions Recommended maintenance items including maintenance procedure and recommended interval of maintenance listed in hours of operation, calendar unity or other similar time unit 4 5 B The Operation & Maintenance manual shall be assembled in a loose-leaf, 3- ring, hard cover binder The information contained in the Operation & Maintenance manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by specification index. The Operation & Maintenance manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs The covers shall be imprinted with the name of the job, owner, Architect, Mechanical Contractor, and year of completion PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ABOVEGROUND PIPING SYSTEMS A. Provide fittings for changes in direction of piping and for connections. Make changes in piping sizes through tapered reducing pipe fittings and perform all welding in the shop Bushings and field welding will not be permitted Conceal all piping in areas with suspended and hard ceilings. 203-091.00 Page 5 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 202 SPRINKLER PIPE AND FITTINGS A All above-ground wet pipe and fittings provided shall be Threaded or Cut Groove Black and galvanized steel pipe Schedule 40 for sizes less than 8 inches Black and galvanized steel Schedule 30 for sizes 8 inches and greater 2. Roll Groove or Welded Black and galvanized steel pipe to be either having a minimum wall thickness in accordance with Schedule 10, Schedule 40, or listed (UL or FM) pipe having a UL corrosion resistance ratio equal to greater than 1 0 3 Welded Outlets and Drilled Outlets for Mechanical Tees Use for branch main and branch line outlets only, shall be UL listed or FM approved, and shall have nominal size outlet at least one pipe diameter smaller than pipe to which they are attached 4 All fire protection piping and fittings (above-ground) shall be threaded, grooved, or flanged end fittings The use of plain end, lock-type, friction type, compression type, or any other type of fitting that is plain end ("prepared end", "polished end", beveled end, "FIT" end such as Victaulic "FIT", Gruvlok "Sock-It", Victaulic "Pressfit") is not permitted 5 Approved manufacturers are as follows. a Grooved Fittings Anvil International, Gem, Interfit, S P Fittings, or Victaulic b Threaded Fittings Anvil International, Central, Grinnell, Paddico, S.P Fittings or approved equal c Black Pipe Allied, American Tube & Pipe, or approved equal d Galvanized Pipe Allied, American Tube & Pipe, or approved equal 2.03 SPRINKLER HEADS A Provide minimum nominal%-inch orifice 2860F reliable sprinkler heads with a release mechanism meeting the requirements of N.F.P.A. # 13 for thermal sensitivity Sprinkler heads less than %-inch orifice will not be allowed unless prior approval is obtained Extended coverage sprinkler heads will be allowed, but it will be the fire protection sprinkler contractor's responsibility to assure proper implementation Provide bronze uprights in exposed areas (no ceilings) and in ceiling voids. Provide corrosion-resistant sprinkler heads and sprinkler head guards as required by N.F P.A. # 13 All upright sprinkler heads shall be installed with the frame arms parallel to the branch line Approved manufacturers are as follows 203-091 .00 Page 6 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o [, c SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Sprinkler Heads Reliable C 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING c c r LJ c c II U C C A. Provide hangers and seismic bracing in strict accordance with N F.P.A # 13 and manufacturer's literature Hanger components and bracing components that attach directly to sprinkler piping or the building structure shall be listed and U.L. or F.M approved All C-c1amp type hangers shall be fitted with retainer straps Protect copper piping at all points of contact to a dissimilar metal with isolation barriers to prevent the electrolysis process from occurring Seismic braces shall be connected to major frame members wherever possible with connections to joists being made only when necessary and must be coordinated with the Structural Engineer Seismic bracing material for connections to structural members shall be sized per assigned load tables in N F P.A. # 13 with a maximum I/r ratio of 200 Provide seismic calculations and details for each seismic brace configuration showing the total calculated load, size of bracing material, type of bracing material, length of bracing material, seismic brace design angle, allowable load of the bracing component, allowable horizontal bracing load of the sprinkler system, structure for bracing connection, size of fastener, length of fastener, allowable load per fastener, and the number of braces required Approved manufacturers are as follows 2. 3 Hangers Afcon, Anvil International, Erico, Gem, Michigan, PHD, Powerstrut, and T olco Seismic Braces Tolco and Topco/Persing Attachments Elco, Hilti, Sammy Super Screw, or approved equal 2.05 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 11 LJ C A Provide a permanently marked metal or engraved rigid plastic identification sign with proper lettering and secured with corrosion resistant wire, chain, or other approved methods for all control valves, drains, inspector's test valves, and fire department connection zones in accordance with N.F.P.A #13 r 2.06 INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION \ U o c c r ~ c 203-091.00 A. Provide test connections approximately 6 feet above the floor for each sprinkler system or portion of each sprinkler system equipped with an alarm device Inspectors test connection shall be located at the hydraulically most remote part of each system Provide test connection piping to a location where the discharge will be readily visible and where water may be discharged without property damage Inspector's test discharge orifice shall be a smooth bore corrosion resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice installed on that system If permitted by the authority having jurisdiction the inspector's test valve may be located at the system riser and tied into the main drain discharge Page 7 2.07 DRAINS SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS A Provide main drain piping to discharge at safe points outside the building or to a floor drain of adequate size to readily receive the full flow from a main drain through an air gap Provide auxiliary drains for trapped sections of system piping and route drain piping to a suitable location as required by the latest version of N F P.A. # 13 Coordinate all drain locations with the general contractor 2.08 PIPE SLEEVES A. Provide pipe sleeves or core-drilled holes where piping passes entirely through concrete walls, floors, platforms, and foundations Secure sleeves in position and location during construction and provide sleeves of sufficient length to pass through entire thickness of walls, floors, platforms, and foundations Provide minimum clearances per N.F P.A. # 13 between exterior of piping and interior of sleeve or core-drilled hole Firmly pack annular space with mineral wool insulation and seal both ends of the sleeve or core-drilled hole with plastic waterproof cement The waterproof cement shall dry to a firm but pliable mass Provide a mechanically adjustable segmented elastomeric seal hat prevents water seepage for penetrations below exterior grade Where piping passes through fire walls and fire floors, seal both end of pipe sleeves or core-drilled holes with UL listed fill, void, or cavity material 203-091.00 Sleeves in masonry and concrete walls, floors, platforms, and foundations. Provide hot-dip galvanized steel, ductile-iron, or cast- iron sleeves Core drilling of masonry and concrete may be provided in lieu of pipe sleeves when cavities in the core-drilled hole are completely grouted smooth 2. Sleeves in other than masonry and concrete walls, floors, platforms, and foundations Provide 26 gage galvanized steel sheet material as a minimum thickness o o o o o o o u o o o o o o o o o o o 3. Sleeve sizing A nominal diameter of 2" larger than the nominal diameter of the pipe is acceptable for pipe sizes 1" through 3112" and a nominal diameter 4" larger than the nominal diameter of the pipe is acceptable for pipe sizes 4" and larger 4 Core sizing A diameter of 2" larger than the actual diameter of the pipe is acceptable for pipe sizes 1" through 3112" and a diameter 4" larger than the actual diameter of the pipe is acceptable for pipe sizes 4" and larger 5 Clearance omission No clearance is necessary for piping passing through gypsum wallboard or equally frangible material that has no Page 8 r IL..J c c c /l LJ r LJ r LJ r u r ( ! U c c f' G I' U r l.J n LJ C r u [1 ~ c 2.09 2.10 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS fire resistance rating or if flexible couplings are installed within 1 '-0" of each side of the wall, floor, platform, or foundation WALL PLATES A. Provide a split hinge type, factory painted finish, metal plate for piping passing through walls, floors, platforms, and ceilings installed in exposed spaces Provide a split hinge type, polished stainless or chromium-plated finish on copper alloy, metal plate for piping passing through walls, floors, platforms, and ceilings installed in finished spaces HYDRAULIC SIGNS (PLAQUARDS) A Provide hydraulic signs made of weatherproof metal or rigid plastic that are permanently marked and secured with corrosion resistant wire, chain, or other approved means. The hydraulic sign shall identify the location of the design area, discharge density, design area size, system demands at the base of riser, design cnteria (occupancy, commodity classification, storage height, etc.), hose stream allowances, current water flow information, and auxiliary design parameters (densities and areas) associated with the system installed Each sprinkler system riser shall have a hydraulic sign placed near the control valve with the information stated above PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION A. Only a contractor that is certified as a level III technician by National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in the automatic sprinkler system layout sub field of fire protection engineering technology (in accordance with NICET 1014-7) shall be allowed to perform the fire protection work. The installing contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the design, installation, and testing of wet pipe automatic fire protection sprinkler systems, or similar fire protection systems A list of installations of a similar nature and scope shall be provided on request Installation, workmanship, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and testing shall be in accordance with N F P.A. # 13, except as modified herein Install piping straight and true to bear evenly on hangers and supports Hangers for piping to attach to structural members with no hanger being attached to acoustical ceiling tiles or gypsum wallboard ceilings. Ends of new piping and existing piping affected by Contractor's operations shall be thoroughly cleaned of water, cutting oil, and foreign matter Keep piping systems clean during installation by means of plugs or other approved methods and securely close open ends of piping when work is not in progress to prevent entry of foreign matter Inspect all piping before placing into position for foreign matter and remove as 203-091 .00 Page 9 SECTION 15330 WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS o o o o o o o o o o o o necessary All piping in finished areas shall be installed concealed above the ceiling space unless specifically noted otherwise Any portion of the sprinkler system that is to be installed exposed shall be addressed in writing with sketches (prior to the piping being fabricated or installed) to the Architect and Engineer to evaluate Install piping at such heights and in such a manner so as not to obstruct any portion of windows, doorways, passageways, or lights. Coordinate installation of piping with all trades (mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and structural) to avoid conflicts and offset piping as required to clear any interferences that may occur 302 HYDROSTATIC TEST A. Hydrostatically test all new piping at 200 P.S I or 50 P .S.I in excess of the systems working pressure (whichever is greater), for a 2-hour period with no leakage or reduction in pressure Flush piping with potable water in accordance with N F.P .A. # 13 Piping above ceilings shall be tested, inspected, and approved before installation of ceiling material Test the alarms and other devices by flowing water through the inspector's test connection When tests have been completed and corrections made, submit a signed and dated certificate similar to that specified in N F P.A #13 303 FORMAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A Do not submit d request for formal test and inspection until the preliminary test and corrections are completed and approved Submit a written request to local fire protection authority for formal inspection at least 15 days before the inspection date An experienced technician regularly employed by the system installer shall be present during the inspection At this inspection, repeat any or all of the required tests as directed Correct defects in work provided by the Contractor, and make additional tests until the system(s) comply with contract requirements Furnish appliances, equipment, electricity, instruments, connecting devices and personnel for the tests The owner will furnish water for the tests. Furnish architect with three (3) copies of certificates required by testing agencies o END OF SECTION o o o 203-091.00 Page 10 o o o rl LJ c c fI G l' LJ r LJ c c c c c c c c o c c c c SECTION 15487 NATURAL GAS SECTION 15487 NATURAL GAS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 102 1 03 SUMMARY A Includes But Not Limited To. Furnish and install gas piping and fittings B Related Sections. 1 General Conditions, Division 1 2. Section 15055 - General Mechanical Requirements 3 Section 15060 - Pipe and Fittings 4 Section 15095 - Hangers and Supports QUALITY ASSURANCE A Qualifications. Welders shall be certified and bear evidence of certification 30 days prior to commencing work on project If there is doubt as to proficiency of welder, Owner's Representative may require welder to take another test This shall be done at no cost to Owner Certification shall be by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratories or other approved authority SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION A. Pipe B Fittings C Valves D Gas Regulators PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE 203-091 .00 A. Meet requirements of ASTM A 53-87b, "Specification for Piping, Steel, Black & Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded & Seamless" B Carbon steel, butt welded, Schedule 40 black steel pipe Page 1 SECTION 15487 NATURAL GAS 2.02 FITTINGS A. Black Pipe. Welded forged steel fittings of ASTM A 234-87, "Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures," or standard weight malleable iron screwed 2.03 VALVES (GAS SHUT OFf VALVE) A. 125 psi bronze or iron body, square head cock, with bronze plug or AGA approved ball valve B Approved Manufacturers. Crane 1228 or equal 2.04 GAS REGULATORS A. Provide gas pressure regulators, pressures and capacity as scheduled on Plans to reduce medium pressure gas to recommended equipment operating range Gas regulators shall be by Equimeter/Rockwell or approved PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION A. Pipe and connection to pipes shall have welded fittings and joints. B Install gas shut off valves on lines serving all gas fired equipment adjacent to or on outside of equipment cabinet and easily accessible C Do not use flexible pipe o Install dirt leg with pipe cap, 6 inches long minimum, on each vertical gas drop to heating equipment E. Provide regulators herein before specified complete with vent, enclosures, and shut-off valves for gas-fired equipment END OF SECTION 203-091 00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c n L SECTION 15613 GAS FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNIT SECTION 15613 GAS FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNIT PART 1 - GENERAL i 1 01 SUMMARY U r LJ c A. Includes But Not limited To. Furnish and installing gas-fired make-up air units B Related Sections. General Conditions, Division 1, and Sections 15055 and 15487 apply to this Section PART 2 - PRODUCTS I' G 2.01 GAS FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNIT ) u r u c I' L r ~ c f1 G n 1 U I' U n ~ c 203-091 .00 A Make-up air handling units to be constructed of weatherized galvalume steel with interlocking joint construction The unit shall be installed on steel framing as detailed on the drawings B Units shipped in sections will be field assembled by others All necessary gasketing and hardware is provided for weatherproof reassembly in the field by others C All units are factory tested under UL standard 1995 and labeled with either Ul, ETL or CSA. D Unit shall be provided with a 2" filter rack. See Section 15870 for filter requirements E. Heat exchanger and burners shall be 409 stainless steel F Unit to include a centrifugal blower, motor, and an adjustable belt driven factory installed G Automatic controls shall consist of' 1 2. 3 4 24 volt control transformer Unit mounted two stage gas control Air flow proving switch Intermittent spark pilot Page 1 SECTION 15613 GAS FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNIT 2.02 APPROVED MAUFACTURERS A. Rezner B Equal as approved by Engineer PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 203-091 .00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c 'C C C SECTION 15860 AIR SYSTEM TESTING & BALANCING SECTION 15860 AIR SYSTEM TESTING & BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL C 1 01 GENERAL n LJ ,C C C C c c c C n u C C C C A. Includes, but not limited to, testing, balancing and adjusting of air heating, cooling and exhaust systems 1 02 RelATED SECTION(S) A General Conditions and Division 1 apply to this section B Division 15 shall make changes in pulley, belts, and dampers as required for correct balance as recommended by Air Testing & Balancing Agency at no additional cost to Owner C Division 15 shall repair leaks in ductwork at no additional cost to Owner 103 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS) A. Perform testing and balancing in complete accordance with the Associated Air Balancing Council AABC Standards for Field Measurement & Instructions, Form P1266, Volume I Record test data on AABC standard forms or facsimile thereof B Air Testing & Balance Agency shall perform tests specified, compile test data, and submit four copies of complete test data to Contractor for forwarding to Architect for evaluation and approval 1 04 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports. Include in air balance report findings regarding airtightness of each ducted system B Record Documents. Approved copies of report shall be bound in Operations & Maintenance Manuals See Division 15 General 203-091 00 Page 1 203-091 00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15860 AIR SYSTEM TESTING & BALANCING 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE (QUALIFICATIONS) A. Mechanical Contractor shall procure services of an independent Air Testing & Balance Agency which specializes in testing and balancing of heating, ventilating, and cooling systems to balance, adjust, and test air moving equipment, air distribution, and exhaust systems. B Agency shall employ a NEBB certified Air Balancer C Agency shall be approved in wnting by Consultant D Instruments used by Agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained good working order E. If requested, conduct tests in presence of Architect/Owner/Engineer 106 SEQUENCING & SCHEDULING A Mechanical Contractor shall award test and balance contract to approved agency upon receipt of his contract to proceed to allow Agency to schedule this work in cooperation with other Sections involved and comply with completion date B Begin air testing and balancing upon completion of heating, and exhaust systems including installation of all speCialties and devices PART 2 - PRODUCT Not applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testinq Procedure Air Testing & Balancing Agency shall perform following tests and balance system in accordance with following requirements 1 2. 3 Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements Test and record motor full load amperes. Make pitot tube traverse of main supply and obtain design cfm at fans. Test and record system static pressures Test and adjust system for design cfm air Test and record entering air temperatures Test and record leaving air temperatures 4 5 6 7 n U c c c c c o [1 u c c c c c c I' LJ c c n ~ 1', lJ SECTION 15860 AIR SYSTEM TESTING & BALANCING 8 Adjust main supply air ducts to within 10% design cfm 9 Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10% of design requirements 10 Adjust diffusers, grilles, and registers to minimize drafts 11 Identify at each volume damper with permanent mark, the position of actuator handle once final balance has been achieved B Final Inspection & Adiustments Architect may choose and direct spot balancing Differences between the spot balance and test report will be justification for requiring repeat of testing and balancing 2. Rebalancing shall be done in presence of Architect and subject to his approval 3 spot balance and rebalance shall be performed at no additional cost to Owner 4 System shall be completely balanced and all reports submitted to Architect prior to prefinal inspection 302 BALANCING FIRMS (APPROVED) A. B C D E. F G Hardin and Sons Hybalaire Lenco MCM National Indoor Aire Care (NIAC) Neudorfer United Systems 203-091.00 END OF SECTION Page 3 c c c c o c c c f' G C C C C o c c c c c SECTION 15869 EXHAUST FANS SECTION 15869 EXHAUST FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL A. Includes, but not limited to, furnishing and installing specified material as described In Contract Documents 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A General Conditions and Division 1 apply to this Section B Section 15055 - General Mechanical Conditions 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCES (REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES) A Bear AMCA seal, UL 507 (for continuous operation), and UL 705 (volume control by speed control on direct drive units) 1 04 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION A Exhaust Fans B Fan curves showing system curve, and maximum fan curve with largest motor PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF MOUNTED (UP BLAST) EXHAUST FANS A. Description Fan shall be spun aluminum, roof mounted, belt driven, up blast centrifugal exhaust ventilator B Certifications Fan shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL 762) and UL listed for Canada (cUL 762) Fan shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for sound and air performance 203-091 .00 Page 1 C 203-091 .00 SECTION 15869 EXHAUST FANS o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Construction The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed of minimum 16 gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure 2. The aluminum base shall have a one piece inlet spinning and continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection The windband shall have a rolled bead for added strength A two piece top cap shall have quick release latches to provide access into the motor compartment An integral conduit chase shall be provide into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections 3 The motor, bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14 gauge steel power assembly, isolated from the unit structure with solid vibration isolators The components shall be enclosed in a weather-tight compartment, separated from the exhaust airstream 4 Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum nameplate and shall be shipped in 1ST A certified transIt tested packaging D Wheel Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA standard 204-96, balance quality and vibration levels for fans E. Motor' Motor shall be heavy duty type with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure 2. Motor shall be explosion-proof F Bearings Bearings shall be designed and individually tested specifically for use in air handling applications Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball type in a cast iron housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,00 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed G Belts and Drives Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static type Drives shall be precision machined cast Iron type, keyed and securely attached Page 2 r 11 I' ~ c I' U [ r G [ [' u c c c c [ c n , LJ c c c c H SECTION 15869 EXHAUST FANS to the wheel and motor shafts Drives shall be sized for 150 percent of the installed motor horsepower The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM Approved Manufacturers 1 2. 3 4 5 Cook Carnes Penn Greenheck Jenn A C PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION Anchor fan unit securely to curb B Extend all Internal wiring to box on exterior of unit Provide computerized fan performance printout with submittals END OF SECTION Page 3 203-091.00 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c SECTION 15870 HV AC SPECIALTIES SECTION 15870 HV AC SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 SUMMARY A Includes, but not limited to, furnishing and installing specified material as described in Contract Documents B Filters used in air handling units C Furnishing and installing fire dampers at penetrations of fire rated walls, floors, and ceiling membranes, at ducts, registers, grilles, or louvers as indicated on drawings Installation shall be complete with sleeves, angles, and all other accessories as required by UL installation instructions, local codes, and reviewing authorities D Section Includes 1 Filters 2. Flexible connections 3 Fire dampers 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions B Division 1 C Section 15055 - General Mechanical Requirements D Section 15891 - Steel Ductwork 1 03 SUMITTAL REQUIREMENS OF THIS SECTION A. Filters B Flexible equipment connections C Fire dampers 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCES A. Requirements of Requlatorv Aqencies. 1 2. Bear the AMCA seal and UL label, NSF approved Fire and fire/smoke dampers to conform to UL Standards 555, 5558, and 555C and NFP A requirements as required and bear the correct UL label for the damper's application 203-091 00 Page 1 SECTION 15870 HV AC SPECIALTIES 3 Fire and fire/smoke dampers shall be approved by State Fire Authorities where so required 4 Fabric duct shall be UL listed in accordance with the 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed requirements of NFP A-90-A 1 05 SP ARE PARTS A. Deliver with O&M Manuals six fusible links of each type used on the project where replaceable link-type dampers are furnished PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTERS A General 30% efficient filters as specified herein shall be medium efficiency, pleated panel type, disposable filters, Farr 30/30 or approved and shall have an average efficiency of 25-30% atmospheric and 90-92% arrestance by ASHRAE Standard 52-76 unless instructed otherwise B Filter Housinqs Shall be furnished and installed as a part of the manufactured unit C Resistance Initial resistance of a 24"x24"x2" filter handling 2000 CFM shall not exceed 0.25" w g o Dust Holdinq Capacity' Shall be no less than 60 grams per square foot of face area at 1 0" w g E. Size Filters shall be 2" deep (unless indicated otherwise), with number and sizes indicated, or as required to give minimum nominal face area as scheduled on drawings F Provide a filter pull strap for all multiple filter sets longer than 24 inches. G Approved Manufacturers 1 2. 3 4 Farr Co (Type 30/30) Airguard DP-40 Purolator Eco-Air C 35 203-091 .00 Page 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o n ~ c c c c c c c [ [ c [ c c c [I u c c c SECTION 15870 HV AC SPECIALTIES 2.02 VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPERS A. Must conform to and bear the UL 555 label B Out of airstream type "B" with standard 165 degree link. 1 1f2 hour dampers for wall or floor construction of 1 hour Three-hour dampers for wall or floor construction of 2 hours or greater C In-air-stream type "A", dampers with standard 165 degree link for installation in existing duct (if any) and where "B" style dampers cannot be installed D Fire dampers in round duct must be "C" style with both blades and frame located out-of-air-stream and standard 165 degree F links PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTALLATION A. Filters and Filter Housinq Contractor to install temporary filters to provide temporary sealing of all duct systems during the construction period to prevent the entry of dirt, dust and debris into the duct systems These systems that are operated during the construction period shall have temporary filters installed over all inlets and filters installed in the air handling equipment Filters installed in equipment shall be same type as final filters required for the units Temporary air inlet type filters shall be taped over all inlets to completely filter all air drawn into the systems 2. Contractor to provide and install four (4) complete sets of all filters as scheduled below' a At equipment start-up b Prior to balancing system c Three (3) months after building occupancy d During the one year warranty to be scheduled with Owner 3 Furnish Owner with schedule of filter sizes for each air handler, heat pump, furnace, and fan coil unit B Flexible Equipment Connections 2. Provide insulated flexible equipment connections between ducts and vibrating equipment Fans which are internally isolated with spring isolators do not require flexible connections, unless indicated on the plans. Install flexible connections with sufficient slack to permit 2 inches of horizontal or vertical movement of ducts or equipment at connection point without stretching the flexible material 203-091 .00 Page 3 C 203-091.00 SECTION 15870 HV AC SPECIALTIES o o o o o o o o o o o o o D o o o o o 3 Where installed exposed to weather, provide a galvanized "hat" channel protecting top and vertical stretches of flexible connector from sunlight and weather Fire and Fire/Smoke Dampers Fire damper installation shall conform to details shown in the UL installation instructions for the particular damper 2. Each fire damper shall have an access panel located not more than 6 inches from the fire damper served Access panel shall not be less than 10" x 10" or equivalent size in smaller ducts 3 All dampers must be installed strictly in accordance with the UL installation instructions that must accompany the dampers and be available on site for the appropriate building inspector to view END OF SECTION Page 4 c c c c c [ c c c c c [ c c c c c c c SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 GENERAL A Includes, but not limited to, furnishing and installing above-ground ductwork and related items specified below and shown on Drawings 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A General Conditions and Division 1 apply to this Section B Section 15055 - General Mechanical Conditions C Section 15095 - Hangers and Supports D Section 15870 - HV AC Specialties 1 03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION A Duct liner B Volume dampers C Duct Sealers D Turning vanes 1 04 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes All duct dimensions shown are inside clear dimensions Where inside duct lining is specified or indicated, duct dimensions are to the inside face of lining B Low Pressure System Velocities less than 2,000 fpm and static pressure in duct 2 inches w g or less c Medium Pressure System Velocities greater than 2,000 fpm or static pressure in duct up through 6 inches w g D Gauqes Steel sheet and wire are U.S Standard Gauge, aluminum sheet is Brown and Sharpe Gauge 203-091 .00 Page 1 203-091 .00 Page 2 o D o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTS A Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal, except as indicated Fabricate of zinc- coated lock-forming quality steel sheets meeting requirements of ASTM A 527-85, "Specification for Sheet Steel Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality", with G 60 coating B Construct 1's, bends, and elbows with radius of 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline Where not possible, provide turning vanes C Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 300 divergence and 450 convergence o Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inches (200 mm) and smaller with crimp in direction of airflow 2.02 DUCT JOINTS A General Duct with Sides or diameter up to and including 36 inches shall be as scheduled below Under 13" 26 S-drive, pocket or bar slips on 7 - 10" centers S-drive, pocket or bar slips on 7-10" centers None 13" to 24" 24 None B Proprietary duct connections may be used on other sizes, Ductmate, WDCI, or equal 2.03 SPIRAL DUCT A The outer pressure sheet shall be manufactured from galvanized steel meeting ASTM A-527-67 in the following minimum gauges l' ~ c c [ c l' ~ c [ [ [ [ [ [ c c I' ~ c [ c 2.04 205 2.06 203-091.00 SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK 3"-12" 13"-24" 26 Ga 24Ga 20Ga 20Ga DUCT LINER A Spiral Duct Liner: Manville Splracoustic For ductwork requiring 1 1/2-inch (38 mm) Spiracoustic Plus System Lining a The installed 1 1/2-inch Spiracoustic Plus System lining shall have a Thermal Resistance (R-Value) of 6.3 (1 11) at 750F (240C) mean temperature, and a Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) of 095 per ASTM C 423, Type "A" mounting b Metal duct with inside diameters from 22 inches to 38 inches (559 to 965 mm), shall be lined with 1 1/2-inch Spiracoustic Plus SD Round Liner Board FLEXIBLE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A Provide flexible equipment connections between ductwork and equipment See Section 15870 - HV AC Specialties VOLUME DAMPERS A Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated B Fabricate splitter dampers of same material and gage as duct to 24 inches (600 mm) size in either direction, and two gages heavier for larger sizes, secured with continuous hinge or rod, operated with minimum 1/4- inch (6 mm) diameter rod C Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9-1/2 x 30 inch (240 x 760 mm) D Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 12 x 72 inch (300 x 825 mm) Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware Page 3 SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK E Except in round ductwork 12 inches (300 mm) in diameter and smaller, provide end beanngs F Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers Where width exceeds 30 inches (750 mm), provide regulator at both ends 2 07 DUCT HANGERS A See Section 15095 - Hangers and Supports 2.08 DUCT SEALER A All duct systems shall be effectively sealed and leak tested with the total allowable leakage from the high and medium pressure ducts not to exceed 1 % of the total system design airflow rate Total allowable leakage from the low pressure ducts shall not exceed 5% of the total system design airflow rate These requirements are in compliance With ASH RAE Standard #90A and SMACNA High, Medium, and Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards (Seal Class A, B, C, D) All 1-inch and 1/2-inch pressure duct shall be sealed for Class 'C' The description for the work to include the sealing of all seams, joints, fastener penetrations and connections 2. The sealant used shall be Elastomeric tape, which shall consist of a pressure sensitive layer of Modified Butyl Rubber Duct Sealer laminated to a backing material which will conform to surface variations and irregular areas and will not harden, crack, or peel The sealant shall provide an instant, positive bond which shall seal on contact, be waterproof, and shall conform with N F P.A Class 1 requirements B Exterior Ductwork. Sealant shall be HARDCAST FG-1402. 2.09 DUCT CLOSURE COLLARS A. General. Closure collars shall provide closure of opening between duct and opening in element penetrated and shall abut tight up to and overlap duct and shall consist of rolled angle material (for round ducts) and weldea framed angles (for rectangular/round ducts) B Size. Closure collars shall be sized to match duct/opening applied to and shall have minimum 2-inch overlap on duct side and 2-inch overlap at opening/ penetrated element side but shall completely cover opening in element penetrated with minimum 1-inch overlap to undisturbed element (i e , wall, floor, etc ) 203-091 .00 Page 4 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c [1 u c SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK Material. Closure collars shall be fabricated of 20 gauge galvanized steel for ducts 15 inches diameter and less and shall be fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized steel duct for all larger ducts and all square and rectangular ducts C /l 2.10 TURNING VANES U c A. Turning vanes may be either Contractor or factory fabricated Factory fabricated vanes shall be Barber Colman "Airturns" or approved B Vanes and runners shall be fabricated of minimum 24 gauge galvanized o n \Jj c o C D E. Turning vanes shall comply with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards For duct widths less than 19 inches, vanes may be single wall construction, for widths greater than 19 inches, vanes shall be double wall "airfoil" type Turning vanes shall be equally spaced, parallel to each other, and securely attached to runners For elbows where the inlet and outlet dimensions are not the same, modify vane shape or angle to provide optimum turning I~ U PART 3 - EXECUTION o 301 INSTALLATION ''0., (1 G c c [1 u c c c c 203-091 .00 A Ducts 2. 3 Straight and smooth on inside with joints neatly finished unless otherwise directed Securely anchor ducts to building structure with screws Brace and install ducts so they shall be free of vibration under all conditions of operation Round, horizontal ducts shall be hung with bands which extend the entire perimeter of the duct Ducts shall be braced and guyed to prevent lateral or horizontal swing Ducts shall not bear on top of structural members Make duct take-offs to branches, registers, grilles and diffusers as detailed on Drawings Properly flash where ducts protrude above roof Install internal ends of slip joints in direction of flow Make joints airtight using specified duct sealer Cover horizontal and longitudinal joints on exterior ducts two layers of Hardcast tape installed with Hardcast HC-20 adhesive according to Manufacturer's recommendations 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Page 5 B 203-091 .00 SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK o o u o o U d 11 Ducts installed on mechanical space floor or walkway where ducts may be subject to abuse shall have Ductmate/35 or (heavy) SMACNA "J" type connection on all joints Duct Liner: Adhere insulation to sheet metal with full coverage of a UL listed adheSive 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners as indicated by SMACNA or manufacturer Pin length should be as recommended by the liner manufacturer 3 All exposed edges of the liner must be factory or field coated 4 Repair liner surface penetrations with UL listed adhesive 5 Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness 6 Provide liner for all supply duct as indicated on plans C Turning Vanes. o D U o .,' o o o o o D o o Install turning vanes in all square duct turns, and at locations shown on drawings 2. Securely attach turning vane runners to ductwork. D Flexible Connections. See Section 15870 - HV AC Specialties E. Dampers. Provide each take-off with an adjustable volume damper to balance that branch 2. Anchor dampers securely to duct 3 Install dampers in main ducts within insulation 4 Dampers in branch ducts shall fit against sheet metal walls, bottom and top of duct and be securely fastened Cut duct liner to allow damper to fit against sheet metal F Grilles, Reoisters, and Diffusers Install and anchor securely G Ductwork Leakaoe Criteria All transverse joints and longitudinal seams shall conform to SMACNA's Class A sealing requirements as defined on page 1-6 of the 1985 SMACNA Manual, First Edition 2. Constant Volume Systems/Supply Ductwork a Allowable Leakage - per SMACNA 3 Constant Volume Systems/Exhaust Ductwork a Exhaust Ductwork - per SMACNA Page 6 c f\ G H n ~ o {I) Li C r'1 ~ C c C r w r u c' u r w [l ( LJ c c c c 203-091 .00 SECTION 15891 STEEL DUCTWORK Ductwork Leakaqe T estinq 2. Installed ductwork shall be tested prior to installation of access doors, take-offs, etc All leak testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer or representative of the Engineer The contractor shall give the Engineer 72 hours notice prior to testing Any testing not witnessed by the Engineer, or his/her representative, shall be considered invalid and will be redone The testing shall be performed as follows a Perform testing in accordance with HV AC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual b Use a certified orifice tube for measuring the leakage c Define section of system to be tested and blank off d Determine the percentage of the system being tested e Using that percentage, determine the allowable leakage (cfm) for that section being tested f Pressunze to operating pressure and repair any significant or audible leaks g Repressurize and measure leakage h Repeat steps f and g until the leakage measured is less than the allowable defined in step e 3 END OF SECTION Page 7 c j1 IJ n U o c' c c c SECTION 15932 AIR TERMINALS SECTION 15932 AIR TERMINALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To. Furnish and install complete, all air terminals described in Contract Documents 1 02 RELATED SECTIONS A General Conditions and Division 1 apply to this Section B Section 15055 - General Mechanical Conditions r-'1 L 1 03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION o o r u o Q C r' LJ c n u o A. Grilles, registers, and diffusers PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS (GRD) A Shall be as scheduled on drawings B Provide the various grilles, registers and diffusers shown on the plans and of the various types herein before specified All terminals with prime-coat finish shall be installed before the walls and ceiling are painted, in order that they may be finish painted by the General Contractor Those with factory finish or aluminum construction shall be installed after the walls and ceilings are painted Air Terminals shall be of a standard steel construction C Approved Manufacturers: (subject to submittal approval) 1 2. 3 4 5 6 Anemostat J&J Kees Krueger Price Titus 203-091 00 Page 1 203-091 .00 Page 2 o o o o D o o o o o o D o ~ o o o o o SECTION 15932 AIR TERMINALS 7 Tuttle & Bailey 2.02 MISCEllANEOUS A. Screen. 1 j2-inch mesh, constructed of either 0.051-inch aluminum wire or 19 gauge galvanized steel wire PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 INSTAllATION A. Anchor securely into openings B All air terminals that supply air are not required to have an OBD C Provide screened openings on all duct openings where indicated and where openings do not have grilles or registers. END OF SECTION o ........ n .I.&ENGINEERS,INC. U TACOMA · SEATTLE · OLYMPIA c o (I lJ C C C c (', II C r u o U D i' G r LJ c n L\ r u Notice. TACOMA OFFICE 602112th Street East, SUite 200 Tacoma, W A 98424 Phone (253) 922-0446 Fax (253) 922'0896 LASCO BATHWARE RESIN TANK STORAGE BCE PROJECT NO. 203-091.00 The following list of specifications and drawings represents those documents that were prepared under the provisions of the Revised Code of Washington RCW 1843, by BCE Engineers, Inc of Tacoma, Washington The sealing of this specification and drawings list is provided in accordance with Washington Administrative Code WAC 196-23-020 I EXPIRES 7 '2..4"'04 TABLE OF CONTENTS 16000 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 16050 16110 16120 16140 16160 16170 16180 16500 16720 203-091 .00 Description No. of PaQes ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS RACEWAY WIRES AND CABLES SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES P ANELBOARDS DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES FUSES LIGHTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 15 4 4 3 3 2 2 4 6 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 c SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS ri LJ c SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS n LJ {'I U PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .01 GENERAL A. Conform to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and related work in other Division for all work in Division 16 See Division 1 for sequence of work. {'l LJ o 1.02 WORK INCLUDED fI LJ A. It is the intention of this division of the specifications and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing and placing in satisfactory and successful operation all equipment, materials, devices and necessary appurtenances to provide a complete electrical system, together with such other miscellaneous installations and equipment hereinafter specified and/or shown in the plans The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all electncal systems shown on the plans or described herein Equipment and devices furnished and installed under other divisions of this specification (or by the Owner) shall be connected under this division The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both o c C C C C B By submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that he has made a thorough examination of the contract documents, existing site and building conditions, and has determined that these documents do sufficiently describe the scope of construction work required under this contract 1.03 SCOPE OF BASIC BID A. Included in Division 16 work is all work and related items necessary to provide all electrical installations except as specifically excluded In general, this includes all labor, equipment, tools, etc., to complete the electrical work. (I G r U 1.04 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS c c A The work shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable Standards and Codes of the following c 203-091.00 Page 1 ASTM NBFU NEC NESC NEMA NFPA UL. IPCEA CBM ETL SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS American Society for Testing and Materials National Board of Fire Underwriters Na~ohaIBec~caICode State Electrical Code National Electrical Safety Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Associated Certified Ballasts Manufacturers Federal, state and Local Building Codes Electrical Testing Laboratories B If any conflict occurs between Government adopted Code Rules and this specification, the codes are to govern Nothing In these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming with governing codes Also, this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans and specifications which may be in excess of, but not in conflict with, requirements of the Governing Codes 105 PERMITS & FEES A The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing work specified herein The Contractor shall arrange for inspection of work by the inspectors and shall give the Inspectors all necessary assistance in their work of inspection B The Contractor shall consult with and follow the requirements of the local fire, power. telephone, and television utilities serving the area and shall coordinate his work with them 1 06 DEFINITIONS A. When "Provide" is used, it shall be interpreted as "furnishing and installing complete in operating condition" B When "Drawings" is used, it shall be interpreted as "all Contract Drawings for all Disciplines" C When "Contractors" is used, it shall be interpreted as the Electrical Contractor 203-091 .00 Page 2 o Q o G o o o D o o o o o o n o o o u r LJ SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS C' 1 07 INTENT OF DRAWINGS 11 U (I U ^. C (l G n L (/ ( ; LJ c c 108 (~ LJ 109 r u ['1 U c A. The electrical drawings are intended to serve as working drawings for general layout The equipment layout is diagrammatic and unless specifically dimensioned or detailed, does not indicate all fittings, hardware or appurtenances required for a complete operating installation Anything shown on the drawings but not covered in the specifications, or anything covered in the specifications but not shown on the drawings, shall be as if covered in both In case of conflict between the drawings and specifications, the Engineer will select the method to be used The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all measurements before proceeding with the work. B Wiring diagrams are not intended to indicate the exact course of raceways or exact location of outlets Raceway and outlet locations are approximately correct and are subject to revision as may be necessary or desirable at the time of installation Precise location in every case shall be subject to the Engineer's approval PROTECTION A The Contractor shall store and guard all equipment before installation and shall protect same, and replace any equipment that has been damaged prior to final acceptance HOUSEKEEPING A All electrical materials shall be kept stored in an orderly fashion protected from heat, cold, and the weather B All marred surfaces shall be refinished and painted after installation C All debris shall be removed from premises during work, as directed, and at completion of job 1 10 TEMPORARY USE r u. c o c c 203-091 .00 A. Temporary or interim use of any and all portions of the electrical system shall be under the supervision of the Electrical Contractor B Temporary power and lighting for use during construction shall be provided per the requirements of the Division 1 specifications. Page 3 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 11 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A The Contractor shall maintain, In addition to any reference drawings, an as- built set of prints, which have been reproduced from the bid set on which all deviations from the original design shall be drafted in a neat, legible manner with red colored pencil This red lined set shall identify all drawing revisions including addenda items, change orders, and Contractor revisions The Contractor is responsible to revise panel schedules and load calculations as required B The Contractor shall update all references to specific products to indicate products actually installed on project This shall include, but not be limited to, lighting fixtures, baseboard heaters, etc C Upon completion of the Division 16 Work, the Contractor shall deliver the red lined drawings and one set of neatly drafted as-built drawings on reproducible mylar to the Engineer for transmittal through the Engineer to the Owner 1 12 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty that the Division 1 6 work is free from mechanical and electrical defects Contractor shall replace and repair, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, any parts of the installation which may fail within a period of 12 months after the certificate of final acceptance, provided that such failure is due to defects in material or workmanship, or failure to follow the specifications and drawings 1 13 INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS 203-091.00 A. A preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover, shall be submitted 60 days prior to completion of the project for checking and review Five (5) bound, corrected copies shall be delivered to the Owner 20 days prior to scheduled substantial completion after review of the preliminary copy Obtain a receipt for the manuals and forward a copy of the receipt to the Engineer with the completed form o o o o o n U u o o o o o o D ,0 o o o o B Manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed under the project Signal equipment submittals shall contain step-by-step circuit description information designed to acquaint maintenance personnel with equipment operation in each mode of operation Manuals shall contain original brochures supplied by manufacturers Page 4 [! LJ c J1 LJ o c c " ~ r u o G C D c c SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS C Each type of device provided shall be identified in the 0 & M Manual using the same identification as shown on the drawings and specifications The information included must be the exact equipment Installed not the complete "line" of the Manufacturer Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the onginal parts manufacturer Relabeled and/or renumbered parts information as reassigned by equipment supplier are not acceptable The following information shall be provided for each device 1 Manufacturer's name, address and phone number 2. Local supplier's name, address and phone number 3 Complete parts lists including quantities and manufacturer's part numbers 4 Installation instructions 5 Recommended maintenance items including maintenance procedure and recommended interval of maintenance listed in hours of operation, calerldar unity or other similar time unit D The 0 & M Manual shall be assembled in a loose leaf, 3-ring, hard cover binder The information contained in the manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by specification index. The manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs The covers shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner, Architect, Electrical Engineer, Division 16 Contractor, and year of completion The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner, and year of completion As a minimum, the following selection shall be broken out. 1 Light Fixtures 2. Panelboards 3 Motor Controls 4 Fire Alarm System E. Wiring Diagrams for each system shall be complete for the specific system installed under the contract 'Typical" Line Diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly marked to indicate the exact field installation ~ 1 14 WORK NOT INCLUDED w r v c o o A. Indicated motors, controls, and equipment as described in other divisions shall be furnished by other trades, but shall be moved, set and wired to electrical controls and power supply by the electrical contractor B Work to be included under this contract shall be defined on drawings and in these specifications. Any details beyond these limits are meant only to give installation clarity to that portion which is a part of this Contract 203-091.00 Page 5 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 15 INSTRUCTION PERIODS A. Upon completion of the work and after all tests and final inspection of the work by the authority(s) having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall demonstrate and Instruct the Owner's designated operation and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various electrical systems The Contractor shall arrange scheduled instruction periods with the Owner The Contractor's representatives shall be superintendent's or foremen knowledgeable in each system and suppliers representatives when so specified B Scheduled Instruction periods shall be Lighting Control and Distribution System 1/2 day C Costs for time involved by Contractor shall be included in the bid 1 16 COMPLETION OF WORK A. Upon completion of the Division 16 work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer a completion letter stating that he has fulfilled all the requirements of his contract for Division 16 work as set forth in the drawings and speCifications and that all items in pre-final inspection lists submitted by the Engineer have been satisfactorily completed B Arrange for and obtain all required inspections and certificates pertaining to the Division 1 6 work and deliver the certificates to the Engineer in triplicate C Prior to or at the time of final inspection, the Contractor shall, as outlined in detail in the specifications, complete the delivery of all the following items Completion Letter 2. Certificate of Final Inspection, in triplicate form a b Electrical Inspector Fire Department COMPLETION OF WORK 1 6050 - 1 1 7 3 Warranty to Owner (with copy for Engineer) SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 16050-1 13 4 Marked Set & Reproducible Mylar Set of "As-Built" Electrical Drawings GENERAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 16050-1 12 203-091 .00 Page 6 c o o o o o o o o o o D o o o o o o o r LJ o c c 5 Motor Current Readings 6 Phase Current Readings 7 OHMIC Test Readings 8. Panelboard and Special Equipment Shop Drawings and Final Approved List of Materials Installed 9 Certificate of feeder torque results 10 *Receipt from person to whom delivered the fol- lowing spare glasses, plastic diffusers, lamps, and ballast fuses 11 *Receipt from person to whom delivered the fol- lowing Spare Elements for Fire Detectors, Fuses for Switches, Spare Keys for Panelboards, receptacles switches, plugs, etc ~ u n LJ n 11 C r LJ c c c )1 I ' LJ 12. Wiring diagrams, Maintenance Manuals, Operation Instructions, and Brochures (5 sets minimum) C r\ w SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL TESTS 16120 - 3 03 (D) GENERAL TESTS 16120 - 3 03 (E) GENERAL TESTS 16120-3.03 (B) MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 6050 - 2.03 WIRES AND CABLES 16120 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 FIRE ALARM - 16720 FUSES - 16180 P ANElBOARDS - 16160 SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES 16140 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS & MANUALS 1 6050 - 1 1 4 * Secure delivery instructions from Architect for delivery to Owner c C D C 1 17 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A The Contractor shall submit to the Architect no later than 30 days after the award of the contract, a minimum of five (5) copies, each bound under separate cover, with index, detailed shop drawings, to include Manufacturer's Catalog Data 203-091 .00 Page 7 B 203-091.00 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS [ U o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 2. Complete Physical and Technical Data 3 Wiring Diagrams 4 Detailed Reference (written or highlighted) noting compliance with the appropriate specification section and applicable item numbers within that section 5 Other Descriptive Data as required by the Architect/ Engineer Shop drawings shall be submitted complete, at one time and each item indexed with dividers and shall be, but not limited to the items of equipment listed below' All panelboards, showing breaker arrangement with circuit numbers, relays, and panel skirts 2. Motor starters and controls designating where items are intended to be used and equipment being controlled 3 Disconnect Switches 4 Fuses and spare fuse cabinet 5 Fire Alarm System 6 Wiring Devices 7 Back Boxes 8 Coverplates 9 Nameplates 10 Raceways and Connectors 11 Copper Wire 12. Fire Wall Penetration Seals 13 Any other items requested by Engineer C Within 10 working days after the date of the letter rejecting any items of equipment, lighting fixtures, or materials as not in accordance with the specifications, Contractor shall submit a new list of items he proposes to furnish and install in place of those items rejected If the Contractor fails to submit this new list within the above specified time, or if any items on thIs second list are rejected as not being in accordance with these specifications, the Engineer may select the items which the Contractor shall furnish and install without change in contract price or time of completion D The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the engineer does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for submitting materials at such a time to allow a minimum of two weeks for Engineer's review E. Electrical Drawings for the project have been developed by the engineer using AutoCADTM Revision 2000 software These drawing files will be made available to the contractor for development of shop drawings and/or "As- Builts" for a fee of $20.00 per sheet Page 8 11 L, c f' LJ o f1 U r LJ (l u c c fI ~J r u C c c c o c c o SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 18 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Provide Schedule of Values per Division 1 and related project requirements B Division 16 Breakdown Provide schedule of values for the following categories (as a minimum) 1 2. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12. 13 14 15 C D PART 2 - PRODUCTS Electrical Mobilization Electrical Submittals Electrical General Project Management, General Design, General Coordination Branch Circuit Materials Rough-in Branch Circuit Materials Rough in - Labor Branch Circuit Trim - Materials Branch Circuit Trim - Labor Feeder Materials Feeder Materials - Labor Panelgear, Disconnects, Starters Panelgear, Disconnects, starters - Labor Light Fixtures Light Fixtures - Labor Fire Alarm System Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training The dollar value for "Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training" shall in no case be less than 2% of the total dollar value of the Division 16 work (or as indicated in Division 1, whichever is higher) The Contractor is advised that in addition to payments held out for retainage and project final completion (i e "Electrical Punchlist, Closeout, and Owner Training"), as specified above and in Division 1, the Owner reserves the right to withhold 1 0% of the funds for any of the above categories until the systems (of that category) have been proven to operate as specified and have been completely tested and adjusted 2.01 COMPETITIVE PRODUCTS Any reference in the specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition The Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Engineer, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified However, any manufacturer not listed as an accepted bidder for a specific item must be 203-091.00 Page 9 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS submitted for acceptance in writing and with descriptIve data verifYIng equal quality and performance at least ten (10) working days prior to the bid date for approval 2.02 MANUFACTURER/EQUIPMENT PRIOR APPROVALS A. Any manufacturer/equipment not listed as an approved substitute for a specified item must be submitted for acceptance in accordance with this Section in writing, with detailed information to include 1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data 2. Complete Physical and Technical Data 3 Wiring Diagrams 4 Detailed reference (written or highlighted) noting compliance with the appropriate Specification Section and all applicable Specification item numbers within that Section 5 Complete type wntten index cross referencing all proposed substitutes and specified items 6 Detailed reference to speCIfied items (written or highlighted) noting equal quality and performance of proposed substitute equipment 7 Other descriptive data, as required by the Engineer B If substitute material is determined to be acceptable by the Engineer, it will be included in a subsequent Addenda prior to bidding The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the engineer does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents C Only materials which are specified or published in addenda as acceptable shall be used 2.03 MATERIALS A. All materials must be of the quality herein specified All materials shall be new, of the best quality and free from defects They shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation and operational life in the environmental conditions which will prevail where they are being installed B Each type of material shall be of the same make and quality The materials furnished shall be standard products of the manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design C All materials shall be U L. or E.T L. listed for the purpose for which they are used 203-091 .00 Page 10 [ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 'l L o C' SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS D Equipment In compliance with U L. standards but not bearing their label is not acceptable If the manufacturer cannot arrange for labeling of an assembled unit at the factory the unit shall be field evaluated per WAC 296- 402. f' 2.04 COMPLETE SYSTEM U fI U n u A All the systems mentioned shall be complete and operational in every detail except where specifically noted otherwise Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide a complete and operable system 2.05 NAMEPLATES r u' c c if; u A Provide nameplates constructed of plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through black surface material to white sublayer (attach with screws on NEMA 1 enclosures) EXCEPTION (1) Emergency distribution system component labeling - white letters on red background Exception (2) Series rated systems shall be yellow background with white letters 1 Panelboard Labels Refer to Section 16160 2. Motor Starter and Disconnect Labels. Refer to Section 16170 PART 3 - EXECUTION c 301 GENERAL C n u c n L c c c r u 203-091.00 A. Careful consideration shall be given to clearances under and over beams, pipes and ducts, to provide proper headroom in all cases. Check drawings to determine heights of all suspended ceilings and size of pipe shafts where raceway and wire-ways shall run Coordinate installation of Division 16 wiring and equipment with Division 15 and other trades Where insufficient room for proper installation appears, obtain clarification from Engineer before any installation is begun B Cuttino and Patchino Obtain permission from the Architect/Engineer prior to cutting Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary Cut concrete with diamond core drills except where space limitations prevent the use of such drills Page 11 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work must be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade 302 COORDINATION A. The Contractor is responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work shall coordinate his work with that of the other Contractors and/or other trades doing work in the building and shall examine all Drawings, including the several Divisions of Mechanical, structural, Civil and ArchitecturaL for Construction Details and necessary coordination Specific locations of construction features and equipment shall be obtained from the contract documents, field measurements, and/or from the trade providing the material or equipment No extra costs will be allowed for failure to obtain this information B All conflicts shall be reported to the Engineer in writing before installation for decision and correction Special attention is called to the following Items Door swings to the end that switches will be located on "Strike" SIde of the door 2. Location of grilles, pipes, sprinkler heads, ducts and other mechanical equipment so that all electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical outlets and equIpment are clear from and in proper relation to these items 3 Location of cabinets, counters and doors so that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and equipment are clear from and in proper relation to these items 4 Type and height of ceiling C The Contractor will not be paid for work requiring reinstallation due to lack of coordination or interference with other contractors or trades This includes, but is not limited to, removing, replacing, relocating, cutting, patching, and finishing 303 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. It is our intent to provide a timely response for RFls regarding Division 16 Work. To further expedite this process, where a suggestion can be determined or derived at by the initiator of the RFI, it is required this suggestion be supplied with the submitted RFI If no suggestion is given where one is possible, the RFI will be returned as incomplete All Electrical RFls shall be written on the form provided at the back of this section 203-091 .00 Page 12 [ o o o D o ,0 o o o o o o o o o o o o D o o o c n u c c c G c c SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 304 CLEANING AND PAINTING A All equipment, whether exposed to the weather or stored indoors shall be covered to protect it from water, dust and dirt B After installing, all metal finishes shall be cleaned and polished, cleaned of all dirt, rust, cement, plaster, grease and paint C All equipment with a primer coat of paint shall be given two (2) or more coats of a finish enamel and scratched surfaces be refinished to look like new Markings, identification and nameplates shall be replaced 305 306 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A Provide identifying engraved bakelite nameplate on all equipment, including pull boxes, to clearly indicate its use, area served, circuit identification, voltage, and any other useful data B Each auxiliary system, including communications, shall be clearly labeled to indicate its function DEVIATION A. Deviation from the shop drawings in construction or installation of equipment shall not be made unless Shop Drawings showing proposed deviations are submitted to and approved by the Engineer If any equipment is furnished under this or other divisions with current, voltage or phase ratings that differ from those shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing immediately and shall not connect said equipment until instructed as to required changes by the Architect No extension of time will be granted as a result of such changes r 3.07 WIRING METHODS u c c c C r w c 203-091.00 A All branch circuit wiring shall be installed in raceway with junction boxes and fittings B Provide access panels as needed for pull boxes and equipment located above ceiling or behind walls c Multiple feeder runs shall be rod hung, using a strut type channel with individual one hole clamps, back plates and machine screws D Any low voltage cables that are not terminated at both ends shall be tagged and labeled per code Page 13 SECTION 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 308 PENETRATIONS Of fiRE RATED ELEMENTS A Must be made such as to retain that rating 309 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A Provide hangers, brackets, and suspension rods and supplementary steel to support equipment B Hangers provided under other divisions shall not be used for support of Division 16 equipment unless permitted by ArchItect/Engineer 3 10 CHASES AND OPENINGS A Provide to the masonry and concrete trades all templates and details of chases, openings in floors and walls as required for Division 1 6 equipment installation 3 11 PAINTING A Painting in general will be covered under another division of this specification, except items furnished under Division 1 6 that are scratched, marred in shipment or installation, shall be refinished by the Division 16 Contractor 312 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality and none but competent workers shall be employed under the supervision of a competent foreman All completed work shall represent a neat and workmanship like appearance B All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Engineer 3 13 MISCEllANEOUS A Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the lateral and vertical support of conduit and electrical equipment, as required by the Uniform Building Code B Conduits that cross seismic separations shall be installed with flexible connection suitable to accommodate conditions. Secure raceways on each side of a separation and provide a minimum of 36" length of flexible conduit to span separation END OF SECTION 203-091.00 Page 14 [ o o o [] o o o o o o o o o o o o o o C Response: o C r LJ n LJ C <I LJ r, LJ fI ILJ c c c n L f' U fI ~ LJ c C r u r; LJ REQUEST FOR INFORMATION .... ... ...~ ENGINEERS,INC TACOMA . SEATTLE . OLYMPIA Project: Reference Drawing or Specification. RFI No. Suggested Solution: Response Needed By: Contractor: By. Date. Contractor: By: Date: This is not an authorization to proceed with work involving additional cost and/or time Contractor shall obtain authonzation prior to proceeding with this work if the response in this RFI will result in additional cost and/or time c o C r u o o C r u c c o C Q C C C C r u o SECTION 16110 RACEWAY SECTION 16110 RACEWAY PART 1 - GENERAL 101 WORK INCLUDED Provide Raceway System complete PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED RIGID STEel CONDUIT (GRS) 2.02 2.03 A General Hot dipped galvanized B Fittinqs Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (O.Z type or equivalent) permitted Running thread or set screw type fittings not approved INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (iMC) A General Hot Dipped galvanized B Fittinqs' Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (O.Z type or equivalent) permitted Running thread or set screw type fittings not approved ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. General Hot dipped galvanized B Fittinqs Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Steel set screw fittings are acceptable Indenter, drive-on and pressure cast or die cast type set screw are not acceptable 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Dry Locations. General Galvanized flexible steel for dry locations. 203-091.00 Page 1 SECTION 16110 RACEWAY 2. Fittings Malleable iron or steel, Thomas and Betts "squeeze" type or equal B Damp and Wet Locations Liquid Tight. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit 2. Fittings Thomas and Betts "Super-Tite" or equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 GENERAL A Cut Raceway ends square, ream and extend maximum distance into all couplings and connectors B Provide and install manufactured end caps on all Raceway ends during construction to prevent the entrance of water or dirt Tape, as a cover, not permitted C Swab out all Raceways before pulling wires D All elbows for GRS shall be factory elbows For all other Raceway, use factory ells for bends of 1-1 /4" and larger diameter E. Raceway shall not penetrate sheet metal ducts unless permission is granted by Architect/Engineer All sleeves shall be provided for Raceway installation 302 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT All Connections shall be watertight Install for all Raceways in concrete or where subject to damage 303 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT Intermediate metal conduit is permitted as a substitute for galvanized rigid steel conduit except where GRS is required by code 3.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING Install for wiring in masonry, frame construction, furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings May be used for exposed work in unfinished areas where not subject to damage Where construction involves masonry work, surface cut masonry units wherever such masonry units are to remain un plastered or uncovered in complete construction 203-091 .00 Page 2 [ [ [ [ C o o o o o o o o o o u o o o f"'l I U c (I U r I u n u r iU \l LJ II I 1 U c c II U r U r, LJ n ~ f' IU c C r u~ c SECTION 16110 RACEWAY 305 INSERTS, SHiElDS AND SLEEVES A Furnish and set in place, in advance of pouring slabs and walls, all inserts and sleeves needed to execute Division 16 equipment installation B Where supports in slabs are required after wall has been poured, use a drilled-in threaded insert, installed as recommended by Manufacturer C Sleeves shall be provided for all wall penetrations 3.06 SEALING OF RACEWAY PENETRATIONS A. Exterior Wall Surfaces Above Grade Seal around all penetrations with caulking approved by Engineer For concrete construction above ground level, cast Raceway in wall or core drill wall and hard pack with a mixture of equal parts of sand and cement B Roofs. Provide mopped, lead, roof jack where Raceway penetrates roof membrane C Fire Rated Floors, Walls, Ceilinq/Roofs Concrete or masonry, seal around Raceway penetration with Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV foam or approved equal Plaster or gypsum wallboard, seal around Raceway penetration with plaster, fire tape per local Fire Marshal's requirements 3.07 SEALING OF RACEWAYS Seal interior of all Raceways which pass through buildings roofs or through outside walls of the building, above or below grade Seal on the end inside the building using duct sealing mastic, non-hardening compound type, specially designed for such service Pack around the wires in the Raceways 3.08 HANGARS FOR RACEWAYS A. In suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may, at his option, attach 112" or 3/4" EMT Raceways to the ceiling suspension system where such system is structurally suitable, in which case, provide clips manufactured for the purpose B When more than two Raceways will use the same routing, group together on a patented channel support system (such as Unistrut) 3.09 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT Flexible conduit shall be used only for connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration with 90 degrees loop minimum to allow for isolation and for lay- in fluorescent fixtures above T-Bar ceilings. For fixture installations, one end of flex 203-091.00 Page 3 SECTION 1 6110 RACEWAY [ [ [ [ must terminate in rough-in junction box. Flex conduit shall not be installed over 6' long or used to connect from fixture to fixture Use liquid tight for pumps, equipment which is regularly washed down, and equipment in damp locations Provide ground wire when required by code 3 10 COLOR CODING A General Provide color bands of tape or paint one inch (25 mm) wide for Raceways up to two inch (51 mm) in diameter and one-half the Raceway diameter for larger Raceways, applied at panel and pullbox locations within each room, and 50 ft (15.25 m) on centers within an area r u 203-091 .00 Page 4 o o o o o o o o o o [] o o o B Color Bandinq 120/208 Volt 277/480 Volt Fire Alarm Gray Sand Red C The colors shall match the colors used on the boxes - See Section 16130 3 11 PULL CORDS Nylon type, shall be included in all installed empty Raceway END OF SECTION (' u c C [i C r u c r, u c SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 101 WORK INCLUDED Provide all wire, cable and terminations complete PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE (COPPER, 600-VOLT) A Interior and Above Grade All wires to be Type THW or RHW Type THWN/THHN or XHHW wire may be utilized at Contractors option, subject to code requirements Wire and cables shall be brought to project in original containers bearing the underwriters label Provide Type A V A wire where conductors are subject to temperature above 167 Degrees F r 2.02 SPLICES U c n G r U r, U ri LJ o n lJ n u o A Above Grade Solderless type only Preinsulated "twist-on" type (limited to size # 1 0 and smaller) Bolt on compression type with application of preformed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape acceptable for all sizes 2.03 TERMINATIONS A. Compression set, bolted or screw terminal B Conductors # 12 and smaller shall utilize eye or forked tongue type compression set terminator when termination is to a bolted or screw set type terminal block or terminal cabinet 2.04 PLASTIC CABLE TIES Nylon or Equivalent, locking type 203-091.00 Page 1 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 GENERAL Install all wiring in Raceway unless shown or specifically authorized otherwise 302 WIRE SIZE A No 12 A WG minimum for power and lighting circuits B Provide solid wire for No lOA WG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No 8 A WG and larger (600) volts 3 03 TESTS A. In addition to the factory testing of all equipment and cable, the Contractor shall test all wiring connections for continuity and ground before any fixtures or other loads are connected Tests shall be made with a SOOY Minimum DC "Megger" type tester If tests indicate faulty insulation (less that 2 megohms), such defects shall be corrected and tested again Contractor shall provide all apparatus to make tests and shall bear all expenses of required testing Routine operation tests shall be made on all pieces of equipment to demonstrate that working parts are In operating condition Results of all tests shall be recorded and submitted to the Architect The Contractor shall immediately replace all parts which fail to pass the test B Measure the OHMIC value of the Electric Service Entrance metallic "System Ground" with reference to "Earth Ground" using the "Multiple Ground Rod Fall-in-Potential" method and suitable instruments Maximum resistance to ground shall be less than 10 ohms If this resistance cannot be obtained with the ground system shown, notify the Architect immediately for further instructions Provide OHMIC test results to Engineer C All circuits both in and out of the building shall test out free of grounds, short circuits and other defects. D Check and record catalog number and ampere size of controller overload heaters installed, nameplate full-load amperes, and actual operating amperes of each motor IMPORTANT Submit recorded data in triplicate to the Engineer Check proper load balance on the electrical system, direction of rotation, lubrication, and overload protection of all motors before placing in operation E. Provide a log of ampere reading for all panels from phase to neutral for 4 wire panels and from phase to phase for 3 wire panels. These readings shall be taken with all loads activated 203-091 .00 Page 2 [ [ [ [ r tJ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o r l; SECTION 1 6120 WIRES AND CABLES c c c F The final test of all equipment shall be made on dates designated by the Architect/Engineer and all readings shall be made in his presence G Feeders shall be checked to ensure all phases are energized before connecting to their respective motors Each motor shall rotate In the proper direction for its respective load Prior to rotation test, all bearings shall be inspected for proper lubrication r u H Minimum megger test for equipment shall be as follows r u Equipment Maximum Voltage Rating Minimum Test Resistance 1 ,000- Volts or less 2 Megohms c Provide certification of torque values for feeder and service entrance conductors per equipment manufacturer's recommendation r U 304 CONDUCTOR SIZES, REFERENCED ON PLANS C Copper, type THW or RHW unless noted 305 PULLING (\ W Use no mechanical means for pulling No 8 A WG conductors and smaller Powdered soap stone or approved spray cream shall be the only lubricant used o c 306 STRIPPING INSULATION Do not ring the cable, always pare or pencil 307 TAPING C: If used shall be half lapped synthetic tape C r', u 308 CONDUCTORS IN PANElS AND SWITCHBOARDS Conductors in panels, switchboards and terminal cabinets shall be neatly grouped and formed in a manner to "Fan" into terminals with regular spacing 3.09 CABLE SUPPORTS c Provide conductor support devices as required by code in vertical cable runs f' l.-J r\ U n LJ 203-091.00 Page 3 SECT/ON 16120 WIRES AND CABLES r L END OF SECTION [ [ [ 310 RACEWAY SIZES REFERENCED ON DRAWINGS Raceways are sized for copper, type THW, unless otherwise noted Size all Raceways per code unless specifically noted to be larger on the drawings 1 u o o o o o o o o o o o o o 203-091 .00 Page 4 o f' L; C C C SECTION 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SECTION 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES PART 1 - GENERAL C 1 01 WORK INCLUDED c c c c c c r u c C n u r u c n u o A. Provide all winng devices and plates PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hubbell B Pass & Seymour C Leviton D Cooper 2.02 SWITCHES A. "Specification Grade", quiet type, side wired, rated 277 volt, 20 amp, unless noted, with plastic handle Single pole, double pole, 3-way, or locking type as required Meets Fed Spec WS-896 Provide matching styles and colors in other devices as required for the conditions of installation Hubbell CS 1221-1 B Interchangeable type shall be rated same as above C Motor rated switches Switches serving as motor disconnecting means shall be horsepower rated with overload relays and meet requirements as stated above See manual starters in Section 16155, 'Manual starters' D Device plates shall be Hubbell Type 302 stainless steel 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. Duplex NEMA 5-20R configuration (20-Amp, 12G-Volt) unless shown otherwise Side wired only Meets Fed Spec WC-596 Hubbell CR5353 I B Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Duplex Receptacles. NEMA 5-20R Hubbell GFR5352-1 for 20 Amp, 125-Volt AC Side wired only Provide GFI receptacles where required by code 203-091.00 Page 1 SECTION 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 2.04 DEVICE PLATES A Interior' Plates for receptacles other than NEMA 5-20R shall have ampere rating, voltage and phase engraved in the plate Plates for recessed boxes shall be Hubbell Type 302 stainless steel Attachment screws shall match finish of plate Plates for surface mounted boxes shall be of pressed stainless steel with size to fit exactly the box used B Exterior' Levition #5977 or equivalent, (horizontal mounting) for receptacles Cover shall be raintight while-in-use 2.05 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL (WHEN SHOWN) A. General Electric or approved equal Relays Switches Transformers Rectifiers Plates G E. Type RR-7 G E. Type RTS-5 G E Type RTl and RT2 G E. Type RA 16 as noted herein B Wire shall be copper conductor as made for that purpose by Supplier of low voltage relays and switches PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 MOUNTING A. Rigidly fasten each device to the outlet box at proper position with the wall to bring receptacle flush with plate or switch handle the proper distance through the plate 3.02 ORIENTATION A. Set Switches vertical with handle operating vertically, up position "ON" at +48" above finished floor B Set Receptacles vertical with ground slot down at + 18" above finished floor C Set Exterior Receptacles horizontal at + 18" above finished grade 303 DEVICE PLATES A. Shall be stainless steel for each new wiring device and for each telephone and signal equipment outlet, except where equipment mounted thereon covers the outlet box completely 203-091 00 Page 2 [ [ [ [ [ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o c c c c \l U c r LJ c c r l.J c c c c r u c c fI I U c 304 305 203-091.00 SECTION 16140 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES RECEPTACLE GROUNDING A Provide bare bonding wire between receptacle grounding terminal and box. Plaster ear screws connecting frame to the box will not be acceptable for grounding B Provide green insulated grounding conductor in 01/ branch circuits supplying isolated ground and ground-fault circuit-interrupter type receptacles. HANDICAPPED ACCESS A Comply with requirements of Washington state Handicapped Access Code END OF SECTION Page 3 n LJ C C C SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL f' 1 01 WORK INCLUDED LJ c c o c c c c c A Provide all panelboard equipment, complete, dead front type PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARD TYPE A. Pane/boards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with busbars of copper or aluminum Panels shall be 3-phase, 4-wire, 100% neutral, unless noted otherwise Where aluminum is utilized, all lugs shall be of an approved compression type Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the Drawings. B Conductor Connectors shall be bolted to busbars using Grade 5 bolts and Belleville washers Feeder conductor connectors shall be rated for 75 Degree C wire when 75 Degree C wire is indicated Where aluminum conductors are utilized for feeders or branch circuits the connectors shall conform with Section 16120 C Panelboards shall have a separate ground bus bonded to the panelboard frame 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Square-D ~ U 2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS r u c c n U n LJ A. The following interrupting capacity, 22,000 AIC Symmetrical shall be considered minimum Other ratings shall be as specified on panel schedules shown on the Drawings Series rating of breakers is not allowed B Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane Bolt in type only Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers C Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits Where "Space" is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing 203-091.00 Page I SECTION 16160 P ANELBOARDS [ [ [ [ and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead front metal closure of unused part of panel If any steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates Open spaces are not permitted 2.04 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD A Flush or surface, as indicated, tight closing doors without play, when latched Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provIde matching trim of the same height Where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any panel board, mount on same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield, common door over circuit breakers and remote controlled device Where flush mounted, provide (2) 3/4" condUits to accessible ceiling space for future expansion r L 203-091.00 Page 2 [J o o o o o o o o o o o o o B All conduits for future expansion shall stub into a junction box, where located above grade, and shall be sealed In the panel C Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on panel schedules D Provide lock for each cabinet door All Electrical Distribution Equipment Locks shall be keyed identically Key system shall match existing Supply Owner with minimum six keys E. Fasten panelboard front with machine screws with oval counter-sunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps Clamps accessible only when dead front door is open are acceptable Surface mounted panel boards with fronts greater than 48 inches vertical dimension shall be hinged at right side in addition to hinged door over dead front F finish Provide factory prime coat for cabinets to be located in finished areas Where cabinets are located in unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue-gray color, shall be substituted for factory prime coat 2.05 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT A Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the Drawings 2.06 PANELBOARD NAMEPLATE A Provide engraved and filled (or color layer - engraved through outer layer) plastic nameplate with l/2-inch high characters (for panel name), attached r G n LJ c c c c c c r LJ c c c I' ~ r u r; u n ~ r. ~ I' U fI LJ SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS with screws to each NEMA 1 panelboard front White on black, include voltage, phases, wires and minimum A.I C Rating In 3/8-inch characters PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 MOUNTING A. Secure in place with top of cabinet at 6'-0", unless otherwise noted Top of cabinet and trim shall be level Firmly anchor cabinets directly or with concealed bracing to BUilding structure When panels are not located in or directly on a wall, provide a support frame of formed steel channel which is anchored to the floor and Ceiling Structure Interiors shall not be installed until Structure is totally enclosed Where panels are mounted adjacent to each other, the top edges shall be at the same height 302 CIRCUIT INDEX A For each branch circuit panelboard provide a typewritten index listing each circuit in the panelboard by number with its proper load designation Mount with a transparent protective cover inside cabinet door Listing shall match circuit breaker arrangements, typically with odd numbers on the left and even numbers on the right Room numbers used shall be final room numbers used in the building as verified with the Owner, and not room number assigned on Plans 303 SPACE A Verify space available with equipment sizes and Code Required Working Clearances prior to Submittal of Shop Drawings 3 04 GROUNDING A. Provide separate ground busbar for all panels supplying isolated ground circuits END OF SECTION 203-091 .00 Page 3 c c c o c c r u c c c c c c o c n lJ fi U n LJ o SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED Provided all disconnects, fused and unfused, required by code for equipment furnished under this and other divisions of these specifications and as shown on the drawings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric B Square-D C Siemens D Cutler-Hammer 2.02 DISCONNECTS A Switch shall be heavy-duty type, shall be qUick-break and shall be horsepower rated Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and shall be single throw unless noted B Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed Door interlock shall include a defeating scheme, shall be padlockable in the "Off' position C Enclosure shall be suitable for environment in which mounted All exterior enclosures shall have a minimum raintight rating 2.03 FUSED SWITCHES (OR FUSED DISCONNECTS) A. Shall be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only fuses as noted in Section 16180 B Fuses shall be sized in accordance with manufacturer's requirements of protected equipment 203-091 00 Page 1 203-091.00 Page 2 [ [ [ [ [ [J o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES 2.04 NAMEPLATES Provide nameplates on all enclosures and include the following information Load served, voltage, phase, panel and circuit number Construct and attach in accordance With Section 16050, Paragraph 2.05 PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 SUPPORTS Secure solidly to wall or approved mounting frame Disconnects supported only by Raceway are not acceptable 302 SPLICES Wiring space within enclosure shall not be used as a junction box. END OF SECTION c r LJ c o c c SECTION 16180 FUSES SECTION 16180 FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 101 WORK INCLUDED c c r LJ A. Provide all fuses as required Provide three (3) spare of each size and type required Fuses shall not be Installed until equipment is ready to be energized This measure prevents fuse damage during shipment of the equipment from the manufacturer to the jobsite or from water that may contact the fuse before the equIpment is installed Final tests and Inspections shall be made prior to energization of the equipment This shall include a thorough cleaning, tightening, and review of all electrical connections and inspection of all grounding conductors All fuses shall be furnished by the electrical contractor All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer PART 2 - PRODUCTS r ~ 2.01 MAINS, FEEDERS, AND BRANCH CIRCUITS c c I' ~ 11 G fI U c (l LJ I' I I LJ n U 203-091 .00 A Circuits 0 to 600 amperes shall be protected by current limiting BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual-Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) All dual-element fuses shall have separate overload and short-circuit elements Fuse shall incorporate a spring activated thermal overload element having a 2840F melting point alloy and shall be independent of the short-circuit clearing chamber The fuse must hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 10 seconds and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., with an interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes r.m.s symmetrical The fuses shall be UL Class RK 1 to maintain the engineered protection of the system components. B Motor Circuits. All individual motor circuits with full load amperes ratings (FLA) of 480 amperes or less shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual- Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) Larger H.P motors shall be protected by BUSSMANN Type KRP-C Low-Peak Time-Delay Fuses of the ratings shown on the drawings All other motors, (such as 1 0 service factor motors) shall be protected by BUSSMANN LOW-PEAK Dual-Element Fuses LPN-RK (250 volts) or LPS-RK (600 volts) installed in ratings of approximately 115% of the motor full load current except as noted above The fuses shall be UL Class RK1 Dual Element Time Delay or Class L. Page 1 203-091.00 Page 2 [ [ [ [ [ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 16180 FUSES C Fluorescent fixtures shall be protected by BUSSMANN Fuses GLR or GMF installed in HLR Holder They shall have individual protection on the line side of the ballast A fuse and holder shall be mounted within or as part of the fixture Size and type of fuse to be recommended by the ballast manufacturer 2.02 SPARE FUSES A Spare fuses shall be provided with a minimum of three of each ampere rating See Section 1 6500 for quantities of spare fusing required for ballasted light fixtures 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Shawmut B Bussman PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 FUSES A Install in all fusible devices provided under this contract END OF SECTION c o o o o o c c c c c c c c o c c c c SECTION 16500 LIGHTING SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 01 WORK INCLUDED A Provide the lighting s~stem complete and operational B Recessed fixtures installed in fire-resistive ceiling construction shall have the same fire rating as the ceiling or shall be provided with fireproofing boxes haVing materials of the same fire rating as the ceiling 1 02 FIXTURE SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER'S SERIES NUMBERS A Are a design series reference and do not necessarily represent the number, size, wattage or the type of lamp, ballast or special requirements as specified hereinafter 1 03 SUBMITTALS A Shall be neatly and clearly marked to indicate the fixtures, lamps and ballasts fully comply with contract documents When substitute fixtures are submitted (if permitted) the data shall clearly cross reference (written or highlighted) that the substitute fixture complies with every detail of the specified fixture Fixtures not fully complying with contract documents are not permitted PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL PARTS A Interior Fixtures Steel or aluminum with 300oF, baked enamel finish, brushed aluminum with baked acrylic clear lacquer finish, or stainless steel with a brushed finish, manufacturer's standard color unless specified otherwise 2.02 SPECIAL PARTS A. Adapters, Plates, Brackets and Anchors. Provide where required by construction features of the building to suitably mount lighting fixture All such appurtenances and mounting methods shall be approved by the Architect/Engineer prior to fabncation and installation 203-091 .00 Page 1 2.03 LAMPS SECTION 16500 LIGHTING A General Electric, Sylvania or Philips All lamps supplied shall be by the same manufacturer B Provide for each fixture in the exact number and type for which the fixture is designed or as noted C Fluorescent Type Bi-pin, T-8 rapid start; color temperature of 3500 K, CRI 82, average life of 20,000 hours 2 04 BALLASTS - FLUORESCENT (ELECT~ONIC) A Suitable for lamp type employed and approved by Lighting Design Lab specification committee B Acceptance Manufacturers Advance Magnetek Motorola Osram/Sylvanla C UL and CBM labels D Electronic ballasts shall be high power factor, greater than 95% and total harmonic distortion (THD) less than 20%. Provide for operation with T-8, T-12 and BIAX lamps "A" sound rating Neutral wire to be used in lighting circuit associated with electronic ballasts shall be #10 AWG CU. E All ballasts shall be fused (see Section 16180, fuses) F Ballasts for T8 fluorescent lamps 203-091 .00 1 2. 3 4 Advance "Centium" Series or Equivalent programmed rapid start Ballast factor of 98% or greater "A" sound rating for 265 MA. (T8Iamps) The ballast shall operate at a frequency below 30 Khz or above 40 Khz without visible flicker Shall be designed for use with occupancy sensors by providing up to 30,000 lamp starts The ballast shall heat the lamp cathodes to 650 degree C With no glow current before applying arc voltage to the lamp Electronic ballast harmonic distortion and current shall be less than 10% THD [ [ [ [ [ [J o o o o o o o o o o o o o 5 6 Page 2 r' U c c SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 7 Where fluorescent light fixtures are to be located outside, the ballast shall be capable of 0 degree F lamp ignition Five Year Warranty 8 n I U 2.05 HANGING FOR PENDANT FIXTURES c c (I ~ A Rigid type, with not less than 5 thread engagement at each end, consisting of iron pipe, with brass or aluminum tubing casing, or painted tubing not less than 0 040 inches thick. B Provide a canopy for each fixture hanger except where fixture conceals the outlet box directly without a canopy C Provide a safety chain for all glass pendant fixtures and for all fixtures mounted in gymnasiums (I I U 2.06 EXIT SIGNS r u A Fronts Cutout stencils made of minimum #20 gauge sheet steel or sheet aluminum with red glass or plastic back of the cutout Mount fronts either on concealed hinges or pull-out type with chain catch Removable cutout arrows shall indicate direction of travel r u PART 3 - EXECUTION !l 301 LIGHTING FIXTURES - GENERAL G r LJ r u n L Jl I , U A Size and mounting height from finished floor to bottom of fixture as indicated on the drawings Verify mounting provisions prior to the ordering of fixtures Fixtures shall be UL listed for the location, and application in which they are installed B Ceiling fixtures shall be coordinated with and suitable for installation in, on or from the ceiling as shown Installation and support of fixtures shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 and manufacturer's recommendations C Suspended fixtures installed in seismic areas shall have 45% swivel hangers and shall be located with no obstructions within the 45% range in all directions The stem, canopy and fixture shall be capable of 45% swing fI, 302 DIFFUSERS AND ENCLOSURES U r LJ Jl L [\ U 203-091 00 A. Install lighting fixture diffusers only after construction work, painting and clean up are completed Prior to final acceptance, remove all lamps, reflectors and diffusers, wash, rinse and reinstall Page 3 203-091 .00 Page 4 [ [ [ [ [ [J o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 303 ADJUSTMENT OF FIXTURES A Make all final spotlight and adjustable light settings under the direction of the Architect/Engineer during a scheduled period of time prior to the completion of the project Include costs for all equipment and personnel expenses required for adjustment B For fixtures with indirect lighting, notify engineer prior to installation of any circumstance where the fixture lamp source will be within 12" of ceiling 304 SUPPORT OF FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A Surface and Pendant Mounted Type Where mounted on accessible ceilings, hang from structural members by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved 2 Where ceiling is of insufficient strength to support weight of lighting fixture, provide additional framing to support as required Fixtures shall be supported from structure With seismic bracing independent of ceiling 3 For Pendant Mount Type Provide a unistrut channel for mounting fixtures entire fixture length unless light fixture is designed specifically for supporting itself Provide 3/8-inch thread rod secured to structural members for support of unistrut channel 305 LOCATION A Mount to the dimensions shown on the drawings Mount at quarter points where no dimensions appear Architect shall specify mounting locations where no dimensions appear and quarter point mounting is impractical or not indicated on the drawings B Refer to details, mechanical drawings, and coordinate with mechanical contractor for equipment and ductwork mounted in ceilings to prevent conflict with light fixtures prior to installation If conflicts cannot be resolved with the mechanical contractor, notify architect/engineer 3 06 SPARE PARTS A Ballast Fuses Provide twenty (20) spare fuses of each size used, packaged and marked to identify fixture type where used END OF SECTION c c c c o c c c o c c c c c o c r LJ c c SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 101 SCOPE AND RELATED DOCUMENTS A Furnish and install all required equipment to provide for the expansion of the existing Fire Lite MS-521OUD Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans, to be wired, connected, and placed in proper operating condition The system shall include, but not be limited to, control unit, power supplies, alarm initiating and indicating devices, conduit, wire, fittings, accessories, and all labor to update Fire Alarm System programming to provide a complete, approved and operating fire alarm system All devices shall be located in accordance with the plans The system shall be of modular design to facilitate both expansion and service and shall be microprocessor based The system shall operate as a low voltage, non-coded, general evacuation class "B" Fire Alarm System B All fire alarm equipment shall be of a single supplier and installed by an authorized factory distributor, capable of servicing such equipment, or cross listed as such for operation on the eXisting fire alarm system C The requirements of the conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section D The work covered by this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with the related work as specified elsewhere under the project specifications 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each and all items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of the SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc lULl, and shall be the "UL" label All control equipment shall be listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit Partial listing shall NOT be acceptable B In addition to the UL-UOJZ requirement mentioned above, the system controls shall be UL listed for Power Limited Applications per NEC 760 All circuits must be marked in accordance with NEC article 760-23 C These specifications are based on equipment from Fire Lite and Edwards System Technology and distributed by Fire Protection Inc Substitution of the specified equipment and/or distributor will not be considered 203-091 00 Page 1 Fire Protection, Inc (206) 440-5763 Contact. Roy Cats SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM [ [ [ [ [ The authorized distributor for this Fire Alarm System shall be listed in the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc Certificate Service for Protective Signaling Services - Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station and Proprietary Signal Systems list (UUJS) A UL certificate for this installation shall be included with submittal data 1 2. 3 4 UL 38 UL 268 UL 268A U L 346 Systems. UL 464 UL 521 UL 864 UL 1481 UL 1638 E The equipment and installation shall comply with the current applicable provisions of the following standards G A. 5 6 7 8 9 F Local and state building codes 203-091 .00 D Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling o o o o o o o o o o o o o G All requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction H The system and all components shall be listed by Underwnters Laboratories, Inc for use in fire protective signaling systems under the following standards as applicable Audible Signaling Appliances Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Visual Signaling Appliances 1 03 SUBMITTALS (SHOP DRAWINGS) Prior to installation of any equipment, the contractor shall provide the engineer with seven (7) copies of submittals and drawings for approval Submittals shall include a list of equipment with model numbers and quantities, catalog cuts, equipment specification sheets and installation instructions. Drawings shall include floor plans with equipment and wire locations, point-to-point wiring schematic, battery calculations and one- line risers The Contractor is responsible for assuring that conduit size and wire quantity, and type is suitable for the equipment supplied The Contractor shall review the proper installation of each type of device with the manufacturer's authorized distributor B Page 2 n LJ r' U 1 04 SERVICE fl. U n ~ fI u n I LJ c SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. The equipment manufacturers authorized distributor shall have a local office staffed with trained, full-time employees who are capable of performing testing, inspection, repair and maintenance services for the life of the fire alarm system B This organization must have a minimum of 10 years experience servicing fire alarm systems C Prior to completion of the installation the manufacturers authorized distributor shall provide a preventative maintenance agreement which shall at the owners option become effective at the end of the 12-month warranty period PART 2 - OPERATION/EQUIPMENT n I U 2.01 n u 2.02 r LJ n I U SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Maintain the existing sequence of operation CONTROL PANEL A. The existing fire alarm control panel is a Fire Lite MS-5210UD Provide all necessary modules, cards, reprogramming of the FACP, power supplies to operate the new field devices, existing field devices, and necessary appurtenances to maintain the existing sequence of operations 2.03 HAZARDOUS LOCATION HORNS r U r LJ \l l.J A. Hazardous Location Horns shall be 24VDC, red in color, operate on the eXisting FACP, provide a minimum of 100dba, and surface mount to the wall by using two bolts (by others) Units shall be provided with a sealing fitting for 0%" 14 National Pipe Taper nipple and wire leads for connection to the existing Fire Alarm System Edwards 889D-A W B 2.04 HAZARDOUS LOCATION STROBES n i U n LJ n ~ B n ~ r u 203-091 .00 A. Hazardous Location Strobes shall be 24VDC, operate on the existing FACP, provide 1 OOcd when mounted at 0 degrees (pointed down), have a dome guard, a clear lens and mount to the wall using a pendent mounting bracket Edwards 97DEXBC-GW Page 3 203-091 .00 Page 4 [ [ [ [ [ G o o o o o o o o o o o o o SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2.05 HAZARDOUS LOCATION FIRE ALARM STATIONS A. Hazardous Location Fire Alarm Stations shall be red in color, operate on the existing FACP, double action with a front cover plate and pull ring, and mount to the wall with two bolts (by others) B Edwards XAL -53 2.06 HAZARDOUS LOCATION SMOKE DETECTORS A Hazardous Location Smoke Detectors shall be compatible with and operate on the existing FACP, and be rated for hazardous duty Devices shall mount to the ceiling, and spaced per manufacturers listed spacing PART 3 - EXECUTION 301 APPROVED EQUIPMENT AND PERMIT A. No equipment shall be delivered to the job site until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by AHJ A reviewed and AHJ approved shop drawing set shall be continuously available at the job site during construction B The electrical contractor shall obtain a permit as required from local AHJ prior to installation of equipment 3 02 WIRING A. All wiring shall be contained in EMT raceways Wiring insulation shall be one of the types required by NEC 725-16 and shall be consistently color coded throughout the system Permanent wire markers shall be affixed to all conductors at terminations and splices Numbering system shall be consIstent with shop drawings B Install wiring and equipment in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions No wire other than the detector circuit shall be permitted in conduit feeding detectors unless approved C Minimum wire size for 120 volt circuit shall be # 12 CU D Minimum wire size for initiating alarm circuit, ie, pull stations, heat and smoke detectors, shall be # 18 CU E. Minimum wire size for indicating circuit, ie, horns, bells, speakers shall be # 16 CU fI U c c r" U c c c n G c c c (l lJ (I ~ c [I LJ o 11 LJ r u c 303 304 3.05 306 307 308 3.09 203-091 .00 SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide Owner with three (3) sets of detailed operations and maintenance manuals in a hard bound binder prior to completion of the job and formal training FAN CONTROL CIRCUITS A. Provide all raceways, conductors, and wiring of fan control circuits and indicating lights to all required motor starter control circuits as required These circuits are not shown on the drawings Provide numbered markers on each end of all wires and at each junction box. DEVICE LOCATIONS A. Device locations may be changed within 15 feet without extra charge, if so directed by the Engineer before installation AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A Three sets of as-built drawings shall be provided by the Electncal Contractor to the Architect and engineer for approval which clearly indicates 1 Actual routing of all raceways 2. Actual cable type, numbers and routing 3 Actual system wiring diagrams, connection diagrams and interface of all components in the system MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. B C Duct detectors in ducts Manual Pull Stations -- 48" Horns - 80" AFF or 6" below ceiling, whichever is lower WARRANTY A. All components, parts and assemblies supplied by the manufacturer shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 12 months Warranty service shall be provided by a trained specialist of the equipment authorized distributor The specialist shall be based in a fully staffed office located within a reasonable distance from the job site Contractor shall replace or repair defects in material of workmanship for a period of 12 months after the certification of final acceptance TEST AND DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of the system installation the installation representative shall conduct a scheduled system test for the owner, architect, engineer, and authority having jurisdiction (Fire Marshal) or their appointed representatives This test shall be conducted by a UL certified service Page 5 SECTION 16720 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM representative and verify to those present satisfactory operation of the system B After completion of the test/demonstration the installation representative shall obtain written approval on an acceptance form from the AHJ that the system is approved C Upon completion of installation, after test/demonstration, the Electrical Contractor shall provide to the architect a signed wntten statement substantiating the D "System has been completely tested and UL certified by (company name) demonstrated to the Owner's representative, (named) and accepted by the appropriate code-enforcing authority" 3 1 0 INSTRUCTION A The manufacturer's representative shall conduct a scheduled instruction session dunng which all maintenance and operational aspects of the system will be described and demonstrated to personnel selected by the Owner O&M manual information regarding the system shall be turned over to the Architect pnor to scheduling the instruction session 3 11 ADDITIONAL FIELD DEVICES AND INSTALLATION LABOR A. In order to minimize the schedule and cost impact of implementing minor changes during the course of construction, the following list of material and installation labor shall be included in this scope of work. The contractor shall include in his bid the listed materials, labor that is based on existing jobsite conditions and established construction standards, and all fees associated with documenting and executing these changes. The locations of additional field devices shall be as directed by the Engineer or Architect B The material included but is not limited to .QIY 1IEM 1 1 1 4 2 200 LF Manual Pull Station Horn Unit Strobe Unit Device Boxes 4S J-boxes with blank covers 112" EMT with 4-# 14 THHN wire (includes couplers, straps, connectors, etc ) Labor for Journeyman Electrician Miscellaneous fees, tools, material, handling, 0 H & P 20 Hrs. 1 Lot END OF SECTION 203-091.00 Page 6 [ [ [ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o City of Yelm ...; Community Development Department PRESUBMISSION REQUEST FORM Fee: None A presubmission conference is an opportunity for applicants, developer(s) and/or consultants to meet with city staff to discuss preliminary studies or sketches of a proposed project. At the conference the staff will make available information relating to the proposed development. The intent is to identify and eliminate as many potential problems as possible in order for the project to be processed without delay. The conference should take place prior to detailed work by an engineer or surveyor however a site drawing must be submitted that has sufficient information to allow for evaluation. Discussion topics will include such things as Yelm's Comprehensive Plan, street design, storm runoff and retention, Shoreline Master Program, zoning, availability of sewer and water development concepts, other requirements and permits, and the environmental impact. Staff notes are prepared and available to review There is no charge for this meeting. Meetings are held each Wednesday. This request form should be submitted by 5:00 p.m. at least one week before the preferred meeting date. ~\'bO' MEETING DATE REQUESTED.!!; \:J- I}<!/'i/M'!:i a Wednesday} Tfue (afternoon 0 ) APPLICANT S-~ ttf" ~N~ MAILING ADDRESS TELEPHONE EMAIL REPRESENTATIVE (if a~ MAILING ADDRESS TELEPHONE EM AI General location of the project Section /.q Township .f::f:.- Range Z ~ Assessor's Tax Parcel NumberH::s.'(?.(? d (J (?/t:> {;} . Type of Project (Subdivision, Annexation, Zone Change, etc..lh.t,bG.A1::Jbl Total acreage 2.~. 41 Proposed Density /'I.A-. Proposed Land Use: S,ngle-family DuplClx Mulli-family Mobile Homa Park Commercial Induslll3t Please attach a copy of a site plan drawing not larger than 11" X 17" and forward to Yelm Cily Hall. J05 Yel", A".ml<O! Wtd PO 00:0; 41' V..lm, WA 18517 (360) /S8-JS3S (3'0) 45lJ..311IP/Ll( www.ci.y<!lm.wa.u. / / / " / / ///~ /' " -' / "'- / ' " -' / "'- / / " -' /~ "'-, /// ~ ' -' /#" "'- (,-II ""~ ' /,f;/ ~ ' / ., '''., " , ' //' ~ , ' ;,'r '"', "'- / i " .~ 'V; g--,~~ "'...... h.~'X' i ~~-". ~Ip~~ i~. /' . ,r ..' I' ,/jI j /, / ! , -1/ I ,,/'f'#'/ i /;1 . , ' I ,/~/~ j / L----- ''''-, ''''-, ''''-, "-, ''''-, ''''-, ''''-, ''''-, '",- NORTHERN PACIFIC RD SE ~ I SCAlE:~'."" / " I I ;' / ,I '''I' : I I /t / II /' / I I '''I : I I /f " I I I I I ,. "'- '1'" ,"'- r ' I ''''-, I ' , "'- I ,,<' , , I I , , I , , I r , , -----------=r-- ,-,-.-.-,-,-_. -----~ , J I -" I I , f \\. I \ I @2]~ I, \\"1 I ~ II ' ~~\---J+ ! \ JJI ' . \~ - __ I -4. _______L ----------- """'- CD OVERALL SITE PLAN ~'U "'" 5to\ll:1"..100'-o" .f2:tClSklmWlltn.N.W.. 1RIrT22D1 --..... PHONI!: f)erOJ 7S4-7TeI ,u. (--. 'Mo1U7 lUIoUI.I_llEtMd.,..o~ ....,. LASCO EXPANSION SITE PUll Revisions: Set: PRELIM DESIGN Date: NOVEMBER 17, 2004 Project Number: 04001.00 Sheet Number: A1.1 "-' __J . DdJ ~~ CoUTOOORmtStiED Fi!P WARfr!OOSiNG I I L____ """"'" CO~S1OR"'(';E o o ~ ~ ~ - "''' r----I ( .U,,"'. """Be' ~ "'"" ALRYdC Sl<IN ",WRAOC c:::=:r:=J c:::=:r:=J o f:=:~ R "w""",'"" D .~ CONVfYOll.STD PROD'JCT STAG:NG ~-~ i\CRYLIf' PRODUCTION L11,E ()~ () []][]] HOLOINGTANK$ 6 FRP PRODUCTiON LINE, G(LCW,T I " I fr-~I Ii i I 1 L______J l,I.I.INTr.N..Nce "''' c=:o """"""< o EXlSTING ROOR PLAN ~Tl!I:( IOIltI1 1 TJl.!; '-ro'-4 U5~"N.... sum201 ~.W.alIIftgtoAMS01 PMONEI t3&OJ 1114077M 'AllI{MOt .,.....Ultl eMAtl.o"V'SLJ ~nln"m LASCO EXPANSION L ElImNG PLAII Revisions: Set: PRELIM DESIGN Date: NOVEMBER 17. 2004 Project Number' 04031.00 D II Sheet Number: A2.1 \ \ I i a ~ it h 'H ~\ !i t' i~ 11- ~ ,0 a ~ City of Yelm Fee Date Received By File No. u Community Development Department PRESUBMISSION REQUEST FORM A presubmission conference is an opportunity for applicants. developer(s) andlor consultants to meet with city staff to discuss preliminary studies or sketches of a proposed project. At the conference the staff will make available information relating to the proposed development. The intent is to identify and eliminate as many potential problems as possible in order for the project to be processed without delay The conference should take place prior to detailed work by an engineer or surveyor. however a site drawing must be submitted that has sufficient information to allow for evaluation. Discussion topics will include such things as Yelm s Comprehensive Plan, street design, storm runoff and retention. Shoreline Master Program, zoning, availability of sewer and water, development concepts, other requirements and permits, and the environmental impact. Staff notes are prepared and available to review There is no charge for this meeting. Meetings are held each Wednesday This request form should be submitted by 5:00 p.m. at least one week before the preferred meeting date. MEETING DATE REQUESTED 1\ }<6)04.. '::;) Ct > (a Wednesday) Time (afternoon only) APPLICANT ( " 'r2.d-6.'f- 'F::E C-v...~1 OWNER '"SAI-\lii:- ~ILlNG ADDRESS? 0 Bov-,; '->l~'\S ADDRESS v'JAL..-\-,,,P, k.>A .,e,:~7 TELEPHONE .')\~,) fY7L-L\"\:3Z- TELEPHONE EMAIL \2...A I 1)' 12 I'- r VtO('> @ EMAIL I-\O..-.....AII...-. LO"^ REPRESENTATIVE (if any) OCCUPATION MAILING ADDRESS TELEPHONE EMAIL General location of the project l.:)E_ I .c_~~",,, C>t= -S~.'SDI <; C_~t7""_~ --5'\l'-EE-'\j" Section Township Range Assessor's Tax Parcel Number Type of Project (Subdivision, Annexation, Zone Change, etc..) Total acreage Proposed Density Proposed land Use: Single-family Duplex Mutfi-family Mobile Home Park ~ Industrial Brief description of project C-Ai?-.. -SA'--'''''-:5 ) AU'lD fC-f'TFI I I...... Please attach a copy of a site plan drawing not larger than 11" X 17" and forward to Yelm City Hall. Fee: None JUS }"dm Avenue WOI!'Bt POBox 479 Yelm, WA 98597 (360) 458-383:; (.160) 458.31./4 FAX www.cl.Yl!lm.wd.uB C :~ m [~ " "t LL ~ ,h::-. Z ell i~ "j N018NIHS\fM '~13^ ~ .... " 8NIOllna M3N D.. ~ ~ ~ Cc h ~I 3~V:> ~V:> S.NMO~8 w 1:1: ~~ III l- ii) ~ : ~ II I- r~ ' b ;i .1l7Ut' a.~u."" N $1)- I \ , I E fl III ~hj Itil I- o 1 r-- ~ ---;::::"::';:;"""--:oi<l -:-~t ~ 0 . -':I; : ~b~ ~.~h! ~t~ II ~~ Q~ ;j n ~~! ..I 0: I I I I I , I I ~'_ 0: l : ~*,"~.f--~-: ~I'''' -r-T-,--,--r-r-T-,- ~ II ZI "$: L ~ ~ I I I I I ~i I ~ >' ~ ~~~I nnnn !IIIBh! ~5'B~,.t !- ...... ; If If; ~I~:I . s s!lg 11:1 ~ i.. ~I i nm bllll!!ni L h L, Hi J i u I I hHiU III i I . Ii I MEMORANDUM City of Yelm Community Development Department Engineering Division Pre-Application Meeting Date December 8, 2004 Civil Comments These comments are preliminary in nature and are not intended to represent final comments and or requirements for the City of Yelm. Until a complete application is made, the Community Development Department can only attempt to inform the applicant of general requirements as they appear in the form presented by the applicant at the time of pre-submission. Proponent: Project: Project Location Lasco Bathware and Scott Anderson, Architect Expansion of Existing Site (2 buildings and Loading Area) 801 NP Road Yelm, WA 98597 Water The proposed site is currently connected to the City of Yelm's water system An existing 10" diameter water main is located in NP Road right of way If additional water connections or taps are required they shall be located on this water main Commercial water connections are based on a consumption rate of 900 cubic feet a month and are charged at a rate of $1,500 per a residential connection (fee subject to change) inside city limits Irrigation Meter' An irrigation meter shall be installed for the purpose of irrigation An approved backflow prevention device will be required for all landscape irrigation connections Cross Connection Control Washington State Department of Health, in WAC 246-290-490 states that all group A water systems with 1000 or more connections are required by the department of health to develop and implement a cross control connection program This program requires all commercial buildings and irrigation systems to have a back flow prevention device installed on the water services A list of approved devices can be located at the above referenced Washington Administrative Code Reclaimed Water System The City of Yelm has a reclaimed water system used for irrigation and non-consumable water uses The reclaimed water system is located at the intersection of N P Road and Rhoton Road This project would be required to utilize this system for irrigation of the baseball fields This system has a much-reduced fee for water The reclaimed water fee is charged at a flat rate of $0 92 per 100 cubic feet of water use The domestic water fee is much higher See attached fee schedule for comparison Sewer The proposed site is currently not connected to the City of Yelm's STEP sewer system This site is served by a 4" STEP sewer main located in NP Road right of way This project will be required to convert the existing on-site disposal system to a City of Yelm STEP sewer tank assembly This connection will include a tank(s), pump system, service line etc as necessary to meet the current City of Yelm sewer code Commercial sewer connections are based on a consumption rate of 900 cubic feet a month and are charged at a rate of $5,417 per a connection (fee subject to change) inside city limits An inspection fee of $14500 per a connection will also be required Fire All projects need to have fire protection for the buildings When reviewing proposals or projects for compliance with the International Fire Code, the following need to be addressed Does the proposal have fire hydrant coverage? To meet this requirement the building must have coverage by fire hydrants All parts of the buildings must be within 150'of a fire hydrant. Another means of meeting fire code may be by installing a fire sprinkler system or utilizing fire lanes for fire truck access Stormwater Developments with over 5,000 square feet of impervious surface are required to provide stormwater facilities pursuant to the 1992 DOE Stormwater Manual If stormwater mitigation is required the types of stormwater mitigation may be wet ponds, bioswales and filter strips The stormwater disposal is 100% infiltration There is 2 ways to accomplish this open ponds and underground galleries The open ponds are depressions that store stormwater and allow it to infiltrate back into the underground aquifer Street Improvements Frontage improvements will be required for this project. NP Road and Rhoton Road are classified as "Commercial Collector" roadways This classification of roadway will require the half street pavement section of the roadway to be 16' in width, concrete curb and gutter, planter stnp and 5' Sidewalk. The required nght of way will be 28' In Width Driveway spacing will have to be addressed during the site plan review process ADA Requirements The American Disabilities Act required that facilities are ADA accessible Facility improvements will have to meet current code Review of these improvements will be determined upon further review of the civil and architectural plans o 1 City of Yelm , Community Development Department 105 Yelm Avenue West P.O. Box 479 Yelm, WA 98597 Pre-Application Meeting December 8,2004 These comments are preliminary in nature and are not intended to represent final comments and or requirements for the City of Yelm Until a complete application is made, the Community Development Department can only attempt to inform the applicant of general requirements as they appear in the form presented by the applicant at the time of pre-submission. Proponent: Project Proposal Project Location Lasco Bathware Addition of 42,484 sq ft. N P Road Zoninq and Setbacks The property IS zoned Industrial District (I), Chapter 1740 YMC ThiS district allows the manufacture of goods or products as a permitted use subject to site plan review Applications to develop, remodel or improve properties and structures within this zone shall require review and approval of a site plan in accordance With Chapter 17 84 YMC Site plan review and approval shall be required prior to the use of land or building for the location of any commercial, industrial or public bUilding Exemptions from site plan review shall be granted if there is no addition of square feet, nor additional tenant, or the expansion is for storage only Parkinq The requirements for off-street parking and their design shall be regarded as the minimum, however, the owner, developer, or operator of the premises for which the parking facilities are Intended shall be responsible for prOViding adequate amounts and arrangement of space for the particular premises even though such space is in excess of the minimum set forth Chapter 17 72 Industrial uses require one space per employee based on the greatest number of employees on a single shift, plus one square foot parking per square foot of display or retail area, plus one space for each vehicle owned, leased or operated by the company Yelm Development Guidelines 4G 110 states, "in all commercial and industrial developments, parking areas shall be so arranged as to make it unnecessary for a vehicle to back out into any street or public right-of-way t ~ '. A parking plan shall be submitted to the Community Development Department for review and approval a the time of application for site plan review All required parking areas must be paved, striped and landscaped Inqress/Eqress Ingress and egress at the site shall be consistent with the Yelm Development Guidelines, section 4B 140 Existing vehicular access to the site is by N P Road, and by Rhoton Road Access placement shall be reviewed at the time of application Landscaping Chapter 17 80, Type I, II, III, IV & V . Type I landscaping is Intended to provide a very dense sight barrier and physical buffer to separate conflicting uses, and land use districts Type I landscaping is required between thiS site and the residential use ro the northeast. Existing vegetation may be retained, and could meet this requirement. Type I landscaping IS characterized by a 15 foot landscape strip in which any combination of trees, shrubs, fences, walls, earthen berms, and design features provides an effect which is sight-obscuring from adjoining properties . Type II landscaping is intended to provide visual separation of uses from streets, and visual separation of compatible uses so as to soften the appearance of streets, parking areas, and building elevation ThiS landscaping is used around the perimeter of a site, and adjacent to buildings Type II landscaping would be required along the remainmg perimeter property lines Type II landscaping is charactorized by an 8 foot landscape strip between uses and a 5 foot stnp around bUildings of any combination of evergreen and deciduous trees (with no more than 50 percent being deciduous), shrubs, earthen berms and related plant materials or design features may be selected, provided, that the resultant effect is to provide partial screening and buffering between uses and of softening the appearance of streets, parking and structures . Type III landscaping is intended to provide visual relief where clear sight is desired This landscaping is utilized along pedestrian corridors and walks for separation of pedestrians from streets and parking areas Type III landscaping would be required as part of frontage improvements along Rhoton Road, and N P Road Type III landscaping is typified by a six foot landscaping strip with street trees for a large overstory canopy along streets and pedestrian corridors and grass or other approved vegetation for groundcover Earthen berms with grass or other vegetative groundcover and other design features may be worked into landscaping provided the resultant effect of providing a pedestrian-friendly environment and visual relief where clear site is required can be achieved J ~ ~ . Type IV landscaping is intended to provide visual relief and shade in parking areas At least 24 square feet of landscape development for each parking stall proposed Each area of landscaping must contain at least 100 square feet of area and must be at least six feet in any direction Each planting area must contain at least one tree Live groundcover shall be provided throughout each landscaping area No parking stall shall be located more than 50 feet from a tree . Type V landscaping is required in storm water retention areas, if required The floor and slopes of any stormwater retention/detention area shall be planted in vegetation that is suitable and will thrive in hydric soils The landscaping of the stormwater facility shall be incorporated with all on-site landscaping A conceptual landscaping plan is required with the application for site plan review Final landscaping and irrigation plan is required as element of civil construction drawings, with installation prior to occupancy The refuse area must be large enough to accommodate a dumpster and recycle bin Refuse areas must be screened with an enclosure of a material and design compatible with the overall architectural theme A six foot wall or fence shall enclose any outdoor refuse collection point. The fence shall be a solid material such as wood or masonry Traffic The City has adopted a Transportation Facility Charge (TFC) of $750 00 per PM peak tnp The Code provides a default table that the applicant can use to determine new PM trips generated For industnal/manufacturing, the trip generation rate is 98 per 1,000 square feet. To determine the projects impact and fee, use the following formula for the use proposed ((Peak PM Trip Rate * Gross Floor Area)/1 ,000) * $750 00 = TFC Example 98 x 42,484 = 41,63432 + 1,000 = 41 63 x $75000 = $31,22625 If the applicant feels the proposed use would not generate the default number of tnps as designated in the TFC Ordinance, and analysis prepared by a Washington State Licensed Engineer can be submitted to the City for review and consideration SEPA An environmental checklist and Traffic Impact AnalYSIS is required ~ D . Application and Process Site Plan Review, Chapter 17 84, is an administrative process Minimum application requirements are located in Section 17 84 060 and are listed on the application form A project of this size can expect completed review in approximately 14 to 18 weeks Land use approval typically contains conditions of approval that the applicant must complete pnor to receiving a building permit. Upon satisfactory completion of all conditions of land use approval, the applicant can submit building plans for approval